Pfl ?58 
.B82 
1847b 
Copy 1 




Class PA2.5 S 



PRESENTED BY 



1947 i 



/ 






O ' ' r" 



FIRST 

LESSONS IN GREEK: 

A SERIES OF EXERCISES, 

ANALYTICAL AND SYNTHETICAL, 

g 

IN GREEK SYNTAX; 

DESIGNED AS AN INTRODUCTION TO 

BROOKS' GREEK GRAMMAR, 

■tTT SOTTED TO ANY OTHER GRAMMAR OF THE LANOUAGE. 

BY N. C. BROOKS, A. M. 

Professor of the Latin and Greek Languages, and Principal 
of the High School. Baltimore, Md. 



FOURTH EDITION. 



PHILADELPHIA: 
30RIN AND BALL. 

1«47. 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1846, by 

Nathan Covington Brooks, 

In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of Maryland. 



Gift 
Mrs. Hennen Jennings 
April 26, 1933 



STEREOTYPED by 
LSAVITTj TROW & CO., 33 ANN-STREET, 
NEW YORK. 



THIS Y01 
II UMUIJULLY INSCRIBED BY THE AUTHOR, 
TO 

THE ItKV. w. If. REYNOLDS, A. M. 

PRESIDENT OF WITTENBERG COL! 
AS A TRIBUTE TO II I 13, PIETY AND SCHOLARSHIP 



PREFACE 



The following work is prepared on the same plan as the author's 
Latin Lessons, and is intended to precede the Greek Grammar. 

It contains all the leading principles of the Grammar, exemplified 
and illustrated by exercises both of analysis and construction, fol- 
lowing each other in regular gradation and calculated to discipline, 
at the same time, the memory and the judgment. 

In Etymology, some chants have been made which will be 
found to be improvements. The paradigm of the Greek verb has 
been simplified by arranging the tenses of the middle voice in the 
same order as those of the active voice. Instead of being burdened 
with a separate order of tenses, the memory of the student has only 
to retain the changes of the terminations of the active voice, made 
in the formation of the corresponding tenses of the middle voice. 
Its proper location has been given to the middle voice, by placing it 
next to the active, as it is more nearly allied to it, in its meaning, 
and in its formation. 

The manner in which the verbs are displayed, so as to form a 
perfect synopsis of the moods and tenses, will be found convenient 
and serviceable to the learner. The tables showing the formation 
of the tenses will afford a valuable exercise. 

The arrangement of adverbs of exclamation under the distinct 
head of interjections, is in accordance with the student's former ex- 
perience, and more agreeable to the philosophy of language. 

The explanation of the manner in which the different parts of 
speech are formed, with their Latin and English equivalents, will be 
a profitable exercise in comparative philology. 

The simplicity and perspicuity of the Rules of Syntax, it is hoped, 
will commend them to favor. 

Without being prolix, the Lessons will be found sufficiently ex- 



VI PREFACE. 

tensive to familiarize the learner, with the principles and rules they 
are intended to illustrate. To those who have studied the Latin 
Lessons, they are especially adapted, for the definitions and rules 
of the two, conform to each other, as far as possible. 

I have drawn largely upon the Bible for illustrative sentences, so 
that after passing through these Lessons, the Biblical student will 
have no difficulty in reading the New Testament in the original, 
even without the aid of an instructor. 

The Greek Grammar referred to in the title page, has not yet 
been issued. Any errors in the Lessons, consequent on the diffi- 
culty of the transmission of proof-sheets, will be corrected in the 
next edition. 

N. C. BROOKS. 

Baltimore High School, ) 
May 8th, 1846. $ 



GREEK LESSONS. 



ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Orthography teaches the forms, names, and 
powers of the letters and other written characters of 
the language. 

There are twenty-four Greek letters, namely : 



FORM 


[. 


NAML. 


C1IAKAC TERISTIC 


4 


«J 


Alpha. 


jikpO) 


A. 


B, 


M, 


Beta, 


2Kjf?o, 


B. 


1\ 


y, r > 


Gamma, 


J V '/'/««, 


(i. 


4 


*, 


Delta, 


Jt'/.w. 


D. 


*, 


f , 


Epsilon, 


*E y i 


E short. 


z, 


t 


Zeta, 


Zijti. 


Z. 


», 


% 


Eta, 


*«tdj 


E long. 


°, 


#,0, 


Theta, 


0$TOj 


TH. 


I, 


h 


Iota, 


* loiTU, 


I. 


x, 


*, 


Kappa, 


XflT7I Yffj 


K. 


A 


«j 


Lambda, 


jtapfldct) 


L. 


M, 


^> 


Mu, 


Mi 


M. 


■^ 


*j 


Nu, 


A i . 


N. 


*, 


- fc , 


Xi, 


JZ 


X. 


o, 


°> 


Omicron, 


"0 fiTxnoi'^ 


short. 


n , 


*j 


Pi, 


m, 


P. 


p, 


A 


Rho, 


c /v>, 


R. 


*, 


o-, (5 final,) Sigma, 


- v /7*»> 


S. 


T, 


T , 


Tau, 


7Vrv, 


T. 


», 


v , 


Upsilon, 


'J 1 f&W) 


U. 


•i 


% 


Phi, 


*■ 


PH. 


*> 


X: 


Chi, 


XT, 


CH. 


% 


V, 


Psi, 


«*, 


PS. 


Jl, 


O), 


Omgga, 


*J2 fityoc, 


long. 



O GREEK LESSONS. 

DIVISION OF THE LETTERS 

VOWELS. 

1. Of the letters seven are vowels, «, f, */, i } o ? v, to; 
the rest are consonants. 

2. Of the vowels, two are short, t, o; two are long, 
r], w; three doubtful, «. *, v. 

3. Doubtful vowels are so called because in some 
words they are long, in others short. 

4. Two vowels united in the same syllable form 
diphthongs. 

5. Proper diphthongs retain the sound of both vowels. 
They are six in number, «t, av. «, bv, o< 5 ov. 

6. Improper diphthongs have the sound of single vowels. 
They are also six in number; « ? r^ w 3 with the vowels 
subscribed, and ij/t/j if*, cov. 

7. The first vowel of a diphthong is called prepositive, 
and the latter subjunctive. 

CONSONANTS. 

1. Consonants are divided into Mutes, Semivowels, 
and Double-consonants. 

2. The mutes are nine, and, according to the force 
with which they are pronounced, are denominated : 



SOUND OF THE LETTERS. 

VOWELS. 

A has the sound of ah, and is long, as in %aa/>ia, or short as in 

irarnp. 

E has the sound of e in met, as in-iKdg. 

H has the sound off in they, as cKrjvfi. 

I, when short, sounds like i in pin; when long, like i in 
machine; as koitikiU 

O has the sound of o in tonic ; as t6ios. 

Y has a sound between ec and y, something like the French u 
in une : as Xvpixts. 

£2 has the sound of o in throne; as rpuyoj. 



GREEK LESSONS. VJ 

Smooth Mutes, tt, k, t. 
Middle Mutes, ft ^, £. 
Aspirate Mutes, qp, x> &' 

3. Each smooth mute has its own middle and aspirate, 
and these three are called mutes of the same order, be- 
cause they are pronounced by the same organ ; thus, 

7Z-MUTES, Or LABIALS, 7T, ft q>. 
X-MUTE8, Or PALATICS, K> /, /. 
T-MUTES, Or DENTALS, T ? <S, $". 

Ota. In mutes of the same sound, one is frequently changed 
for another. 

4. The semi-vowels are five, ).. fav,Q, c. Of these A, p, 
y, £, are called liquids, from their gliding sound. 

5. The double-consonants are three, \p, J, J; and are 
formed from the three orders of mutes with g] thus, 

V> J ( *, ft 9, ) 

I, V from < x, y, /, V with g. 

£ ) ( *, *5 * , ) 

SOUND OF THE LETTERS. 

DIPHTHONGS. 

At sounds like ay in aye; as rsAcui/at. 

Av sounds like aw; as avpiov. 

Et sounds like c?/ in eye; as rugcr. 

Eu sounds like yeic ; as eitpfjpri. 

Oi sounds like oy in boy ; as Aot^d? 

Ov sounds like ou in could; as ovpav6s. 

Yi sounds like wre; as vlog. 

CONSONANTS. 

r has the hard English sound ; when it occurs before a second 
y, or before k, £, ^, it sounds like ng ; as ayyeXos, pronounced 
ang-e-los. 

Z has the sound of ds ; as favrj. 

JE sounds like ks ; as h^iwfxa. 

X has the blended sound of kh, something like the German 
zh in buck ; as xpovos. 



10 OXEBK l.KSSONS. 

In inflecting nouns and verbs, when a nr-mute, or 
a x-mute, would be followed by p, the double consonant 
y or if is substituted ; thus, instead of *A$a(ioi or ffJU'xfftt, 
must be written Itycryi, jiX^io, &x. But a t- mute, com- 
ing before ?, must be rejected; thus, for lovruu) must be 
written ixyixm, 6oC 

OTHER CHARACTERS. 

1. Besides the letters of the language, are other writ- 
ten characters, to mark the divisions of sentences and 
syllables, and to determine the pronunciation. 

2. There are two spiritus or breathings; the asper, 
or rough breathing, and the lenis, or smooth breathing. 
One of these is placed over every vowel or diphthong 
beginning a word. 

tf. The spiritus asper has the force of the letter h ; 
thus, htnog, 6 koto*, are pronounced hippos, hekaton. 

4 The spiritus lenis only indicates that the asper is 
not used, thus, lyo), arrJQ. 

5. T and o at the beginning of a word have always the 
aspirate., as q^tojq, rhetor. 

6. If two q come together in the middle of a word 
the former has the soft, the latter the aspirate; as, 
aouijo^. ni*Q$o$ f arrhctos, Pyrrhos. 

7. The Diaeresis is placed over the second of two 
vowels, to show they are not to be pronounced as diph- 
thongs, as iudfc 

8. Apostrophe indicates the cutting off of a short 
vowel at the end of a word, when the next word begins 
with a vowel, as in epov for Inl epov. 

9. Sometimes the apostrophe is prevented by placing 
a v after the first of the two vowels ; as nuaiv tintv kxeivoig 
for nodi tint IxHtou. 

10. When an apostrophe takes place, a smooth mute 
before an aspirate is changed into its cognate aspirate; 



GR^EK LESSONS. 11 

as «qp' ol) y for anb ol ; oltf rj/xcap^ for ovxl r^wv ; £<p' v/uv, 
for tJii vulv. 

11. The diastole is inserted between the parts of a 
compound word, to distinguish it from another word of 
the same letters ; as to,t£, and this, from tot?, then, 

12. In punctuation the following marks are used : the 
comma ( , ) ; the colon and semicolon, a point at the 
top of the line ( * ) ; the period or full stop ( . ) ; the 
note of interrogation ( / ) ; and the note of exclamation, 
of modern use ( ! ). 

13. There are three accents : the acute, the grave, 
and the circumflex. 

14. The acute elevates the voice, and is placed or one 
of the three final syllables; as TVTtrm, I strike. 

15. The grave depresses the voice, and always falls 
on the final syllable; as ti^r h honor. 

16. The circumflex elevates and then depresses the 
voice, and is placed on a long vowel or diphthong in one 
of the two last syllables; as noiw. 

ACCENTUATION, 

1. Every short syllable, if accented, is acute ; as Xsyu, 
TQoya, Toroc, noQog. 

2. Every syllable, long by position, before two con- 
sonants or a double consonant, if accented, is acute ; as 
eXxog, ixqtoc, srdo^og. 

3. Every long syllable, if accented before a short one, 
is circumflex , as x&pa, v&fia. 

4. Every long syllable, if accented before a long one, 
is acute ; as fivr^ri, o"w£o). 

5. Every contracted syllable, if accented, is circum- 
flex ; as updat, Tifiti ; OsixiaToyMrjg, OstiiaToxXijg, 



12 GREEK LESSONS. 

ETYMOLOGY. 



Etymology teaches the true origin, derivation, 
signification, and variation of words. 

1 In Greek there are nine parts of speech, viz^— 
Noun, Article, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Pre- 
position, Conjunction, and Interjection. 1 he first six 
are varied, the others have no variation. Variation is 
of three kinds, declension, conjugation, and comparison. 

2. The article, nouns, adjectives, and pronouns are 
declined; verbs are conjugated; and adjectives and 
adverbs are compared* 

NOUNS. j 

A Substantive or Noun is the name of any person, 
place, quality, or thing; as natty, a father ; *a>, a 
country ; evivyja, happiness; ^a<£«> a knife. 

1. A noun is either Common or Proper. 

2. A Common noun is a name equally applicable to 
any one of a class of objects; as ficurdevg, a king; «n,(), 

a man. . . . , 

3. A Proper noun is an individual name to distinguish 
objects of the same class; as BiQyihog, Virgil; c Pwp', 

Rome. , ■ , . 

4. A Common noun is called Abstract when it repre- 
sents a quality, or manner of action or existence ; as 
anovdrj, haste ; tweftsux, piety. 

5. Collective nouns, in the singular number, signify 
an association of individuals ; as o//oc, a crowd. 

6. Verbal nouns are nouns derived from a verb ; as 
vTfoqyi}, a turning, from (nqiywy to turn. 

To Greek nouns belong Number, Gender, and Case. 



i 



GREEK LESSONS. 13 

N U 31 B E R . 

Number is the consideration of objects, individu- 
ally or collectively. There are three numbers, the 
Singular, Dual, and Plural. 

1. The singular number denotes only one object; as 
ulvtiQ, a man. 

2. The dual denotes two, or a pair ; as ardge, the two 
men. 

3. The plural denotes more objects than one ; as 
ardgsg, men. 

GE NDER. 

Gender, in a natural sense, is the distinction of 
sex, or the difference between male and female. 
Gender, in a grammatical sense, is the designation 
of nouns according to their signification, or termi- 
nation. 

1. There are three genders, the Masculine, the Femi- 
nine, and the Neuter. 

2. The Masculine gender embraces the names of 
males, and those nouns which, in attributes or termina- 
tion, resemble males; as xvgiog, a master ; tituv, the sun; 
Xgovog, a year. 

3. The Feminine gender embraces the names of 
females, and those nouns which, in attributes or termi- 
nation, resemble females ; as xoqi'i, a girl; cpgrjv, the mind ; 
loxfirjy a forest. 

4. The Neuter gender embraces nouns, which are 
neither of the masculine nor feminine gender, and all 
words and phrases used as nouns ; as xigag, a horn ; 
&7/octov xcugt, the last farewell. 

5. Some nouns are both masculine and feminine. 
These are said to be of the common gender. 

6. For the sake of brevity o is used to denote the 
masculine, i] the feminine, and to the neuter gender. 



14 



GREEK LESSONS. 



CASE 

Cases are the different termination of nouns, to 
express their relation to other words. The cases in 
Greek are five, viz. Nominative, Genitive, Dative, 
Accusative, and Vocative. 

1. The Nominative case indicates the subjective rela- 
tion of a noun to its verb. 

2. The Genitive denotes origin or possession ; its sign 
is of or s with an apostrophe. 

3. The Dative denotes that to or for which any thing 
is given, done, or intended. Its sign is to and for. 

4. The Accusative denotes accountability ; it is the 
object of the action of a verb, or of the relations of a 
preposition. 

5. The Vocative denotes the relation of a person 
addressed. Its usual sign is the interjection O. 

6. There is no Ablative in Greek. Its place is sup- 
plied by the Dative. 

7. All cases except the Nominative, are called oblique 
cases. 

THE ARTICLE. 

I. The Article is a word prefixed to a noun, to 
ascertain or define it. It wants the vocative, and 
is declined as follows : 











o, y, ' 


to, the, m.f. n. 








Singular. 


Dual. 




Plural. 




f~*~ \ 


l ~ ^\ 




r 




\ 




M. 


F. 


N. 


N. A. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 
G. 


tov, 




TO, 
TOV, 


M. 
TCQ, 


F. 
TCt, 


N. 
TCQ, 


N. 
G. 


01, 

TCQV, 


at, 

TCQV, 


TCt, 

tcqv. 


D. 
A. 


rep, 

TOV, 


T7JV, 


TO, 


G. D. 

TOlV, \TCtIr,\TOlV, 


D. 
A. 


TOig, 
Tovg, 


Tctig, 
Tag, 


roTg, 

7(X. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



15 



DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 

The changes of termination which nouns undergo 
are classified under certain forms, called Declen- 

us. These forms in Greek are three, and are 
known by the termination of tin- gi nitive singular, 
which in the first declension is oft ?,,-, i»ror; in the 
second, i ihird, 09. 

Tlie following table exhibits I view of the different 
declensii 



TABI.K OF 1>I< I I 



m. a 




111. 



M. & F. 



\. 



Gen. 
Dat 

Ace. 

Voc. 



B1NG1 I. \li. 









o*, 


or, or, 
















«r, /,/. 








a, f}, 


a, >,. 




OK. 



p, £, y, w, 0, I, I, 



r, S, p, ft pi a, «. i, j. 



N.A.V. a, 
G. D. a/v. 


DUAL. 

1 

otr. 


oir. 



Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc. 



PLURAL. 



NT, 
flMft 



oi, 


". 


OjVy 




OK, 




•Uft 


«, 


ot. 


a. 



a*, 



a. 



GENERAL REMARKS ON DECLENSION. 

1. The nominative and vocative singular are generally 
alike. 



16 



GREEK LESSONS. 



2. The nominative and vocative plural are always 
alike. 

3. Neuter nouns have the nominative, accusative, and 
vocative alike, in both numbers. These cases in the 
plural end in «. 

4. The dative singular ends always in l, final or sub- 
script. 

5. The genitive plural ends in m>, and the accusative 
plural in c, except in neuters. 

6. The nominative, accusative, and vocative dual are 
alike; the genitive and dative are also alike. 

FIRST DECLENSION. 

The First Declension has four terminations, ag, 
vjg, masculine ; «, ??, feminine. 

NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST DECLENSION. 









MASCULINE NOUNS. 








Taping, a steward, m. 




Sing. 




Dual. 


Plural. 


N. 


o TOfjUt-ac, 




N-i 


N. ra/ni-ai, 


G. 


rapi-ov, 




A. \ Tafii-a, 


G. Tafii-wv, 


D. 


TCi t ul-(X, 




V. ) 


D. Tct/ul-oug, 


A. 
V. 


Ta/xl-a. 




D J ■tafu-mr. 


A. Tixi.u-ag, 
V. Tctfilai. 




Tz),b)rr t Q, a tax-gather ei 


\ m. 




Sing. 




Dual, 


Plural. 


N. 


o TsXojv-7]g t 




N.) 


N. Ts/.cur-ai, 


G. 


TsXwr-ov, 




A. > TtXcor-a, 


G. rsXcor-cor, 


D. 


TlXblV-T], 




V. \ 


D. Tfla'rt'-aig, 


A. 


iiXm'-r^'y 




a ; , 


A. JtXcor-ctg, 


V. 


leXwv-r). 




V. tsXwv-cu. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



17 



FEMININE NO 





Moiaa, a muse, f 






Sing. 


Dual. 


Plural. 


N. 


r-n, 


y.i 


N. juoicr-at, 


<;. 


fioia-i,;. 


uoia-u, 


( 1. IIUlo 


]). 




V. \ 


D. fiow gig, 


A. 




G.\ , 


\. m.» i 


V. 


fioia-u, 


. . > ftoia-i 


\ . flUlU-((l. 




'j/y day. J 






Sing. 


J)i 


Plural. 


N. 




N.j 


V i y«?-ai, 






\ '...•;-«. 


( ». 


]). 




v. \ 


] ). 


A. 


'"• 


' . . 


A. iutn-ct* y 


V. 




], 


\ i u n-ai. 




1 


, the herd. J 


f 




Sii 


Dual. 


Plural. 


N; 


'. *' 


\ / 


N. yffi'/ 


(.. 




A. > i 


( i. •/.?<} ttl-ujv. 


1). 


XHf " ■ 


\. \ 


J ). nmpml miq 


A. 

V. 




ADJECTH 1 < 
Maxfju. long, f. 


A. xiqc 

V. xt^uX-ui 




Sii 


Dual. 


Plural. 


N. 


p-B, 


N.J 


V iw/n-u!, 


G. 




A. > UUXQ-U, 


G. p/xo-o>, 


D. 


ftaxn-u, 


v • ) 


D. /uitxQ-alg, 


A. 


(iUXQ- 


g. ; 


\. (uuxo-dg, 


V. 


paxq-a. 


]) > /laxg-tttr. 


V. paxQ-ai. 



IS 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Sing. 

N. (TOCp-ri, 
G. (jocp-yg, 
D. (Tocp-y, 
A. aoq>-ijv, 
V. aocp-i. 



Socprj, wise. 


f- 




Dual. 




Plural. 


N. ) 




N. aocp-ai, 


A. > CO(f-U, 




G. aocp-ojVy 


Y.) 




D. aocp-cug, 


G.( 


A. o"oqp-«c, 


-^ > aocp-aiv. 


V. aocp-al. 



CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION. 

1. In these nouns aa, forming two syllables, is con 
tracted into one syllable in «; as fivtia, p'w, a mina. 

2. When sa is preceded by g, it becomes a : as sgta, 
Iga, wool; but sa, when not preceded by £, also «? and 
6rj, become ij ; as yea, yr h the earth. 

3. In the genitive, the vowel preceding ov is absorbed ; 
as c EQfi80Vj c Eq{iov. 



Sing. 
N. ige-a Ig-a, 
G. sgi-ag ig-ag, 
D. ige-a eg- a, 
A. sge-av eg-av, 
V. egs-a ig-a. 



Sing. 
N. yaXi-rj yaX-% 
G. yaXi-t\g yaX-rjg, 
D. yaXi-y yaX-fj, 
A. yaXi-rp yaX-r^', 
V. yaXe-rj yaX-ij. 



EXAMPLES. 

3 £gia, wool. f. 

Dual. 
igi-a, 

ige-ouv. 

rcdst], a id easel. 
Dual. 

yaXe-a yaX-a, 
yY > yaXi-aiv yaX-aTv. 



Plural. 

N. sgs-cci eg-al, 
G. ege-ojv tg-cijv, 
D. egs-aig tg-cug, 
A. igs-ag eg-ag, 
V. igt-ai ig-cu. 



Plural. 

N. yaXi-ai yaX-ai, 
G. yaXe-wv yaX-wv, 
D. yaXe-aig yaX-alg, 
A. yaXs-ag yaX-ag, 
j V. yaXe-ai yaX-al. 



GREEK LESSONS. 19 

RULES FOR THE FIRST DECLENSION. 

1. Masculines in (7s have the genitive in or, the dative 
in re. and retain a in the remaining ca<es of the singular. 

2. Masculines in ijg have the genitive in or, and retain 
the r t in all the other cases of the singular. But all nouns 
in rqg and n/,., and Gentile* in tfi t with nouns com- 
pounded of a substantive and verb, have the vocative 
singular in u. 

ti <5«, d<(. : ■ pure, contracted 

nouns, and some proper Dames, ha m a$, 

and retain the a through all the cases of the singular. 

rin: PIR0T D! 

PRELIMINARY KILES. 

1. An '_rroos with its substantive in 
nun. 

2. \itli its nominative in number 
and . a neuter noun in the plural lias gen- 
erally a verb in tl alar. 

3. Substantive of naming and 
gesture, ha v< both I ml after 
them. 

4. One sub governs another in the genitive, 
when it limits its meaning. 

5. Active verbs lt<>\ • in an accusative of the object 
affected by the action. 

I AHILARY. 

From the verb, JauI, to be; *J>/u, to have; and Tvtitm, 
to stril 

Indic. Pres. fail, he is ; uai they are ; or httoV, they two 
are. 
" Imp. r*r, he was; r^ur, they were; r i xr\v ) they two 
were. 



20 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Indic. Pres. ?;m, he, she, or it has ; sloven, they have. 
" Imp. sl'/sv, he, she or it had ; sl'/ov, they had, 
" Pres. tvjitsi, he, fyc, strikes; ivtitovoi, they strike. 
" Imp. srvms, he, 4*c, struck ; sjvtitov ) they struck. 

Ivmo) is conjugated on page 78; slpl on page 112. 

I. 

Translate and parse the following Greek sentences : 



Ol V&LVTOLl l AlvsloV. 

Alvslctg iail argon i&TTjg. 
'Eaalctg y\v ngocpr^rjg. 
Tw vavxa iaxbv Xrjcmxl. 2 
Ol racial rjuav noXlxai? 
Al fjpigai Tfjg&sgsLagslal potxgal. 
Ol pa^rpcd 4 Tov^lwavvoi) rpav 

iy.sl. 
At &vqcu ifuv olxlaiv tjaav 

nXaislcu. 
Mi&rj sail piy.ga pavicc. 

Al povuai slal al ylkcti 5 t&v 

TTOITJTOJV. 6 

Al yXaxTcrciL tcjv ngoyrjTcov rjaav 
legal. 



The sailors of iEneas. 

JEneas is a soldier. 

Esaias was a prophet. 

The two sailors are robbers. 

The stewards were citizens. 

The days of summer are long. 

The disciples of John were 
there. 

The doors of the two houses 
were broad. 

Drunkenness is a slight mad- 
ness. 

jThe muses are the friends 
of the poets. 

The tongues of the prophets 
were inspired. 



II. 

Translate the following English sentences into Greek : 

The stewards are robbers. '0 raplag sip} A/jonfe. 
The two prophets were i c O ngocprjr^g sip* dixaatrig. 
judges. I 



1. vavrrjg-ov. 
4. padr}Tfis-ov. 



2. Xpcrns-ov. 
5. (j>i\a-r}S. 



3. TroXirfjs-ov. 
6. iroirjrrjS'OV. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Bl 



The tongues of the Muses c O yXtoaaa o Movacc tlfil yXv- 

are sweet. uf$i. 

The disciples have great ho-'O/iacV/,!/^ t/cu fitytikj] Tifirj. 

nour. 
The soldiers had much spoil. c O aj^ccxuixtjg lyo) noXi.\ Xrict. 
Drunkenness is the cause oCu utitt t ftul u utila noXXri 

much sorrow. l\ i> r 



SECOND DECLENSION. 

The Secon 1 I I >n, known by the ending of 

the genitive singular in or. has two terminations; oc, 
masculine, a emininej or, neutar. 



!fS AND ADJECTIVES OF Til I IX< M- l>i:< I > NSION. 






Sing. 

N. o Xoy 
G . Xuy-ov, 
D. Ao; 
A. Xoy-ov t 
V. X6y-t. 



.. (h< speech. 




on: 



Plural. 

/-coy, 
y-oi$, 
/-ore, 
y-oi. 



Sing. 

N. TO LlilQ-OV y 
G. fltT()-OV, 

D. fAUQ-10, 

A. AifTQ-OV, 

V. php-ov. 



MtToor, a 

Dual. 
N.J 

A. > fi8TQ-b}, 
\.\ 



G.) . 
D. ( *"**"* 



Plural. 

G. lUTQ-WP) 

D. iiirQ-oig, 
V. niiQ-a. 



22 



GREEK LESSONS. 



, 




Kalog, beautiful. 






Sing. 


Dual. " 


Plural 


N. 


o xotk-os, 


N.) 


N. xcd-oi, 


G. 


xaX-ov, 


A. > y.aX-w, 


G. ymX-wv, 


D. 


xaX-<o, 


v. \ 


D. y.uX-dlg, 


A. 

V. 


xaX-ov, 
xal-L 


G .1 . „ 

• T"l I y - Ci *'- 0lv ' 

U. )« 

Mav.gov \ long. 


A. y.(xX-ovg, 
V. xal-ol. 




Sing. 


Dual. 


Plural. 


N. 


to fiaxg-ov, 


N '? 


N. paxg-d, 


G. 


fiuxg-ov, 


A. > (XCMQ-CO) 


G. ^.axg-a/v, 


D. 


fiaxq-a, 


V. 


D. paxg-dig, 


A. 
V. 


fiaxo-ov, 
(laxq-ov. 


g. ; 

-p. > ftaxg-oiv. 


A. (ictxg-d, 
V. fiaxg-d. 



Study, with the above, the corresponding exercises on 
page 24. 

CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION. 

I. In these nouns, the letters io,6s, and 6o, forming two 
syllables, are contracted into one syllable in oi ; as roe, vov. 

2*. A short vowel before a long one, or a diphthong, is 
absorbed ; as baitcov, oo-tojv. 

3. In the plural of neuters, a absorbs the preceding 
vowel, and becomes long ; as oarea, ocxa. 



EXAMPLES. 







6 vooq, the mind. 




Sing. 


Dual. 


N. 


vo-og rove, 


n. ; . 


G. 


vo-ov vov, 


A. > vo-m rc3, 


D. 


vo-o) roi, 


V.J 


A. 


vo-ov vo'vv, 


G. 1 . 


V. 


vo-s roi. 


■pv > vo-oiv tocv. 



Plural. 

N. ro-oi vol, 
G, vo-(ov rcor, 
D. ro-oig vdig, 
A. ro-ovg rovg } 

Y. J'0-Oi V0i. 



GREEK LES> 



23 



Sing. 

N. 6<ni-ov o<j: 

Tl't-OV i)>' 

D. oar*- < 

\ 

Tll-OV dfr: 



to oareov, Me &0?ie. 

Dual. 

N. 

A. ) oaT*-fti oar w, 



i) 



oar*-o*y oar-on. 



Plural. 

\ i-Ct, 

oar-a. 



'O /fjoofv, Jesii* gAu#, are thus 



Sin- 

N. o 

D. 

A. 7r,a -otr, 
V. y Jr t <j-ov. 



1). /. 

A. <Jio» 



aCISEfl on THE SECOND 1' ION. 



ADDITIONAL i \ All Y III I > 

1. Sub thing agree in 
case. 

2. The pre; or «S, and tiqo ) govern 
the geniti 

The prepositions, \v and avv govern the dat, 
4. The prepositions, i$ or mt t and «>« govern the ac 
cusative. 



24 GREEK LESSONS. 

NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES IN og AND OF. 
I. 

Translate and parse the following Greek sentences 

"Av&oamog fiorog «|jei jov liyov. Man alone has speech. 

c O ro/uog tov Osov lor* to 7t?j- The law of God is a guide 

diikiov fiiov. of life. 

c O rihog xal t) (tu^vtj rjaar&eol The sun and moon were 

fur A\yvmLm>. | gods of the Egyptians. 

c O Xoyog earl eldtaXov xjjg ipv/rjg. Speech is an image of the 

soul. 
c O xoagiog sail axr\vr\ xal (tiog The world is a stage and life 

nixoodog. a play. 

Ol vavxai el/ov to agyvoiovTov The sailors had the stew- 

T(Xfj,lov. ard's money. 

Ongoxprjir^g it^E to Xsvxovy.rjgv- The prophet had a white 

xeiov. wand. 

Trnqyiog OvuaiyyTwviog r t v 6 George Washington was the 

vQujriybg tuv 'Afieqixavdv. I commander of the Amer- 
I icans. 

II. 

Translate the following English sentences into Greek: 

The brow is often a sign of 

anger. 
Wine is a mirror of the heart. 



To axvviov elfil noXXamg ur\- 

fieiov b &vfi6g. 
oivog el/il xutotitqov b xao- 

dlct. 
c O jafilag e%(a uya&og olvog. 



The stewards have good 
wine. 

The citizens had good hou- c noliTr^g l^cu aya&bg oixog, 
ses. 

The horses of the two gen- 
erals are white. 



O Xnnogb aroaTrjybg elfil kev 



GREEK LESSONS. 



25 



The two angels were white- c O ay/sXog dpi ItvxonTsgog. 

winged. 
The clouds of heaven hoLve'Orsq.ilrj o oiguvbge^o) o^gopii] 



the thunder, and the light- 
ning, and hail. 



v.ul anxgani) xal %d)>a£a. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 

The Third Declension, known by the ending of 
the genitive singular in og, has nine terminations, v % $, 
o, g, y, of all genders ; co, feminine ; «, t, v, neuter. 



RULES FOR THE GENDER. 

1 . Nouns ending in av, rp, w, sig, r^, vg, evg, ovg, coc-cotoc 
and -woe, wv-ovxog, and others having the genitive in vxog, 
and personal appellatives in coo, are masculine, with few 
exceptions. 

2. Nouns ending in ag-adog, cue, Tr^-xr(iog, ig or iv, vg, 
5, co, co£-oo?, cov-o^oe, are feminine, with few exceptions. 

3. Nouns in «, i, v, «o, ag-arog and -aog,og and coo, not 
personal appellatives, are neuter, with few exceptions. 

MASCULINES IN r t v : ??o, cor, coo. 

Singular. 



The month, m. 


The beast. m. 


The lion. m. 


The orator, ra 


N. (IJV, 


N. #^0, 


N. o AfW, 


N. o grjToog, 


G. [irjv-og, 


G. ^o-oc, 


G. >U'0J>T-0C, 


G. grjjoQ-og, 


D. m v-i, 


D. &tlQ-i, 


D. XeovT-i, 


D. ^too-*, 


I A. /^-a, 


A. vHJo-a, 


A. kiovT-a, 


A. ^roo-a^ 


V. flfj-V. 


V. #jfe. 


V. Agov. 

2 


V. ^TOO. 



26 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Dual. 



N. 
A. 
V. 
G. 
D. 



pr)V-e, 



flT}V-OLV, 



G. firjV-wv, 
D. ^irj-(Ti, 
A. fiijv-ag, 
V. prjV-sg. 



&W- 



&7}Q-6lv. 



Xsovt-s, 



Xsovc-oiv. 



Plural. 



N. &7Je-ig, 

G. &7]Q-b)V, 

D. <frr}Q-cr^ 

A. ^^-«c, 
V. xHjQ-eg. 



N. A£OJ>T-££, 

G. Xsovx-wv, 
D. Acou-or, 
A. Af'o^T-a?, 
V. A£oj>t-«s. 




(jrpoQ- 



QTJTOQ-OIP, 



N. QTjTOQ-Eg, 
G. QTjTOQ-WV, 

D. ^too-o^, 
A. (iijro^-as, 

V. QTjTOQ-Eg. 



; Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 33. 



PEMTNINES IN «£, awr, i£, *{. 



The torch. /. 

N.fjlafindg, 
G. Xotfindd-og, 
D. Xafindd-i, 
A. XotfiTiiid-tt, 
V. lufindg. 



N. ) 

A. > XufiTidd-e, 

V-3 

j^ > lafji7iav-oiv, 



Singular. 



The nose./. 


N. 
G. 
D. 




A. 


qir-a, 


V. 


ijiv. 



Theold woman. 
N. fj ygavg, 

G. /(W-OC, 

D. /yah 
A. yqotvVj 
V. ygav. 



Dual. 




ygcc-e, 



yqa-oiv. 



The hair. /. 

N. q tfffc- 
G. T(u/-oV, 

D. T^-/, 

A. To^-a, 

V. &qII 



TQW-e, 



N. 
A. 
V. 
G. , 



GREEK LESSONS. 



27 



Plural. 

N. XccfiTidd'tg, IN. (j7>-£c, 
G. Xap7iud-m', G. yiv-Jjv, 

D. XU[A711X-<JI, ID. (Ji-C//, 

A. Xapnud-ug, A. (ftr-Oft 
V. Atf/i7r«<5-£.\ V. nh-eg. 

Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 34. 



N. ygu-tg, 
G. yoa-ojv, 
D. /(juidl-r, 
A. yrtu-iu, j 
A . yod-eg. 



N. TO/>-fS, 
G. 7(Jl/-dv, 

D. <ty«K 

A. iQiy.-ag, 



TERS IN «, <, V. 







Singular. 






The body. ;>. 
N. to (rcSpta, 
G. (Toy/nuc-og, 

D. (JO)UUT-l, 

A. ao)fiu, 


N 
G 

1) 
A 

y 


The honey, w. 
. to pti*, 
fjtXu- 

fjt'/.i. 
Dual. 


N 
G 
D 

A 
V 


The tear. n. 

. to ()(/'xor, 
oVxnt-oc, 
<5uxor-/ ( 

9ca 


N.) 

A. > atofiai-t, 

V. V 

G. 

•p. > cw^aT-otv. 




N.J 

A. > fniXiT-e, 
Plural. 




N.3 

A. > tfJxou-e, 
G. > , s 


N. (TW/iaT-O, 

G. awficu-wv, 
D. (jwjuct-aiy 
A. (TcofxaT-a, 
V. o~coi/«T-a. 




N. fiiXn-a, 
G. {itl'ii-wr, 
D. fjiXi-ai, 
A. {iiXiT-u, 
V. fiiXn-a. 




N. duxQv-a, 
G. 6V/oi'-wr, 
D. <5Jx/>i>cr*, 
A. oVxoi-a, 
Y. <5Jxoi>«. 


Study with the a 


bove the correspor 
page 35. 


ding exercises on 



28 



GREEK LESSONS. 



CONTRACTED NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



TERMINATIONS IN Tjg AND og, 

Tgirjo^g, a galley. 
Dual. 

A. > TQirjg-es, v\> 

v. ) 

G.) , . 

■p. > TQUig-iOlV, 01V. 



Sing. 

G 
D. 

A. 
V. 



TQirjQ-eog, ovg, 

TQlTJQ-EL y SI, 
TQirig-StX, 1}. 

Tglr { Q-sg. 



Plural. 
N. TQLTjQ-eeg, sig, 

G. TQlVjO-SCOV, tov, 

D. toitjo-scti, 
A. TQLrjg-eag, sig, 
V. TQitiQ-ssg, sig. 



Sing. 

N. reix-og, 

G. Tsfy-sog, ovg, 

D. tUX-Sly Sly 

A. TfT^-OS, 

V. Teix-og. 



to t£7/o?, a 10 a//. 
Dual. 

A. V T«/#-«£, 12, 

G. > , . 

-p. J 1SI%-SOIVj OtV. 



Plural. 

N. TSl'X-Say 7], 

G. TsiX'S(av ) cov, 
D. Tsi%-stn, 

A. TSi/-S(X, 7], 
V. TSi/Sa, 7], 



Proper names in xA% are declined like ronjo^; as 

UsQinlsTjg, UsgixXrjg. 

Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 36 f 



TERMINATIONS IN lag AND to. 



Sing. 

N. r) aid-cog, 
G. ald-oog, ovg, 
D. ald-oi, 61, 
A. ald-6a, co, 
V. aid-dl. 



Alddg, the modesty 
Dual. 

cud- to, 



Plural 

N. ald-ol, 
G. ald-cov, 
D. cud-dig, 
A. aid- ovg, 
V. ald-oi. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



29 







*J&X*h the echo. 






Sing. 




Dual. . 


Plural. 


N. 


c 5 , 

1} Ttf-CO, 


N. 


) 


N. itZ-oj, 


G. 


rtf-oog, ovg } 


A. 


\ Wr&i 


G. rr/.-w> 


D. 


fa-oi, 61, 


V. 


\ 


D. y-oTc, 


A. 


\x-iu, w, 


G. 


. 


A. i/-ovg, 


V. 


i]X-6i. 


D. 


• ) i y-oiv. 


V. ?>o/. 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 3(3. 



TERMINATIONS IN evg AND t/£. 







Ba*d*v$ t a Icing. 








Sing. 


Dual. 


Plural. 




N. 


o ftaatX-ti\. 


N.J 


N. ftuaiX-ieg, 


*%, 


G. 


/SaaiX-fwCy 


A. > PaatX-te, 


G. ftaaiX-icjv, 




D. 


P(X<TlX-il) el. 


Y.) 


D. (juoiX-iiai 


► 


A. 

V. 


fiaaiX-su, 
fiaaiX-iv. 


■p.' > (laod-ioir. 

niktxi;, a hatchet 


A. ftaaiX-tcig, 
V. ftaad-itg, 


us- 




Sing. t 


Dual. 


Plural. 




N. 


O 7tiXsX-ig. 


A. > TieXe X-E£, 71, 


N. 7T£Aix-£££, 


ft*. 


G. 


neXsx-su)^ 


G. 7ItXsx-tb)V, 




D. 


TieXsx-s'i, el, 


v.Vi 


D. TisXtx-eai, 




A. 


niXtx-vr, 


G.) . , 

-p. > Ttslex-eoir. 


A. 7r€AfX-ftt£, 


iiq,. 


V. 


niXtx-v. 


V. 7T6Aix-e*£, 


tig. 



30 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Botqvg, the bunch of grapes. 





Sing. 


Dual. 


Plural 


N. 


(SoTQ-VC, 


N.) 


N. ftoTQ-veg, vg, 


G. 


ftoxg-vog, 


A. > (SoTQ-Vl, 


G. /5oT0-lW, 


D. 


fioTQ-v'i, 


v.j 


D. pOTQ-VQl, 


A. 


§6lQ-VV, 


-p. > (JOTQ-VOIV. 


A. fioTQ-vag, vg, 


V. 


(toiQ-V. 


V. floTQ-veg, vg. 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 37. 



TERMINATIONS IN ic, I, AND V. 



N 



Sing. 



. o ocp-ig, 
G. 6q)-sb)g ? 

D. OCp-ELj 
A. 0<f-lV, 

Y. ocp-i. 



Sing. 

N. TO alvrjTl-Lj 

G. (JLVTjTl-SCOgj 

D. atVTjTl-U, 

A, Glv7]7l-l) 

V. <slvr\n-i. 



Sing. 

N. to aaj-v, 

G. aOT-£OC, 
aOT-£J, 

aor-u, 
aor-t/. 



*OcpiQ) a serpent. 
Dual. 

oy-es, 

ocp-sow. 

Sinpii, mustard. 
Dual. 

N * ) 

A. > (TlVrjTl-lE, 

g. ; , 

■p. > am]ii-t(x>v. 

*A<jzv, a city. 
Dual. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



Plural. 

oy-teg, tig, 
bcf-iuv, 

0(p-l(TL, 

ocp-tag, tig, 
ocp-eig, lis. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
Y. 



Plural. 

currjTi-ia, 
airrjTt- (tar, 
(TirrfTi-KTi, 
aivrjn-ia, 
Givrpi-ia. 



aar-toiv. 



D. 
A. 

T. 

Study with the above the corresponding 
page 38. 




OKTl-Sl, 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



Plural. 

ixaz-ta, 

aoT-tm; 

atJT-eai, 

aar-ta, 

uoi-ta, 



exercises on 



GREEK LESSONS. 



31 





TERMINATIONS IN 


W- 








Hfcnjf) a father. 








Sing. 


Dual. 




Plural. 


N. 


o nat-rtf, 


N / 


N. 


7T((T-tQSg t 


G. 


rr«i 


A. > 7T(tT-tQf, £f, 


(i. 


nCOV, 


D. 


nai-iin, <;/, 


V. \ 


1). 


nui-ntlijiy 


A. 


7iai- 


G.) 


A 


JTOTH 


V. 


nuz-iq. 


i man. 


\. 


SOT-i( 




Sing. 


l)ii;il. 




Plural. 


N. 




V/ 


N. 


Apt?, 


<;. 




A. ■ Aft, 


a 




I). 




D. 


p«(7#, 


A. 


UV-l 


r» v ' 


A. 




V. 




V. 


(3^f^. 



Study with the above the corresponding i - on 

Some nouns in p in the jrcnitive 

and dative, and thus exhibit a double form. For the 
take of euphony in such lorn mqd between 

j' and £ ; as < ri 



TERMINATIONS IN 0fi AND £«£. 

Kfeo?, Me flesh. 
Singular. 

N. to xpe-a?, 

G. xot-((To;, by syncope xQe-aog f by crasis xqI-w;, 

D. XQt-CtTl y U XQB-U'i, " *0*-£> 

A. XOf-OfC, 

V. xo€-a$. 



32 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Dual. 



N. to y.Qs-ars, by syncope y.gs-aE, by crasis xgi-a, 

G. xgE-dioiv, li 

D. xgs-aToiv, u 

A. xgs-aTE 9 u 

V. y.gi-aiE, u 

Plural. 



y.Q8-(XOLVy 


u 


K£€-Q)V, 


XQS-(XOLV 9 


U 


#0£-to*>, 


XQS-ttE, 


a 


xof-a, 


y.ge-as, 


B 


>fO£-a. 



N. 


ygi-aia, 


n 


xge-aoc, 


u 


ygs-a, 


G. 


XgS-aTWV, 


a 


y.QE-dcov, 


u 


XQS-toV, 


D. 


XQ8~<X(Tl, 










A. 


ygs-aia, 


a 


y.gi-aa 9 


a 


y.gt-a, 


V. 


ygi-ara, 


u 


xgs-aa, 


u 


xgs'-a. 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 

page 38. 

1. Some nouns are contracted in all the cases, either 
by dropping a vowel, or blending the two vowels into one ; 
as xevsgov, xtvixtv ; xtVEwvog, y.£vmog ; 1'ag, tjQ ; I'agog, jjgog. 

RULES FOR THE THIRD DECLENSION. 

1. When the noun does not end in c, the genitive is formed by 
adding -»s or— ros to the nominative, and by changing the long 
vowel into its corresponding short one, and i and v into e ; as 
tit&v, riravos j yipcjv. yepii/rog ) fiiXin^ ftsXireo^. 

2. When the noun ends in <r, the genitive is formed by reject- 
ing the c, and adding -;?, -mj, —dos, or -dos ) as qpo>s, r t poog \ Ad^7ra?, 
"Xdfx-rraSog. 

3. But neuters in og form the genitive by assuming c before the 
nominative; as rectos, rcij^og. 

4. The accusative of masculines or feminines is formed from 
the genitive by changing og into a ; as yiyag y yiyavrog, A. yiyavra. 

5. But nouns in v, vg, avg, and ovg, whose genitive in og is pure, 
change g of the nominative into v', as 6'du?, fytoj, A. fyty. 

6. Barytons in ig and vg have both a and v ; as Kfyvs, ndpvdosi 
tc6pvQa } and ko^uj/. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



33 



7. The vocative is formed from the genitive by throwing off 
the termination ; as rirdio^ nrav\ Bipos, oov. 

8 But nouns in <>-, v;, an, and o$ form the vocative by throwing 
off?. 

9. Nouns in w$ and w have the vocative in oi ; as aiccog, aiSoT ; 

10. The dative plural is formed from the dative singular by 
changing the last syllable into a ; as - cw«. If i/ pre- 
cedes the last syllable, it is dropped ; B8*rir6»f, rtnin. Ifc or o 
precedes the j, it is changed into its corresponding diphthong, 
ei or ov : ai 

11. Nouns ending in ?, preceded by a diphthong, annex i to 
the nominative singular to form the dan rXcfr, i3a<ri\evat. 

12 Bj ncopated nouns in ijo have the dative in uai ; as zarfip, 
xarpaai. 



EXERCISES ON MASCULINES IN e;. m. it, no, VQ, cuv, (x)Q. 

I. 



Oi 7mm.: row ; 

T« TTQoSuTU I'/OVtfl MtlOJ 

par*. 
Ol /wi; fcfalaf IMF! vho 



The Titans were giants. 

was the good shep- 
herd. 

sheep have a good shep- 
herd. 

The months of summer are 

warm. 
The wolves are terrible wild 
beat 
Oi AforT<- ; he lions were witnesses of 

Xvnrft llov. the grief of G alios. 

Ol 'Eklrpixoi (jijoo^ icrcxrThe Grecian orators were 
xXtnoi. famous. 



II. 

The two giants had large c O yl/ag l'/o) [ityulri xfqpoubj. 

heads. 
The sheep of the two shep- To nqofiaxov o Ttoifirp dpi 

herds are beautiful. xaloq, 

2» 



34 



GREEK LESSONS. 



The goat has a fine beard, c iguyog t/co xaXbg nccycw ov 

not a wise mind. oocpbg vovq. 

The fierce lions have the two c O aygiog Xswv yea rgayog. 

goats. J 

The friends of the two ora-fO cplXiog 6 grrcog eipi Intl. 

tors are there. 
The disciples of Jesus were'O pa&r^rg 6 fr t aoig upi pdg- 

witnesses of the truth. rvg i) airfield. 



EXERCISES ON FEM1NINES IN ag, avg, Tr t g, ig, J, ETC. 

I. 



At XapTiadeg tgjv argent mar 

rjaav Xapngnl. 
H vfxg&r^ iarl to GYJ]mgov tov 

naiduycoyov. 
At ygaeg eiyov noklag Tglyag 

*H nohoT^g Totv TQiyojv icnl 

cpavsgix. 
Ai givsg tcoj> agaricoTcov tjcrar 

xvlXai. 
C H /dgig tov Osov earl nrflrq 

Trfi delvavxsg navr\yoglag. 



The torches of the soldiers 
were bright. 

The ferule is the sceptre of 
the schoolmaster. 

The old women had gray 
hair. 

The grayness of the hair is 
manifest. 

The noses of the soldiers 
were mutilated. 

The grace of God is a foun- 
tain of perpetual consola- 
tion. 



II. 



The robbers had bright 

torches. 
The stars of the Pleiads are 

bright. 
The schoolmaster has a long 

ferule. 
Contention is often the cause 

of contention. 



c O Aj/ott/s eyco lapTTQa XapTidg. 
To uxrrgov 7] nlsiocg dpi lap- 

7TOOV. 

c O naidaycoybg e/(o fiaxgh 

C II egig upi noXXd'/.ig fj aUla f\ 
egig. 



J 



GREEK LESSONS. 



35 



Temperance and chastity aref// o-oxjpooorn; y.ctl fj uyvda tlfik 
beautiful graces of thei xaXr) zcigig r t yv/r. 
soul. 



EXERCISES ON NEUTERS IN a, /, v, ag, <uo, ETC. 

I. 

Bread is the food of the bo- 



"AQTogiGTl to ft q 6) pa tov aotfia 

Tog tov ur&ooiTiov. 
To &tlor o^fi<( (ail to Pquiuu 

7) t ~ lf'V/)]c TOV Ul $0(1)71 OV. 

Ta pikim iSop lAttioaoiv tov 

'Tfunoviajip tvompa. 
7b rptara rw tpatnapw iarir 

Oho* y.ai la tlair cu 

cthuu uixioy y.ai 

J3u7iTuTu<t iml ix/vcrig tov 
&tiov wpsvfunog xul vdcnog. 



dy of man. 
The divine word is the food 

of the soul of man. 
The honey of the bees of 

Hymettus is fragrant. 
The livers of pheasants are 

palatable. 
Wine and avarice are the 

causes of frequent crimes 

and tear-. 
Baptism is the effusion of the 

Holy Spirit and of water. 



II. 



The bodies of the two giants 

were huge. 
The steps of fortune are 

slippery. 
The bees have an abundance 

of honey. 
The crimes of the sailors 

were frequent. 
The tears of the crocodile 

are faithless. 
Man is a compound of spirit 

and body. 



To (7w//a o ylyag dpi niXtooor. 

ua j] n/r f tifit, yllaxQov. 

C II {ifUcraa t/(o ntQiaada to 

fiiXi. 
To jij^a 6 ravTr ( g tlui av/ydv. 

To daxov 6 xgoxodsdog upi 

aniGiov. 
uv&ganog et/ii ply pa to 

nvtvfia xal to aaS/xa. 



36 



GREEK LESSONS. 
CONTRACTED NOUNS 



EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS IN fjg AND Og. 

I. 

Tgiygsig i% KleonaTgag bl%ov The galleys of Cleopatra had 



%QV(Tiva egsTfia. 



golden oars. 



Ta Iffila riig Tgiygeog wThe sails of the galley were 

arjgiy.d. silken. 

Neixog ianv ij alila tov vuy.- Strife is the cause of strife. 

OVQ. 



*H tit tier ig tov Tefyovg tjv svgua. 

To, Tsl/ea tov nvgyov r t v 
vijjrjld* 



The breach of the wall was 

wide. 
The walls of the tower were 

lofty. 



II. 



The oars of the galley were 

long. 
The sails of the galley were 

beautiful. 
The two walls of the towers 

were of brass. 
Drunkenness was the cause 

of the strife and blood. 



To egsTf.ibv rj ToirjQTjg sifiifAOt- 

xgov. 
Ta IcftIov i] TQitjgrjg dfii xakov. 

To TeT/og 6 izvgyog elpi %al.- 

Y.UOV. 

C II f.d&7] slfii fj ahia to vuxog 
nal alfia. 



EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS IN ag AND 0). 

I. 

Z H %dgig tfg aldovg am to cnj^ua 

t% agsTrjg. 
Kogai 8/ovo'L xrp aldoa tt\v 

idlav TifiTjv. 
To Qnr\kaXov exui^oa &avfiaa- 

rrjg avxixvnlag. 



The grace of modesty is a 

sign of virtue. 
Damsels consider modesty 

an especial honour. 
The grotto has an echo of 

wonderful reverberation. 



GREEK LESSOXS. 



37 



*f£ (xvx uvula twv i]/wv sVn 
Ti £#0£ ttJc qndoog ian ala- 

%QOV. 



The reverberation of the 
echoes is wonderful. 

The exercise of parsimony 
is disreputable. 



II. 



The American damsels have 
modesty and beauty 



The echoes of the grotto are // 5*« to ow^iouw el/ui naiy- 



playful 
The two children of Latona 

were beautiful. 
Memnon, the son of Titho- 



// AfUQixawtj xoorj ^%wr\ aldwg 
xal to xukkog. 



c naig i] ^lr t T(L Eifit xakog. 
Micron; o mug li&mog xal 



nus and Aurora was brave. "JJiog, (iui uydoelog. 
EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS IN 9V£ AND ifc, 

I. 

c vibg lov paadiwg iari yo'tn-The son of the king is sick 

fiog. 
*1I axar&a oix i'/n iSornictg. The thorn has not bunches 

of grapes. 
Prrxirri ion 6 Idoujg r^g ri I nog. Turpentine is the exudation 

of the pine. 
Ol giqoltiojtui tov ftaadiajgThe soldiers of the king 
i'xovaiv oUag neXixsag. have sharp axes. 

II. 

The kings of Rome were'O fiaviXivg r { c Pcofitj tlpi 6 

tyrants. jioavrog. 

The rich clusters have abun-' Titoioicriog fioxovg b/cot) nsgi- 

dance of wine. ovala 6 ohog. 

The edge of the two axes is 7/ lixr t 6 niXtxvg zlpi blvg* 

sharp. 
The two sailors have speck- c raving l/w noixlXog ixdvg. 

led fishes. I 



38 



GREEK LESSONS. 



EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS IN ig, I, AND *. 



Al ylwoGcu toTv bcpscov slcrt The tongues of the two ser- 

tvxlvr]Tai. pents are nimble. 

Ta o^fxaTa toV oyewv tort The eyes of the serpents are 

Xafingd. shining. 

c O x 1 ^ T °v (Tiv/iTiewg cort'The taste of mustard is pun- 

mxgog. gent. 

Ol tioUtcu t£)v tioXscjv Bxovviv The inhabitants of the cities 

have the plague. 
The streets of the city are 
broad and beautiful. 



TOV AoifiOV. 

Al QVfioujfig TioXsag elai [isya- 
Xau xal xakal. 



II. 



The serpents have shining c ocpig l^w kafingov office. 

eyes. 
The stewards of the inn have 

not mustard. 
The gates of the two cities 

are of brass. 
The plague of the city is 

fearful. 



c O Totfilag to ^srodo^siov ovx 

8/OJ to (jlvr t 7iL. 
C II nvh) 7) nohg ufii xaXxeiog. 

).oifi6g i] nohg slpi cpofisgov. 



EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED NOUNS IN rj'Q AND Ctg. 



I. 



"O Otog ivnv 6 naT^g tcov 

avdowv xaX twv ayyikdv. 
€ P'iog tov avdgog Igtiv xovcprj 

crxlu xul aTfilg. 
Al &vyaTgeg elcriv al elxoveg 

tC)V fiTjtigoiV. 
To xgiag tojv 1/&vo)V xal ctlywv 

tern ntgiovaiov. 



God is the father of men and 
angels. 

The life of man is a fleeting 
shadow and vapour. 

The daughters are the im- 
ages of their mothers. 

The flesh offish and goats is 
plentiful. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



39 



II. 



The sound of the two horns 

was fearful. 
Jesus, the Savior of men, is 

the friend of sinners. 
The two men are the fathers 

of families. 
God is the father of spirits, 

the king of kings, and 

lord of lords. 



c O qdoyyog 6 xsgag slfii cpo- 

psgog. 
^I^aoig, 6 Ubnr t Q 6 avr^, diii o 

(fD.og o (/fnaoTcuXog. 
uv) t Q sifiL b olxodeanoT^g. 

f Otbg si [A i o 7iaj)\Q r/ ipi'%r h 
6 (Saadsig 6 (jaai).eig,y.al o 
xvgwg b xigiog. 



DERIVATION OF NOUNS. 

I. The majority of nouns come from verbs. Of nouns 
derived from verbs, the termination -j^g of the first de- 
clension, and -t?,o and -to>o of the third, denote the agent 
of the verb, or actor ; the termination -aig, following 
the analogy of the future tense, expresses the abstract of 
the verb, or the doing of the act ; the termination -iia, 
following the analogy of the perfect tense, expresses the 
effect of the act of the verb ; the termination -eiov the 
place, and -jqov the recompense of the action. The 
following examples, with their Latin and English equi- 
valents, will render the above plain : 



ACT. 


ACTOR. 


ACTION. EFF. OF ACT 


PLACE. 


A/fjOoaco, 

Audio, 


CLKpoaTflS) 

auditor, 


dxpoaais, dxpoapia, 

auditio, auditus, 


aKOoarfipiov. 

auditorium. 


To audit, 


auditor, 


an auditing, an audit, 


an auditory 


Aire cj, 


airrirfiSj 


alTr]aig. airnna, 


a'lrsiov. 


Oro, 


orator, 


oratio, oratus, 


oratorium. 


To entreat, 


entreater, 


entreating, entreaty, 


an oratory. 



40 



GREEK LESSONS. 



ACT. 

Kpfj/o), 
Judico, 
To judge, 

TloiEO), 

Facio, 
To do, 

Adcu, 

Dono, 
To give, 

AtJco, 
Redimo, 
To redeem, 



judex, 
a judge, 

TTOirjTJjS, 

factor, 
a factor, 

donator, 
a giver, 



ACTION. EFF. OF ACT. PLACE. 

Kpiaig, Kpijja, Kpirfjpiov. 

judicatio, judicium, judicatorium. 
judging, judgment, tribunal. 



Trotrjcrig, 

factio, 
a doing, 

Soaig, 
donatio, 
a giving, 

\vaig, 



61 



icotrjpa, 

factum, 

fact, 

donum, 

gift, 



7T0lflTO0V. 

factorium. 
factory. 

donarium. 
donary. 

\VTOOV. 



redemptor, redemptio, redemptus, redemptorium. 
redeemer, redeeming, redemption, redemption fee. 



1. Although ~na is the usual termination to express the effect of 
the verb, -jiog and -^rj are sometimes used in the same way ; as, 



Ai5£a), to sob ; \vyp6g, sohbing. 
M/aXXw, to sing; rpaXfAog. singing, 
IlaXXw, to shake; -aXps, shaking 



§r)n'i, to say; &n^-q. report. 
"0£w, to sjnell; do-^, smell. 
rivdjaKcoJo know; yvGjf.r) knowledge. 



2. Although -as is the usual termination to express the effect 
of the verb, -aia and -eia are also used in the same way ; as, 
GiJw, to sacrifice; dvala, a sacrificing ; 
AoKifxd^oy, to try ; SoKtpaaia, a trying. 

Nouns masculine in -t^c, -j^q, and -tcoo form feminines 
in -rig, -TQig, -Tsiga, and -rgia] masculines in -og, form 
feminines in -% -ig, or -ana ; those in -wv, form femi- 
nines in -aiva) and those in -svg make feminines in -sia 
and -lava] and many nouns of the third declension in 
-vera ; as, 



GREEK. L/ 

M. F. M.. 

Aecnrorris ScaKong ; dominus, 

UapaicoiTrig, napaKoirig ; conjllX, 

AvXrfTfig, avXrjrpig) tibicen, 

TlotriTfig, irouiTpia \ poeta, 

Hojrfip, acoretpa ; salvator ? 

'Op^/jo-r^o, dp^ftarpta ', saltator, 

Aov\og t dovhrj; servus, 



ENGLISH. 



F. , M. 

domina; master, 
conjux; spouse, 
tibicina; fluter, 
poeta; poet, 
salvatrix, savior, 
saltatrix; dancer, 
serva \ servant, 



F. 

mistress. 

spouse. 

flutress. 

poetess. 

savior. 

dancer. 

servant. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



41 



GREEK. 



QeSs, 

Kvv;?yos, 

Actor, 

BaatXcof, 
6^£, 



^cou7:a(va J 
Upeia j 
Paoi\icaa ) rex, 

GjO/>aa ; Tii rax, 



deus, 
Venator, 

lupus, 
leo, 

minister, 
sacerdos, 



IN. ENGLISH. 

dea; god, goddess, 

venatrix; hunter, huntress, 
lupa; wolf, she-wolf, 

leaena ; lion, lioness, 

ministra; minister, minister, 
sacerdos; priest, priestess, 
regina ; king, queen. 
Thrax ; aThracian,aThracian. 



3. Nouns form diminutives mostly in -ior, but some- 
times in -hjy.o^, and -iay.)j ; as, 






GREEK. 

TL,us, TratSlov ; puer, 

EcO/ia, wvpknw ; corpus, 

Xtrojr, j tunica, 

XSif/cc-j, j ■ anas, 

*A.vOp< - homo, 

M£ijsa£, n£if<iKis\i] J pueJIa, 



LATIN. 

pue II us ; 

corpusL'tilum; bod J, 

tunicula ; coat, 

anaticula; duck, 

homului ; man, 

put-Hula ; maid, 



ENGLISH. 

boy, li:tle boy. 



corpuscle, 
little coat, 
duckling, 
mannikin. 
maiden. 



4. Nouns form other nouns in -ow, and sometimes in 
-on'ia, which signify the places where the primitives 
abound : as, 



GREKK. 


LAI ' 


ENGLISH. 


OiVoj, 


OlVlOi' ', 


vinum, 


vinarium ; 


wine, 


a wine-cellar 


*Of*ts, 


opviBoiv j 


avis, 


aviarium ; 


bird, 


aviary. 


*A/i7rc\oj, 


aurcAcjv J 


vinea, 


vine turn ; 


vine, 


vineyard. 


Ad<pvrii 


dztpvcov 'j 


laurus, 


lauretum ; 


laurel 


laurel-grove. 


EXaTa, 


tXaiuw t 


olivus, 


olive turn ; 


olive, 


olive- grove. 






rosa, 


rosarium ; 


rose, 


rose-bed. 


*A.KavOa t 


ukoli Qu*v ; 


dumus, 


dumetum ; 


thorn, 


a thicket. 



5. Adjectives in -©$ and -vg form abstract nouns in 
~ojr t g and -vjqg, also verbs in -aiva) or -vim, and adverbs 
in -o);, -ec, or ov ; as, 



DJECTIVE. 


ABSTRACT. 


VERB. 


ADVERB. 


MfXaj, 


HeXavor)];^ 


fie\aivoj y 


fieXdv. 


Nigerj 


nigritia, 


nigro, 


nigriter 


Black, 


blackness, 


blacken, 


blackly. 



42 



ADJECTIVE. 


GREEK L 

ABSTRACT. 


ESSONS. 
vr.RB. 


ADVERB. 


Tip a vg y 


7rj0u'i'rr/s, 




7rpaa)j. 


Lenis, 


lenitas, 


Irnio, 


1 en iter. 


Soft, 


softness. 


soften, 


softly. 


ila X vs, 


rr<i\ 


iraxyvix)) 


W* X i*X- y 


Densus, 


densitas, 


denso, 


dense. 


Thick, 


thickness, 


thicken, 


thickly. 


Tu> 


rayfrifff, 


r "\ , ' , "S 


radius. 


Celer, 


oeleritM, 


celero, 


celeriter. 


Quick, 


quickness, 


quicken, 


quickly. 


Tpa X vg y 


nj$, 


\ Vl>U)y 


rpa^ea)?. 


Asper, 


asperitas, 


aspero, 


aspere. 


Rough, 


rougliiu- 


roughen, 


roughly. 


'Ofo 


~'i : -> 


6*vi o>, 


d|ccoj. 


Acerbus, 


acerbitas, 


acerbo, 


acerbe. 


Sharp, 


sharpness, 


sharpen, 


sharply. 


Aa^7rpdi, 


Aa^7rrj(Jr/7f, 


\<llt-0Vl>L0y 


\ci[.iTrpoos. 


Lucidus, 


luciditas, 


hjcifacio- 

brighten, 


lucide. 


Bright, 


brightness, 


brightly. 


Moup<5>~, 


flUKpOTT] , 


if a :ovi'(0) 


pa><p6v. 


Longus, 


longitudo, 


longo, 


Jonge. 


Long, 


length, 


lengthen, 


long. 



There are other forms of the derivation of nouns, in- 
cluding Amplificatives, Gentiles, and Patronymics; but 
the foregoing are the principal. 



ADJECTIVES, 



An adjective is a word added to a substantive, to 
express some quality or attribute; as nqutog, mild; 
jiaxdfjiog, ltappy. 

Adjectives are declined like nouns, with number, 
gender, and case. In declension they are divided into 
three principal divisions : 

The first having three terminations; 
The second two terminations; 
The third one termination. 



GREEK LESSONS. 43 

ADJECTIVES OF THREE TERMINATIONS. 



Sing 



m. 
N. xak-6g, 
G. xcck-ov, 
D. xock-o), 
A. xak-6v, 
V. xak-i, 



ADJECTIVES IN og. 

Kakog, beautiful 

Dual. 




/■ 



w, «, c5, 



cuv, cay, cuy. 



Plural. 

JN. xak-ol, al, a, 
G. xaX-Gjy, coy. cTy, 
D. xak-oig, aig, oig, 
A. v.od-ovg, dg, d, 
V. xak-ol, al, a. 



1. Adjectives in 0ff pure and ^ make the feminine in 
hug! ^ * llLOV >f riendl y 9 f»fffc ft-** ^o,, 

R i;Lf imi,ar ^ declension t0 *«*«& except that they are 
K ""ft" 6 ^ and ™^/ They have of 
themselves only the nominative, accusative, and vocative 
masculine and neuter, of the singular, and borrow the 
other cases from m dkog, v , or, and nokkog, i h oV. 



N. 
G. 
D. 
A. 
V. 



Mtyag, great. 

Sing. 

/"«/«?, fitydkr], filya, 
(i*yaX-av, w ^ 

^ydk-oi, ^ ^ 

<"£>«*>, fieydkrjv, fiiya^ 
P*Y<*> fisydkt], jusya. 

Dual. 

f W«l-co, a, to, 
[teydk-ow. aiv, cur. 



Jiokvg, much. 

Sing. 

N. TTO/l-C, TToAA^, 
G. TToAA-CU', ?jc, 

D. Tiokk-O), <y< 

A. nokvv, nokh]v T 
V. ttoAl', no)lr i9 



n. 
nokv, 
ov, 

nokv, 
nokv. 



N. 



Dual. 



G l 11 - - 

tq > nokl-oiv, aw, ow. 



44 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Plural. 




Plural. 




m 


/• 


71. 


771. /. 


71. 


N. fieyaX-oi, 


«f, 


«> 


N. noXX-ol, al, 


^ 


G. fieydX-cov, 


OJJ', 


ojy, 


G. 7ioi>L-c5v, wv, 


aiy, 


D. fxeydX-oig, 


CUC, 


0<£, 


D. noXX-dlg, a~ig, 


ot£, 


A. fisydX-ovg, 


ore, 


or, 


A. 7roAA-orc, or£, 


or, 


V. fieydX-oi, 


Oft, 


or. 


V. noXX-ol, al, 


or. 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 55. 



ADJECTIVES IN ore, rp, AND sig. 





Ilag, all. 




Milag, black. 




Sing. 




Sing. 


i 




m. /. 


n. 


m. f. 


n. 


N. 


7i«c, nua-a, 


Tldv, 


N. (j.eX-ag, aw a, 


av, 


G. 


nav-rog, nuu-rfi, 


7KXV-T0C, 


G. psX-avog, ctivqg, 


avog, 


D. 


nav-xl, 7ioa-r„ 


nav il, 


D. [liX-avi, alrrj. 


avi, 


A. 


nav-xa, nua-m', 


7i av, 


A. {liX-ava, away, 


av, 


V. 


True, naa- u, 
Dual. 


7TLCV. 


V. \iLX~av, aiva, 

Dual. 


av. 

1 


N. 


1 




N.I 


1 


A. 


> Ttur-TS, Ttdc-a, 


nature, 


A. > (iik-avs, aha, 


ave, 


V. 


\ 




v. \ 




G. 
D. 


) ndv-aw 
\ Tidv-Toir, 


y 
7iar-T0ir. 


G 1 . ■, 

W \ (ttX-avow, aivaiv, avow. 




Plural. 




Plural. 




N. 


nav-ng } 7iu(j-ai, 


Ttur-Ta, 


N. pdX-aveg, awai, 


ava, 


G. 


TIM-TOW, 7lU<J-biV, 


Tldv-TOJV, 


G. fieX-avojv, aivixw, 


dvojv, 


D. 


7T(/.<T-l } TlWT-ltlC, 


7lU(J-i, 


D. fiiX-acri, alraiz, 


aaij 


A. 


TiaV-TUCj 7T(*(J-Ug, 


71UV-TU, 


A. {iiX-avag, aivag, 


ava, 


V. 


Tidv-Ttg, TIUG-Ul, 


ndv-xa. 


V. {itX-aveg, awai, 


ava. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



45 





Tigr,v 


, tender. 


Xaglsig, graceful 




Sing. 




Sing. 






m. 


/ 


n. 


at m : f ' 


n. 


N. 


XiQ-rjr, 


UVOLy 


sv, 


JN . %agl-eig, saaa, 


h, 


G. 


teg-cvog, 


sirr\g, 


erog, 


G. %aol-siTog, saar t g, 


svrog, 


D. 


rig-in, 


slrrj, 


en, 


D. '/aql-erTi, ever}, 


svti, 


A. 


TtQ-ira, 


eivur, 


J* 


A. '/aql-erxa, saaav, 


sv, 


V. 


tcq-iv, 


UVOLy 


er. 


Y. x u Q'-* v > eaaa, 


sv. 




Dual. 




Dual. 




N. 


) 






HU 




A. 


> rig-ns, 


sli'a. 


eve, 


A. > x^-^xt, ioaa, 


EVTE, 


V. 


} 






Y.) 




G. 


i 




r 


G.) 


/ 


D. 


> Tsg-sron 


\>, siraiv, 


EVOIV, 


n r/«? ( "^ TOty ; eaaair 


, svjoiv. 




Plural. 




Plural. 




N. 


Tsg-evsg, 


sirai, 


era, 


N. /agl-erieg, eaaai, 


svxa, 


G. 


TEQ-SVWV, 


siratr, 


ercov, 


G. /agi-EVTcov, eaawv, 


evTwv, 


D. 


xeq-eai, 


sir cag, 


SCFLy 


D. %agl-eiai, eaaaig, 


eiai, 


A. 


iso-svag, 


shag, 


era, 


A. /agl-eviag, eaaag, 


evxa, 


V. 


jeo-ereg, 


sivai, 


era. 


V. #«o/-«'Tfc, eaaai, 


svia. 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 56. 

ADJECTIVES IN <*)V AND vg. 



c £xcov, willing. 
Sing. 



m. 
N. ex-wv, 
G. ey.-6rTOi, 

D. 8X-OVTI, 

A. ex-orTa, 
V. ex-cov, 



ovaa, 

ovar { g, 

ovaj], 

ovaav, 

ovaa, 



n. 
or, 
ovrog, 

OVTL, 

6v, 

6v. 



N. 
G. 
D 
A. 
V. 35- 



3 0Jv?, sharp. 
Sing. 



771. 

o$-vg, 
oif-e'oc, 
o!--e\ el, 
ol-vv, 



eta, 

elag, 

ela ) 

eHav ) 

eta. 



n. 
v> 

sog, 

/.. 

si, 

V. 



Si, 



46 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Dual. 

N. I m - /• *. 

A. > SX-OVTS, OtVttj OVTB, 

▼•5 

a l y . 

j^ > ex-ovxoiV) ovaaiVj ovtoi\ 

Plural. 

N. sk-ovtsc, ouacu, ovra, 

G. ey.-ovjbw, ovaoQV, ovtcov, 

D. ex-ovcn, ovaaig, oiicri, 

A. £K-6 vzag, oiWc, ovxa, 

V. ex-6vT8g, ovjcu, on a. 



Dual. 



3 f. f 

0$S8, 



f. 

sla. 



BS. 



6%-eoiV) 
Plural. 

G. oif-sWj £ic5v, 
D. 6$-scri) elaig, 

A. OS-tag, elg, slug, 

V. 0|-f££, fiCj a«* 3 



iff*, 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 57. 

PARTICIPLES. 

The following forms are peculiar to Participles: 



PARTICIPLES I 



Aovg> having g 


ivetl. 


Sing. 




™>- r /■ 


n. 


N. dolg. Solera, 


dor. 


G. Sov-toq, dovarjQ, 


donog, 


D. dov-TLj doi art] , 


dovTi, 


A. dor-roc, dovaaVj 


dov, 


V. dovg, dovcra. 


dov. 


Dual. 




N.) 




A. > dov-TSy do vera. 


doviSj 


v. \ 




•p.* > dov-joiv^ dovcrcciv 


, dovroiv^ 



N ovg, t'c, AND cog. 

Ze vyv vg, join ing. 

Sing. 

m. f. n. 

N. Qvyv-vg, vaci) iV, 

G. Lpvyv-vvTog. v<rr\q^ vvrog, 

D. ^svyv-vvTij varj^ vvxi y 

A. tpvyv-vvxa^ vcrav, vv, 

V. &vyv-VQ y van, vv. 

Dual. 
N.3 

A. > £svyv-vvTe, vera, vvxb, 

V.) 

G. 1 , - , 

T-w ( &VyV-VVTOlV } V(TCUV y VVTOlV f 



GREEK LESSONS. 



47 



Plural. 

m. /. ft. 

N. tWy-Tfc, dovaai, tfoVraj 

G. cW-TCOJ', dovoon') doi'TWV, 

D. ftov-crij iWcrcac. tfof-cr*, 

A. dor-Tug, dovaas, dovca, 

V. cW-zfc, dovaaij dovToc. 



Teivcpwg, having struck. 



Sing. 

m. ■ f. 

N. TeTvy-cuq, wo, 

G. TfTl'qp-OTCV, l /">. 

D. TSTV(f-UTl, VUL 

A. TfTt'qp-drc/, l/Mty, 

V. TSTVCp-b'jg, VUtj 



Dual. 

N.i 

A. > TfTl'Cjp-OTf, Vict, OTfj 

T.J 

G. ; , „ , , 

Plural. 

N. T£Tt'qp-OT£C, !'£«*, OTtt, 
G. TSTVCp-OTWV) I'fWI'j OTCOV. 

D. TfTtgc-oo-f, vluig, oai, 

A. T£Tl'qp-OT«£, t/«Cj OT«, 

V. rsTvcp-oieg) vlcci, otu. 



Plural. 

m. ^ /. n. 

N. &v/r-iTTeg, vacti, tVra, 

G. ^lyr-iTTcor, row, wtow, 

D. Jfr/v-i'cn, iVcac, i/crt, 

A. ffi/r-irn^ rca^ t'^ia, 

V. ^svyv-ivTsg^ iacu, vyja. 



'JEmfc, having placed. 
Sine:. 



n. 


N. 


60T-0JC, 


/ 

oicra, 


n. 


OTO?, 


G. 


€OT-wro;, 


»<np, 


CUTO£, 


OT*, 


D. 


t(J T-COT I, 


DJ(T/?, 


CUT/, 


oc, 


A. 


1<JT-C)U(. 


£(TLO' J 


W£j 


O0i 


V. 


£(7i-aic. 


cocra 3 


W£. 



Dual. 

A. > iaT'Ojje, c5(j«, coze, 

v. 

g. ; r , 

-p. > EVT-OJTOIV) (xJOCUV) to/lOW. 



Plural. 



N. €OT-CuT£C, 
G. IcTT-COTCOV, 
D. £0T-COCr£, 
A. £OT-GJT«C, 
V. IcTT-WTfC, 



(xXJCU, 

cocrcuV, 
wacug, 
axrag, 



cut tov, 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 57. 



48 



GREEK LESSONS. 



PARTICIPLES IN toV AND Fig. 



Tvn&v, about striking. 

Sing. 

m. f. n. 

N. TvJt-wv, oraa, ovv, 
G. tvji-ovvtoq, ovar t g, ovvrog, 

D. TVTl-OlVTl, OVC)], OVl'Tl, 

A. Tvu-Qvtra, ovaotv, oi'v, 

V. tvti-cov, oiorcx, ovv. 

Dual. 
N. ) 

A. > Tl'7I-OVV78, Ol'GIX, OIVT8, 

V. ) 

G. / oiktcuv, 

D. \ XVJI-OVVTOIV, OVVXOIV. 

Plural. 
N. TV7i-ovv7fg, oiorai, ovvxa, 
G. xvti-ovvxwv, ovacov, OVVXWV, 
D. TVTi-ovvi, ovaaig, ovai, 
A. TVTi-ovvxag, ovaag, ovvxa } 
V. TVTt-ovvTsg, oicroci, oivxa, 





Tifitiv, honouring, 




Sing. 




N. 


m. f. 


n. 
Civ, 


G. 


TL-[A(x)VTog, (Lur^y 


wvj(xg y 


D. 
A. 


Xl^l-bJVTl, (iKTTjy 

n^i-m'Ta, tocrotv, 


OjVXly 

(X>Vy 


V. 


Ti{j.-o)V y wcra, 


civ. 



Dual. 

N. ) 

A. > Tlfi-OJVTSy toffCX, WVXS, 

G. I . 

j^ > TlU-bJVTOIVy bXTCllVyWVTOlV, 

Plural. 
N. Tip- wvTtg, wGcUy wvra f 

G. Xl{l-COVX(tiVy b)(J(x)Vy CJVKOV, 

D. Ti/j,-oo(Tiy waaig, cuoy, 
A. Tifi-cbvTccg, wvag, wvxa t 
V. ri[i-(x)vie$y waai, bjvra. 



Tvy&slgy having been struck. 

Dual. 



Sing. 






AT *• /- 


n. 




N. xvcp&slg, Siva, 


8Vy 


N. 


G. xvcpd--evxog, slarjgy 


£vxog> 


A. 


D. TVCp&-&VTly sl(J7], 


ZVTly 


V. 


A. xvcp&-svxa, uaaVy 


ivy 


G. 


V. Tv<p&-elg, si(T<x, 


iv. 


D. 



m. f. n. 

xvcp&-ivx£, elaa, ivxs, 

x v(p&-s)>Toiv,£l<Touv,er[oiv, 



GREEK LESSONS. 



49 



Plural. 

TO. /. 71. 

N. tvq>&-4mg s tiaai, jrra, 

G. Ti'(f&-£vTm', eiam', brrcor, 

D. Ti'Gp&-uai, siauig, titer*, 

A. Ti(f&-iriug, thug, irxa, 

V. Ti(f&-iyTtg, tiacu, hi a. 

Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 58. 



ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINATIONS. 



Sing. 

TO. f. 

N. evdoi-og, 
( J. «V#d£-or, 
D. ivdoS-o), 
A. IVtfoJ-ov, 



ADJECTIVES IN ' \D Tjr. 

^ozog, glorious. 
Dual. 



n. 
ov, 



N. 
A. 
V. 
G. 
D. 



hd6$-b), 



ivdo$-oir. 





Plural. 




77i. /. n. 


N. 


irdoi-oi, a, 


G. 


t'tdoi-oiv, 


D. 


-<"«, 


A. 


irdu'i-oii, a, 


V. 


i'vdos-ot, a. 



Sing. 



N. 

G. 
D. 
A. 

Y. 



77». /. 

ativ-ag, 

ccfii-avrog, 

udv-arTi, 

tttiV-avra, 

atlv-av. 



'Adva?, perpetual. 
Dual. 



n 
av, 



auv-awz y 



N. 

A. 

V. 

G. I , , 

■pi > aav-ayro*?. 



Plural. % 

TO. /. 71. 

N. aelv-avTEg, ctVTct, 
G. am'-uvTwy, 
D. auv-acri, 
A. InLv-uvTOLq, ana, 
V. aelv-avreg, avra, 



50 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Sing. 

m. /. n. 

N. uqq-tiv, ev } 
G. agy-tvog, 
D. aQQ-sri 
A. ago-era, ev, 

. (Xgg-8V. 



"Aggijv, male. 
Dual. 




Plural. 
m. f. n. 

N. aQQ-svsg, tva, 
G. ugg-tvav, 

D. iiQQ-SGl, 

A. ugg-evag, sva, 
V. Itgg-sveg, tva. 



Study with the foregoing adjectives the corresponding 
exercises on page 59. 



ADJECTIVES IN yg, ig, ovg, AND vg. 



Sing 

m. f. n. 

N. cckii&-rjQ } tg, 

G. cdri&-sog, oig, 
D. aXri&-i'i, el, 
A. afo]&-£a, ij, sg, 
V. alr}&-ig. 



"Alrfi^g, true. 
Dual. 



al7]&-se, 7j. 




aXr]&-ioiv, dlv, 



Plural. 

m. /. «. 

G. cdr t &-mv, wv, 
D. ob t &-iai, 
A. alr t d--iag y ug ) ia i 7] t 
V. alr{&-ssg,ug,ea,ii. 



Sing. 

m. /. n 

N. £ttf«£-*c, *, 

G. sl^dg-nog, 

D. SV/dg-LTL, 

A. sv/dg-na, iv, i, 



Ev/agig, acceptable. 
Dual. 




Plural. 

771. /. ft. 

G. si/aQ-litov, 
D. sv/dg-iai, 
A. si'xdg-iTagy it<x, 
V. evxdg-LTeg y ira. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



51 






■• * 


71. 




\. <V i 


01), 




l-odoc, 




\. 






\. 



Jlnov:, two-footed, 

Dual. 



odf, 



A. tit , 

V. K \ 



Plural. 
m. f. 

i 

! 

i odm^ 



n. 

oda. 



odct t 
odu. 



N 

] ). addxQ-vt 

V. c 






v t 



1); 




Plural. 



Study with i [oing adjectives tl ponding 

e.v 



ADJECT! I i 







reet. 


Sing. 






Dti 


m. /. 

N. (JOK/O-OJ)', 


n. 
or, 


\. 




G. (j. 

D. 01 

A. o( 


ov, 


\. 
V. 
G. 
D. 


> (JhXfQ-ort, 

> ObKfQ-OYOlV. 



Plural. 

m. /. n. 

N. ot oru, 

I U)V, 

\) , 0(J£, 

ova, 
rig, ova. 



52 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Mtyulr^Tfaq, magnanimous. 



Sing. 

m. f. n. 

N. [isyctbJT-ttg, og t 
G. [isyaXrjT-oQog, 
D. fieyodrjj-ogi, 
A. fisyalrjT-oga } og, 
V. fisydlrjT-og. 



Sing. 

m. f. 
N. svye-wg, 
G. ai'/fi-co 

D. £l)/£-0), 

A. svye-cov, 
V. ei//£-w?, 



ft. 



Dual. Plural. 

m. /. w. 

N. tl£yah']T-OQ£Q y OQOl, 

fisyalrjT'Ogs, G. fisyaltji^ogcav, 
D. [isyaXrjT-OQcriy 
A.[isycdriT-OQac,ogoi t 
"|V. p£y(xhr}T-ogeg,oga. 



fieyah]x-6goLV. 

JEvyswg, fertile. 
Dual. 



N. 
A. 
V. 
G. 
D. 



svys-co, 



svye-m: 



Plural. 

N. «2/£-0) ft), 

G. svys-oov, 
D. svys-cpg, 
A. svyB-ag> w, 

V. 6V/€-ft>, ft). 



Study with the foregoing adjectives the corresponding 
exercises on page 59. 



COMPARATIVES. 



Comparatives are declined like acocpgwv, except that 
they are syncopated in the accusative singular, and in 
the nominative, accusative, and vocative plurals. 



Dual. 



Md'Qav, greater. 


Sing. 




m. f. • ft. 




N. (iel£-tov, [iei£-ov. 


N. 


G. (isi£-ovog, 


A. 


D. (islfrovi, 


V. 


A. fislC-ova, fiel^-ov, fid^-cc, peiC-ov. G. 


V. fintrov. 


D. 




GREEK LESSONS. 53 

Plural. 

m. f. 7i. 

N. fisi£-ore?, ^a'^-ofc, ful&vg, fid^-ora, jJEi^-oa, pW£-*. 
G. ft ti a-o'i ojr, 
D. fiti^-oat, 

A. p*i£-wa$, fuK-oag, ps/goro, fitl'^-oct, iul£*. 

V. fit i *->.>. t, ptii-ou, fiel^co. 

ADJECTIVES OF ONE TERMINATION. 

These are: 1. Numerals, from ua&aqt g to wow, in- 
declinable, and of the difl! - Adjectives 
of the common gender, compounded with Bubatanii 
remaining unchanged; as, <<- %-kmdetL 3. 
Tboc 4. Ad- 
jectives in (t*-t(c and (//, 
!v feminine. 5. Adj f the form 
of the t i r i, and ma 

li I. B I \ \TM».N OF ADJ 1 CTI V E S. 

1. Many adject derived from verbs. Verbal 

adjectives in -iftog, signify JUnes J *»r power ; 

GR> I LA I MSH. 

*E<Jo), UuiipH'i edo, efibilit; it, eatab 

ILVcj, r ; :iiia(J poto, potabi lis ; to drink, drinkable. 

Gavw, Oavaaiu i) morior, mortal II ; |0 die, mortal. 

tf«, u<pi\iftos j adjuvo, adjutabilis; to profit, profitable. 

>{ ; utor , ntilis ; to tul. 

loaaiuos", aino, amabilis ; to liveable. 

2. Verbal adjectives in -toc, general!} the idea 

of possibility ; 

GREEK. 

'Opaui, 6f>aroj J 
Akovoj, faowrr 

OfparevGj, depaircvrds ) 



LATIN. 




.ISH. 


verso, 


lilis ; 


to flex, 


flexible. 


video, 


riflibilif ; 




visible. 


audio, 


audibilis ; 


to audit, 


audible. 


atno, 


amabilis ; 


to love, 


amiable 


euro, 


curabilis ; 


to cure, 


curable. 



54 



GREEK LESSONS. 



3. Verbal adjectives in -reog, import necessity of ac- 
tion ; as, 

GREEK. LATIN. ENGLISH. 

<&i\ea), <pi'\r]Te:>i ', amo, amandus ; love, that must be loved. 

Uava, Travari.;; finio, finiendus ; finish, " " finished 

ErcXAo), ffraXrcos ', orno, ornandus ; adorn, " " adorned 

HXe/co), vkurUs'j nexo. nexendus } weave, u " woven. 



4. Many adjectives are derived from nouns. Those 
ending in -ixog, signify something belonging to, or pro- 
ceeding from, the subject ; as, 



LATIN. 

natura, naturalis ; 



ENGLISH. 

nature, natural. 



'Bapfiapos, 3 ; barbarus, barbaricus; barbarian, barbaric. 

Navj, vavriKd; ', navis, nauticus ; ship, nautic. 

s ; scriptor, graphicus ; scribe, graphic. 



5. Adjectives in -tog, -cuoc, -siog, and -coog, like those 
ending in -r/.og, signify something belonging to, or pro- 
ceeding from the subject ; as, 



GREEK. 


LATIN. 


ENGLI 


SH. 


Ovpai'6;, ovpdvios J 


caelum, ccelestis ; 


heaven, 


celestial. 


'Ayopa, dy)paTo$ ) 


forum, forensis ; 


forum, 


forensic. 


OeoSy Betas ', 


deus, divinus; 


deitv, 


divine. 


Bao-tXa-j, fiacftsios ) 


rex, regius ; 


king, 


regal. 


Qfip, Ofipeios ', 


fera, ferinus; 


beast, 


bestial. 


Ilar^o, TrarpCpos J 


pater, paternus; 


father, 


paternal. 



6. Adjectives in -nog, and sometimes in -sog, denote 
the materia! of the primitive ; as, 



GREEK. 


LATIN. 


ENGLISH. 


ApVS, 


1 y; ', 


quercus, 


quercinus ; 


oak, 


oaken. 


EvAov, 


^v^ivos ) 


lignum, 


ligneus; 


wood, 


wooden. 


Xpvcos, 


TIPOSi 


aurum, 


aureus, 


gold, 


golden. 


TtKvroSj 


CKVTIVOS) 


pellis, 


pellinus, 


leather, 


leathern. 


TitSripos, 


cccfipeog, 


ferrum, 


ferreus, 


iron, 


of iron. 


*ApyvooS 


dpyxpsosj 


argentum 


, argenteus, 


silver, 


of silver. 



GREEK LESSORS. 



55 



7. Adjectives in -foo;, signify fulness of the primi- 
tives ; as, 





GREEK. 


LATIN. 


ENGLISH. 


$6/2os t 


oi ' 


tiinor, 
dolor, 


limoi 

dole; 


•, fearful. 

• wful. 




VOCi 


morbus, 


morl 


nick. 




ui. 


v ilium, 


vino- 


wine, vinous. 



8. Adjectives in hi^ ) import simiKtuA of the pri- 
mitives ; as, 



! 5H. 



'An';p, aW~c T .7>-; vir, vin ni'iii, manly. 

caninui 

old woman, mile. 
Twfi, y nulier, muliel laniali. 



riVE.S IN 



I. 



Eov&na 66oa ucriv iv loig 

xr< 

eanr kVk}/// 
II paaikiia u*/.>,r/ iow ip 

y.«).o> fiaaiXtUti. 

T€OC. 

I fori to //I'or/o/oi' r/%' 
&tioii ( iog t 6 Xnicnug < t 
gbg fa Tij auoxl. 



Red I in the beau- 

tiful roc 

The fruit of many trees is 
nut eatable. 

The amiable queen is in her 
beautiful pa! 

The good king must be 
lov. 

Great is the mystery of god- 
liness, Christ manifest 
in the flesh. 



II. 



Many barbarous kings have 
beautiful palaces. 



HoXv$ fi '« ofi uoiy.bg fiauiXevg 
fyd) xaXog (Haaduov. 



56 



GREEK LESSONS. 



The fear of the Lord is the 
beginning of wisdom. 

The timid hares in the park 
are fearful. 

Aaron had a golden rod; 
John a leathern girdle. 



C Q cpofiog 6 Kvgiog slpl r\ ag^V 

i] aocpla. 
c O dsdcg kayoig iv 6 Tiagadsiaog 

u[il yofitgog. 
^Aagwv i'/co /gvairog gotfidog' 6 

lauvr-rjg axviLvog Jo>y^. 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES IN Ctg, rp, AND Big. 



*H cpilagyvgla iaxiv jj gl'^a tmv 

TiavTwv r.axojv. 
Jldvjsg ol jalareg ajgaxiMTai 

jj(mv iv fiskaai onXoig. 
Ta ojufiaja tcjv 'JSXXrjvlxfav 

nciidicrxwv ian pskava y.cu 

Tsgsva. 
C JI nagdirog i'/ei /nglecrcrav 

[Aogcpip', y.uX la{xnga o/ufxaTa, 

y.al fielalrav rgl/a. 
At rdXaivoti nag&tvoi h'Tvmov 

tag XuXxsiag li^Tug. 



Avarice is the root of all 

evils. 
All the miserable soldiers 

were in black armor. 
The eyes of the Grecian 

maidens are black and 

tender. 
The maid has a graceful 

form, and bright eyes, and 

black hair. 
The miserable maidens 

struck the brazen kettles. 



II. 



The fate of all the tender 

virgins was wretched. 
The stones of the two tombs 

were black. 
The graceful Adonis was 

the love of the beautiful 

Aphrodite. 

The arms of Memnon were 
black. 



e £t Tvy}\ naaa Tsgtjv nag&svog 

slfii TaXag. 
c M&og 6 Tacpog rifii fie- 

lug. 
yagleig ^Adcong H[ii to 

egwg rj y.alij ^AygodiTt]. 

To onkov 6 Msfivoov slfit i 
fiislag. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



5? 



EXERCISES OX ADJECTIVES IN (or, oi'(7«, or, AND lV,**«,V 

I. 
naqiqrp ixanri - scrlrg 



funtoa, 

c Jldoi la ant nol 

3 vfioq Itrri tv?t 

-rot fanrorai - 
on' ftxOTTOf <W/. 



Paris was the willing slave 

Helen. 

Life is short and art is 
Ion] 

Short pleasure is often the 
cam • rag Borrow. 

The spirit is willing, but 
the flesh is unwilling. 

Kind masters do not smite 
willing servants. 



II. 
Unkind have un- '< I'/id mtm 

willing sen 
The pleas the world H 



ar< ng. 

Good dling 

minds. 



•/.< t/co txcuv 



The rivers of South Ame- c xotuuLj x6no; \-luigtxa 
rica are broad and deep. upi wloti 

EXERCISES OX Pi UTICIPLES IX M> (ag. 

I. 



fittaikf ug )]l htki ,'hi fa TO) 
(SiiGlfoio* <5oiJ 7 or Ul'jOll 
TO?^ (JTOUTUvTKlJ. 

Tw ravTa iji^p irtav&adoru 

TO lailOV TO> LtrtUOK 

x6r £lktjonorwr. 

Oi ur&(jo)ioi ioroisg (v jj i 
6So) rwplei i](tuv. 



The king was then in the 
palace giving pay to the 
soldiers. 

The two sailors were there 
giving the sail to the wind. 

Xerxes was enraged while 
binding the Hellespont. 

The men standing in the 
road were blind. 

3* 



58 



GREEK LESSONS. 



II. 



The friends giving the mo- 
ney, were free. 

The two men having smit- 
ten the lion, were safe. 

The soldiers standing in the 
palace, were in black ar- 
mour. 

The two men yoking the 
chariot were Thracians. 



c O epilog to agyvgiov dobg slpl 

iXsv&sgog. 
°0 Hv&gomog TETvcpwg 6 Xswv 

ocoog si pi. 

(TTQfXJlOJTTjQ ICTEtiiQ BV TO @OLGl- 

Xslov [it lag sv onkov sljii. 

c O urdgomog ^evyvbg to agpa 
Ogrfc slfii. 



EXERCISES ON PARTICIPLES IN wv AND Big. 



TvTTOiVTsg tov Tvgctvvov tjoav 

lo~%vgol. 
C H {la/aiga tov vavTOv tvtiovv- 

Tog rj nlaTsia. 

Tin avXr/.oj ti[jl6jvts tov jjaoilsa 

t)tov qpilla. 
Oi [lovoixol rjcrav sv tm fiaai- 

Islto TVTioiivTsg tt\v Ivgav. 



About striking the tyrant, 
they were courageous. 

The sword of the sailor who 
was about to strike, was 
broad. 

The two courtiers honour- 
ing the king were friendly. 

The musicians were in the 
palace, about to strike the 
lyre. 



II. 



The two musicians with 
their lyres are about to 
delight the king. 

The two heralds, having 
been struck, were silent. 

Honouringparents and prac- 
tising virtue, the young 
men are happy. s 



f O fiovaLy.bg ovv luga slfil tso- 
ticjv 6 (jaadevg. 

°0 xrigvl Tvcp&slg slfu aianr}- 

log. 
°0 vsavlag Tifiwv yovsvg xal 

dalnuiv r\ ugsTTj fiaxagiog 

slfii. 



GREEK LESSONS. 59 

ADJECTIVES OF TWO TERMINATIONS, 

EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES IN og, ag, rp, rjg, 
AND ig. 

I. 



*0 xro/oc dlxaiog i<m xal odol 

ai'TOv uirtr trdo*oi. 
Ol n ovo i jov Jfurirpov tlaiv 

aslravTt* not /<</' 
Ol /' nittitg t/ovaiv 

Ai xglatig jov KvqIov uaiv 
aXrjfttEg xul tootyuna 

Ev Oi'QCtroT* turiv uiuayjtg 
Tidoyt ( g zioTuuol. 



II. 



In God are the fountains of 
perpetual light and life. 

The Naiads of the perpetual 
fountains, and theNereids 
of the eternal ocean are 
fair. 

The forest has male ani- 
mals, perpetual streams, 
and pleasant grottoes. 

The words of the glorious 
gospel of the Son of God 
are true and gracious. 



The Lord is just, and his 
ways are glorious. 

The labours of Sisyphus are 
perpetual and severe. 

The male birds have sweet 
voices. 

The judgments of the Lord 

ar«' true, and his mercies 

irell-pleasing. 

In Heaven there are perpe- 
tual rivers of pleasure. 

'V> G- utlvagipok 

xal fiiog. 
II Nati /, /■• l\ i - t;^;/ xal fj 
- L/.zavbg xo> 
Xog ufii. 

'& l/.jj t'/o) i'i(><n]v £wov xal 
y.ul ev/agig 

inOV. 

c Pt lt uu to i'rdo$o£ tvayyifoov 6 
. o Oeog tip i aXrj&rjg xal 
svzaoig. 



EXERCISES ON ADJECTIVES IN ore, re, wv, coo, we. 

I. 

Itttioi (laLvrngdnoda^wa, op- I Horses are four-footed ani- 

vt&tg dlnoda. mals, birds two-footed, 



GO 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Al odol tcjv atoygortoi' naidcov 
elcriv txatpotXiig y.al jlqurai. 

Ol fisyaXijTog^g (ngcm]yoi Iv 
Xvji)] eiair txdaxQVsg, 

Al noXsig t),s tvysat r^uov ucri 
fieydXai xal svdai^uovsg. 



The ways of discreet chil- 
dren are safe and pleasant. 

The magnanimous generals 
in their sorrow are tearless. 

The cities of the fertile 
island are large and opu- 
lent. 



II. 



In the fertile meads of the 
island are many four- 
footed beasts. 

Andromache was the wife of 
the magnanimous Hector. 

The male children of the 
king have many accept- 
able gifts. 

The hero has a magnani- 
mous and merciful spirit. 



JE» evyswg Xeijiwv rj vrpoq sign 
noXvg TSTganovg £cuoj>. 

'Ardgofidxr} Hfii fj yvvi] 6 fx^ya- 

Xtjcoq "Extwq. 
c O uqqt]v 7i dig b fiaaiXevg s'/ta 

noXvg ev/agig datgov. 

c O ijgojg ?^w [isyaXiJTGJQ xal 
iXscag &v^6g. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

Adjectives which are capable of having their 
signification increased or diminished, are compared ; 
as, [uxy.(j6g t long ; Ttqaog, mild. 

1. There are three degrees of comparison, the 
Positive, Comparative, and Superlative. 

2. The Positive simply declares a quality ; as, 
ndxciQ, happy. 

3. The Comparative heightens or lessens the qua- 
lity of the Positive; as naxaQTsgog, happier , more 
happy. 

4. The Superlative heightens or lessens the qua- 



GREEK LESSONS. 61 

lity of the Positive to a very high or very low de- 
gree ; as, (icwaQTcnog, happiest, most happy, very 
happy. 



FORMATION OF THE DEGREES. 

1. The Positive is the theme and foundation. 

2. The Comparative is regularly formed from the 
Positive by adding to it -itgog, and the Superlative by 
adding -jaxog : as, fiaxaQ, fiuxaoTSQog, fiuxu^raTog ; cuiXovg, 
uJiXovaTFgog, u^XoicriuTog. 

3. For the sake of euphony, in the comparison of ad- 
jectives, a letter is often dropped, assumed, or changed, 
as follows : — 



1. Adjectives in o? drop g, and if the penult is short, change 

o into ro j as, Sixaiog, just: 6u;m6rcp:)g, iiKaidrarug', ao(f>6g, wise, oo<p- 
coteoos, cr')(pu)Tamg. 

2. Adjectives in a?, rjg, and vg add -repog and --arc? to the neuter ; 

as /u'Aa s . black, uiXav, pc'\ai'T£0)$. uc\dvrarog. 

3. Adjectives in tov and r\v add -rqws and -rarog to the nomina- 
tive plural ; as, 9u*Pp*iiV y discreet, <r<.ofpove<;,<riotppovEOT£pos, auxppoveararog. 

4. Adjectives in ci$ drop the i, and those in £ change eg of the 
nominative plural into tg before adding -rzoog and -rarog) as, 

^apuig, graceful, y^apuarcoog, ^apilararog \ P\a£, Stupid ^ P\aKig f 
/3\aiei(rrepog, (3\nKiararoc. 

5. Some dissyllables in vg and a few in og, pog, rig, and a?, form 
the comparative in -<aiy, and superlative in -larog \ as fiSvs, sweet, 
Jltiiojv, i]Si(jrog. 



IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 

Many adjectives are compared irregularly. The com- 
paratives and superlatives of some whose positives have 
become obsolete, are joined with other positives of simi- 
lar import. 



62 


GREEK LESSONS. 


POSITIVE. 


COMPARATIVE. 


SUPERLATIVE. 


f Ayad6g, good, 


dyadcorepos, 


dyaddjTdTos. 


CAfievos,) pleasant, 


djiuvfjiv, 


(modern.) 


("Apus,) Mars, 


dpeioiv, 


apiVTOs. 


(BeXos,) a dart, 


fisXricov, 

0£\T£pOSj 


{jcXthttos. 
fiiXrciTos. 


(KpaTvs,) brave, 


Kparioiv, Kpdacuv, 
Kpsicawv, Kpeirraiv, 


KpOLTlVTOS. 


(Autos,) desirable, 


X(Scov, 


\(i(TTOg. 


($£>w,) / take, 


(peprepos, 


(ptprafos. 

<b£pi<TTO$. 


Ka*ds, bad, 


KaKlUV, 


KOLKIGTOS. 


(Xetp,) hand, 


Xeiptop, 


%£pi<TTog. 

%£ipi<TTO$. 




ijaaaiv, rjrrwi/, 


riKKjrog. 


KaXfr, handsome, 


KaXXiojVj 


KaWuTTog. 


} AXyai/<5?, painful, 


dXyeivortyos, 


d\y£iv6TdTog. 


( v AXyo?,) ^flm, 


dXyiojv, 


d\yi(TTog. 


Ma^<5?, /ono-, 


fXCLKpOTepOS, 


[xaKporarog. 


(IVWi,) 


fxacraoiv, 


Hf\Ki<rrog. 


Mt^oj, smaW, 


fiiKporepot, 


p.iKp6raTog. 


('EXa^s,) 


iXaaaaiV, eXarrw, 


IXd^icTog. 


'OXiyoj, Zett/e, 


p.£ldiV, 


oXtyicTog. 


Meyajj^rcfl?, 


[xei^cov, fxea-awv, 


fi£yicTog. 


IloXiij, much, 


tXcicov Or 7r\eoiv, 


ir\£i<TTog. 


'PaSiog, easy, 


pdo)v, 


paarog. 


Htnwv, ripe, 


TT£7rair£pog, 


TrercairaTog. 



There are other irregular comparisons formed from 
nouns, verbs, adverbs, prepositions, and from compara- 
tives and superlatives already in use. 



EXERCISES ON COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLA- 
TIVES. 

PRELIMINARY RULES. 

1. The comparative degree governs the genitive when 
r\, than, is omitted. 

2. Partitives, interrogatives, indefinites, numerals, 
comparatives, and superlatives govern the genitive plural. 



GREEK I 



63 



I. 



Oidm 

ra x<txi 

UXfl I 

a u 



Then > avier weight 

th IV. 

i, the 
«nt. 
irpcf 
than the j >< m 1 1 1 of a sword. 

than his h»rd. 

Tlie 1 
anii 

dish 

. but lyin 

• -t of all. 



II. 



Lentiinei 

j>.»w,riui than 1 1 

Virtu 

and pit j| })(>S8es- 

BS. 
fohn I and 

v, iaest of tl 

ill. 

An honor 

ile to a bate life. 

fllt'iit of all yjvnti 

Homer \\ u the h 



mi. 
j 

- 



64 GREEK LESSONS. 

NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 

1. Numeral Adjectives are principally either 
Cardinal or Ordinal. 

2. Cardinals are those which answer the ques- 
tion, Quot ? how many ? as, sic, one ; dio, tivo. 

3. Ordinals denote order ; as, nQ&iog, first ; dsvTsgog, 
second. 

4. There are also Multiplicative Adjectives, Nu- 
meral Substantives, and Numeral Adverbs. 

NOTATION OF NUMERALS. 

The letters of the alphabet were used by the Greeks 
in three different ways to denote numbers : 

1. To express a small series of numbers, each letter was 
reckoned according to its order in the alphabet ; as, A, 1, B, 2, 
E, 5, Q, 24. In this* manner the books of Homer's Iliad and 
Odyssey are distinguished. 

2. The capital letters were used, in denoting larger series of 
numbers, thus ; 1, 1 ; II for -rriurs, 5 ; A for J£*a, 10 ; H for HeKardv, 
100; X for y i,w, 1000; and M for jivptoi, 10,000. A large II 
around any of these characters, except J, denoted five times as 
much as that character represented ; as, [3], 50; JhL> 500. 

3. To express the 9 units, the 9 tens, and the 9 hundreds, the 
Greeks divided the alphabet into three parts; but, as there are 
only 24 letters, they used s', called evfar/ioy, for 6 ; S"» cal- 
led KOTnra, for 90 ; and 7D', called oav-T, for 900. Ml the num- 
bers under 1000 are denoted by letters with a small mark like 
an accent over them ; and a similar mark placed under any letter, 
denotes that it represents so many thousands : thus, v represents 
50, and ,v 50,000. 

4. The following exercises will exemplify addition, subtract- 
ion, and multiplicaton by letters, among the Greeks. 



off', 76. 
A?, 37. 


o«<. 


<p Try' 
co o e'. 


pcy', 113. 


•1 
432 
25 




ft x' I 1 ' > 
flt'v't' 


8000 
2000 


600 40 
150 10 



10800. 



wf., 87. 

k <5" , 24. 


oe ! . 
i 6'. 


(0 f c'' 
r v e' 


fy\ 63. 

T K 7]' 
K y 1 


!>' ? K ' s> 


6000 400 
900 


160 
60 24 



At'li'V, 7544 



GREI <ONS. 



Go 



1 

a 
i 

4 

7 
8 

10 

11 

1.' 

1 J 
17 

l- 

II 

40 



Xa' 






600 










*■• 




J 








A. 






3000 








5000 


<• 


6000 




7000 





CARDINALS. 

' T 

Ixrara. 

■ 
r« v *o<7i f 

Cl < VOt I 

tUotrt (' 

I ra f 

r«?#«f<urorra, 

rpiaiSoioi, 
Ttevapatfioiot) 

101, 

1 <oi f 

l 

. 





ORDINALS. 


I- 


npL)~ 


11. 


Mf. 


HI 


TptTOS. 


1111. 




n. 


TtpZ' 


in. 




mi. 


Ifl&OfiOf. 


ran. 


Syiooi' 


nun. 




* 


-j%. 


Al. 


irof. 


AIL 


• iro{. 


AI1I. 




AIIII. 


TizeaotiAa. 


All 


i irof. 


AIII. 




AIIII. 




Alllll. 


dcru>» 


Allllll. 


• 


AA 


-«*• 


AAI. 


litoardi to 


AAII 


dWrbf dfuripof . 


AAA 


rpiac»x»rd\. 


AAAL 


Trdf iro.orof. 


AAA^. 


TtcirapaKoorts. 


n 


<it6s. 


[AlA 


r6f. 


ddaa. 


■ 


HAAA. 




UlAAAA. 


ar6i. 






IIII 


1 <rio<7rdf . 


HUH 


rcia^ocioorw. 


HMIIII. 


Tiooapaiooi oot6{. 


rsi 


*t>TiX*UOiO^ 


[MlH- 


i(axoatoar6i. 


isimi. 


<jffioer6i. 


IHiniiir. 


OKTaKOClUOTOi. 


15111111111. 


H aioordi. 




%t\iocr6s. 




,<jt6$. 










n 


i^tXio<rr6i. 


FIX 


yt\iocT6f. 


nx: 


| ^iX»oar<Jj. 



66 



GREEK LESSONS. 





SUBSTANTIVES. 


1 


fiov&s, a unit. 


2 


6vdg, duality. 


3 


Tpi&g, triads fyc 


4 


TSTpdg, 


5 


irevrdg, 


6 


£&, 


7 


eirrdg, 


8 


dySodg, 


9 


foveas, 


10 


deKas, 


11 


svSeK&s, 


12 


SoySeK&Si 


13 


TpigxaifcKdg, 


14 


TsrrapcgKatSsKdg, 


15 


TrevrsKctiSeKaS) 


16 


EKKatSeKag, 


17 


trrraK'aif/Sfa?, 


18 


OKTOJKaiOSK&S, 


19 


evveaKaiSeKag, 


20 


dudg, 


30 


rpiaicdg, 


40 


rerrapaKOvrd^, 


50 


■nevrriKOvrdg, 


60 


e^rjKOvrdgj 


70 


ePdofxrjKOvrdg, 


80 


oySoriKOvrdg, 


90 


cvvsvrjKOVTag, 


100 


eKarovrdg, 


200 


SiaxoGiag, 


300 


rpiaKoaidg, 


400 


TSTTapaKOGidg, 


500 


TTevTrjKocndg^ 


600 


e^aKocidg, 


700 


iirTOLKOGidg, 


800 


OKTCLKOGidg, 


900 


hvvecLKOGids, 


1000 


X*>t«s, 


2000 


3ig%i\idg, 


10,000 


pvpids, 


20,000 


Sigfivpidg, 


30,000 


Tpiaiivpidg, 


40,000 


T£Tpa<iGjxvpiag, 


50,000 


7T£vraKi(Tj.ivpidg 1 


60,000 


££a.KL<rixvpidg 7 



MULTIPLICAT1VES. 

anXovg, simple, 
SiirXovf-, twofold, 
rpnrXovg, threefold fyc 
T£rpa~\ovg, 

7r£vrcnr\ovg, 

i^airXovg, 

£TiT(nr\ovg, 

OKranXovg, 

IvvanXovg, 

d£K<nr\ovg, 

£v3£KUT7\0VS, 

ScoS£Kair\ovg, 
rptg>caLd£KaTT\ovg } 
T£TTap£gKaiS£Ka~\ovg) 
TT£VT£Kat6eKa7r\ovg, 

£KKOLld£KaTT\ovg 

£TrraKaiSsi<inr\nvg, 

OKTOJKaiC£Ka-\ovg , 

£vv£a.Kcu3£KaT7\ovg, 

£iKair\ovg, 

TpiaKairXovg, 

T£TTapaKQVTaTr\ovg, 

TTevrriKOvraTT^ovg, 

h^rfKovrairXovg, 

£^5onr}KOVTa~\ovg, 

dySorjKOvraTrXovg, 

ii/vevrjKOvraTr'kovg, 

£KaTOVTan\ovg, 

diaKoo-iairXovg, 

Tpia.Koai<nT\ovg, 

TerrapaKOcianXovg, 

Tt£VTr)KOGlOLT:\oVg, 

£%a.KOGi<n:\ovg, 

£T7Ta.KOGia-\ovg, 

OKraKOGicnrXovg, 

£pv£aKOGiair\ovg, 

XiXianXovg , 

3igx i ^ ia:T ^ov{, 

HVpia-rrXovgy 

SiSixvpia-xXovg, 

TpiGuvpiarrXovg, 

T£Tpa,KiGixvpia-\ovg, 

7T£UTaKiG[ivpia7:\ovg t 

££aKiG[ivpiaiT\ovs, 



ADVEhBS. 
a-rra^, once. 

Sig, twice. 
Tpig, thrice, fyc. 

rerpaKig. 
izevrdKig. 

£7rraKig. 

OKTaKig. 

fovediag or IvvaKig, 

Swdnig. 

hdetcdKis, 

ScoS£KdKig. 

rpigKiiid^dKig. 

T£TTap£gKGLlS£K&KlS. 

Ti£VT£KOLl6£KaKlS. 

£KKCil6£Kdxig. 

£TTTa.Kai6£KdKig. 
OKrcjKaiSeKdKig. 
£vv£aKaiSeKd>ug. 

ELKOGUKlg. 

rpiaKQurdKig. 
T£TTapaK9vrdKis. 

TT£V7r]KOVTdKig* 

i^KOvrdKig. 

£ t 3Soiir)KOl>7dKlS. 

bydorjKovTdKig. 

£VV£Vr)KOVTaKlS. 

£KarovrdKig. 
SiaKOGid^ig. 

TpiCLKOGldKig. 

T£TTapa.KOGidKig. 

17£VTr]KQGiaKl$, 

k^aKOGidnig. 

£TTTaKOGiaKtg. 
OKTCLKOGldKig. 

IvveaKOGi&Kig. 

^iXiaKig. 

3ig%i\idKig. 

[xvpiaKig. 

Sisfivpiaxig. 

rpiGfivpidiag. 

T£Tpa.KlGflVpidKl$. 

TevraKiGnvpidias. 
s^aKiGnvptd-tis* 



GREEK LESSONS. 



67 



DECLENSION OF NUMERALS, 



Sing. 



LiL' 

I'.ural. 
n. 

N. i 

G. T( 

1 ). r 

L f \ 



>. Dual. 
' ' > tic and 

' ' I ('m. and 



7Vo. Plural. 
N.— 






A.— 






.. /(WIT. Plural. 
V na, 

G. i 

1 ). i 

\ . 



I ( '.irdinals (: 

tboM above a haod 

I hrdinali i vfc. 

\m>i riOHAl PftBLIMMMftl Rl I.E8. 

1. Measure or D 

Knife Ti put in the D;n 

Tune hair bl if m the * 

1. 
I Id fvfi* <> men is 

true. 

f the trophy 



6 1 



thick. 
the first king 

i, Noma 

, and Tullus 
■ third. 



68 



GREEK LESSONS. 



sfidofiyxocrTrjg 'OXvfimadog. 
Oi kma aaxsgsg ayyeXoi zwv 

£7TT« txxXrjCFlOJV UGl' K€U (Xl 

lv%vlai at stitIx, SJiza ixxXr r 



In the third year of the 
seventy-eighth Olympiad. 

The seven stars are the an- 
gels of the seven church- 
es ; and the seven can- 
dlesticks are the seven 
churches. 



II. 



Man has thirty-two teeth. 



The temple has seven hun- 
dred columns. 

In the tenth year of the reign 
of George the Third. 

The general had two thou- 
sand heavy-armed sol- 
diers, seven hundred tar- 
geteers, and five hundred 
archers. 

Man has five senses, sight, 
hearing, smell, taste, 
touch. 



*Av&Q(07iog dvo xcu tquxxovtm 

bdovg e/(o. 
To Ugov Inxaxbaioi uxvXog 

l>a>. 
To dexaiog erog 6 ivgawig 

Tewgyiog 6 Tglxog. 
cFTQairjyog digylXioi onXhrig, 

€7iTay.6crioi 7rfAT«(7T^, xal 

ntriaxbaioi To\oxr\g e/oo. 



"Ard-gwTiog t/a ttsvts al'crd-rjO'ig, 
bgao'ig, uxor}, oo-^tj, ysiaig, 



PRONOUNS 



A Pronoun is a part of speech used instead of a 
Noun, to avoid the too frequent repetition of the same 
Word ; as, '/wk^c iaii 6 ftaaiXsvg ' aviog idTi crooygm', 



John is the king ; he is prudent. 

Pronouns are divided into two classes : 
tive and Adjective Pronouns. 



Substan- 



GREEK LESS 



69 



B B T A N T I V E P R O N OUNS. 

Substantive pro;; re so called, because they have 

a substantive relation, and stand iu the place of nouns, 
and never with them: tl, /, thou, of 

him. 

DECLEN8I0N OP B\ BSTANTIVE PRONOUNS. 





Sii 








Ph 




N. 


/, 


V 
A. 






\. 






1). 
A. 


ffioi or ii 
Sii 


I> 


• 




D. 

\. 






N. 


TV, tkoU, 


V 


] 




V 






G. 


uoi, 


L 


. 










1). 




G. 


/ 




1) 






A. 


wi. 


1) 






v. 








Sing. 








uaL 


N. 


N. 


9 


Y 






[f, 






(.. 


of him. 


A. 


, Off, 


W% t, 








1). 




G. 


f 




1) 






A. 


n 


1) 






IA. 







ADJECTIVi: PRONOl N8. 

Adjective Pronoun* tand 

connected with nouns, iftei the mtnser of adjectives; 
thejf arc divided into the folio* 

. your, their, of us 
two, of i/o a two. 



70 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Relatives; as, og and ogTig, who, whoever. 

Demonstratives ; as, omog, bds, exslvog, amog, this, this, 
that, he. 

Reciprocals ; as sjiavTov, osavTov, kavTov, alXrihw, of 
myself, of thyself, of himself, of each other. 

Indefinites ; as, rig, dslva, any, some one. 

DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVE PRONOUNS. 

The possessive pronouns are declined like adjectives in og. 

''Og, % o, who, which, what. 

Sing. Dual. Plural. 



N. % 
G. ov, 
D. w, 
A. ov, 



5' °L 

7]j, oh, 

fh | 

1]V, o. 




N. oX, at, a, 

G. d)V, d)V, d>v, 

D. olg, alg, oig, 

A a c, a 

. ore, ag, a. 



Avrog, he, and exeTvos, this, are declined like og. 



OvTog, avTT], tovto, this. 

Sing. 

N. omog, avTr\, tovto, 

G. T0VT0V, TUVTTig, T01T0V, 
D. TOVTOI, TCiVTJ], TOVTh), 
A. TOVTOV, TVLVTrp, TOVTO. 



> TOLTO), 

G. \ , 

■p. > TOVTOIV, 



Dual. 



N. 
A. 



TOLVTCt, TOVTW, 



c '05s, rfis, Tods, this, that. 
Sing. 

N. ode, r<ds, 

G. Tovds, Tr-gds, 

D. voids, TJjde, 

A. Tovds, Ti'ivde, 



Tods, 
Tovds, 

Tods. 



Dual. 



N, 



TaVTdLV, JOVTOLV. 

Plural. 



a ' > Tttfo, T«J«, ToSo*£, 
C ) 

p.* > Tolvds, Touvds, Tolvds. 

Plural. 

N. ovtol, avTai, TavTa, N. olds, aids, Tads, 

G. TOVTOiV, TOVTOJV, TOVTbJV, G. TWl'ds, TCOvds, Ttovds, 

Jj. TovToiG, TavTaig, tovtolq, D. Tfugds, Tatgds, Tolgds, 

A. TovTovg, TavTag, Tavxa. I A. Tovgds, Tagds, Tads. 
Like ovros are declined -otovroj, rrjXiKovrog, and rocovroj. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



71 



'£avxov, of himself. 

Sing. I Plural. 



N.— 

G. iaviov, kariT*;, la 
D. euiTio, Ian rjj, 



. _ 

I G. tin ion, iaiiur, eavzwv, 
tavtau 



'EfiavTov and - that 

lln'V Irani the plural. 



Dual. Plural. 

n.; v 

. ) ( i. 

G. / M ,/, >. . I ». 

DV aAAijAoiy, c« , , ,, ,, 



N. 


m. £/. 


n. 

•4 


N. 


G. 


Tiyo$, 




\. 


1). 


mi 




a 


A. 


ma, 


x/. 


i). 



Dual. 



t 









Plural. 
m.^f. n. 

( i . 7 || 

I), rid; 

A. rawgi wpA 



"Ojrif is declined like taken together. 



pa, some i 







Sing. 






Plural. 


N. 


c 


y, to 


&7va f 


N. 


■ 
0* 


fifing, 


G. 


TO I*, 


TOV 


<5* n 


G. 


mSp 


duvwv, 


D. 


lb) 




flm-i, 


D. 






9 


A. 


10V, 


nr. to 


fctya. 


A. 







72 



GREEK LESSONS. 



EXERCISES ON THE PRONOUNS. 



Render the following pronouns into English, and tell 
their numbers, cases, and persons : 

itfitiq] i'fuig' r^ag ; ifiag] ccpo) ; voj j as*, e\ue : ^us; ^otj 
cro D : ot' ; o£; £5 oqpw; oqpcotV; aqelg] acplr , oqp/o^ ; (rcpsa", 
eai'TOV ; creavrov ; crai'TOi;; I'^uac * gcvtoI ; I'py aviwv ; oqps; 
?jo?j 0; oi' ; aiixd ; xavxo ; ai'Toc; auroc; avxi]\ ovxog] 
Tai;Ta ; xavxa ; t/s 5 t/ ; two? ; -no-/ ; to'« j twk ; toi; ; tw ; 



TOCTOt'TO?; SXSLVO] £{10V] GOV] 



ode: 



ovtogl ; ogxig ; ^Tt? j 



on ; omn ; jjtiw ; otou ; oxen ; oxiva. 

II. 

Render the following English into Greek : 

To us ; to you ; us ; we ; thee ; me ; we two ; you 
two : them ; this ; their ; these things (all in the ace.) 
Of me ; of you ; of us ; of them ; of these men, and of 
those women ; to whomsoever ; to these men ; to us, and 
to you two ; of whomsoever ; to whose, to him, and to 
me ; that man ; such a man : these things ; of himself; 
thine; mine; yours; theirs. 



I. 



JIaTt]Q r.^w, o eig iv ovga- 

volg. 
3 Ev.slv6g eaxi x"kinxv,g xal 

Xt]GTt)g. 
"Ode eaxlv o qpdoaocpog 6 rp 

voffipog. 
C H ftaartela i] ipy ovk iaxiv ex 

XOV XOffflOV T0VT0V. 

C H croqpla xov xovjiov xovxov 
fxooola naoa tw Oeio icxiv. 



Our Father, who art in 

heaven. 
The same is a thief and a 

robber. 
This is the philosopher who 

was sick. 
My kingdom is not of this 

world. 
The wisdom of this world 

is foolishness with God. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



73 



Om (art TTQoqij^; Stipog, u A prophet is not without 
pjf h fj} TiuTotdi uLtuv. honor, save in his own 

country. 

Ovn (an r The disciple is not above 

didi'ojy.tt/. his master, ncr the ser- 

vant above his lord. 



II. 



This is the law and the pro- 

pht 
Peter and tfa 

pies were tl: 
Thy daughters arc 

ntul, and beautiful i- 

their mother. 
We were m the tempi 

were in thf . hut 

your lather v, aa in the 

forum. 
And shepherd- were in that 

place with their duck-. 



uog xal 6 

- 

ft fit, 

xtu > crqpfc- 

olxla, 
uyonu iifti. 

>IUI. 



The following table of Relatives and Correlatives will 
be found useful. 



6, the man. 
oitos, this man. 
toIo*, such a ?/ian. 
oaog, as murh. 

r«, all t/iings. 
nme t every m 
ue/gi Toide, to this point. 
navxoioQ, of all kinds. 



ho ; offrift whosoever 

Jin. 
oioc, as. 
iwoc, as. 
ocra, which. 

. ir/iosoever. 

rov, as far as. 
oio?, whatever. 



74 GREEK LESSONS. 



VERBS. 

A Verb is a word which expresses action, or a 
state of existence. 

The principal kinds of verbs are Transitive or 
Active, Intransitive, and Deponent. 

1. A Transitive Verb expresses an action transmitted 
or received by its nominative. 

2. An Intransitive Verb expresses an action which 
terminates with its nominative, or a state of existence. 

3. Verbs are further distinguished as Regular, 
Irregular, Deponent, Defective, Impersonal, Derivative, 
Frequentative, and Inceptive. 

4. To verbs belong Voice, Mood, Tense, Number, 
; and Person. 

VOICE. 

Voice expresses the different circumstances in 
which we consider an action, whether as transmitted, 
received, or reflexive. 

There are three voices of Greek verbs, Active, 
Middle, and Passive. 

1. The Active Voice is the form in which the trans- 
mission of an action is affirmed of its nominative; as 
tvTiTxo xov avdqct, I strike the man. 

2. The Middle Voice is the form in which action 
terminating upon itself is affirmed of its nominative ; as, 
TVTiToiiai, I strike myself. 

3. The Passive Voice is the form in which the recep- 
tion of an action is affirmed of its nominative; as, 
tVTTTopai, I am struck. 

4. Transitive Verbs have the three voices, with their 
respective significations. 



GREEK LESSONS. 75 

5. Intransitive Verbs may be found under the forms 
of the different voices, but they do not vary their signi- 
fication. 

6. Deponent Verbs have, with the passive and middle 
forms, either an active or a middle signification. 

MOOD. 

are the various manners of expressing the 
are five moo Is; the 

a net ice, and 

1. The Ind i,or iffirms positive- 

I / ' uck. 

•J. The I e Mood < . jorts, or en- 

Optalive Mood i- used t<> e b, or 

ding verb 

.III Intnl. I 

1 i Hood n hi or 

condition, in >n with a preceding rerb in pres- 

or future time ; ; . (hat J may stri! 

.">. The Infinite unification of 

i erb, with mt limil n ; as, vlh 

be. 

T E N B I . 

Tbi re forms of the verb to express the time 

iction oi 

1. There atv i the Present. Imperfect, 

'attire, First and Second Aorist, 
Perfect, Pluperfect, and, in the passive voice, the 
Paulo-post Fat/ 

The Present Tense represents the action of the 
verb in the present time; as, tvnrm, I strike, I do strike, 
or am striking. 



76 GREEK LESSONS. 

3. The Imperfect Tense represents an action as doing 
at some past time, but not then finished; as, btvtijov, 
I struck, did strike, or was striking. 

4. The First Future tense represents the action of 
the verb as to take place hereafter; as tvyw, I shall 
strike, I shall be striking. 

5. The First Aorist tense represents action absolutely 
past ; as, ervipa, 1 struck, I once struck. 

6. The Perfect tense denotes the action as just com- 
pleted, or completed in past time and continuing in its 
consequences to the present time; as, rsrvcpa, I have 
smitten. 

7. The Pluperfect tense denotes an action completed 
before some other past event ; as, hsrvtpsiv, I had smitten. 

8. The Second Aorist represents an action recently 
past ; as exvnov, I lately struck. 

9. The Second Future represents the action to take 
place presently ; it involves also the idea of continuity ; 
as, Ti'7rw 5 I shall strike presently, and continue striking. 

10. The Paulo-post Future tense is compounded of the 
Perfect and Future, and denotes an action that will be 
completed hereafter ; as, TSTvipopou T shall have been 
struck. 

11. All the tenses have participles corresponding with 
them, except the Imperfect and Pluperfect. 

NUMBER AND PERSON. 

1. The numbers of Verbs are three, Singular, Dual, 
and Plural. 

2. The Persons of the Verb are three, First, Second, 
and Third, expressed by the terminations. 

CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 

1. Verbs are of three kinds, Baryton, Contracted, 
and those in pi. 



GRI ES80NS. // 

2. Baryton four Conjugations which are 
known by the folio ncs : 

3. The First Conjugation ha /, or rr before m 
final, and forms ita Future in f^ and Perfect in </w ; as 

7 1/71 I 

4. The Second Conjugation basic, ;,/, va, rr before 
o> final, and forma the Future in S«* ind Perfect in fa ; as 

.">. The Third Conjugation haa r, A, ,v. :. or a roarej be- 
fore H final, and I m 7M, and Perfect in 
y.<( : ai 

<;. The Fourth Conjugal re o, 

and forms the Future in i ind Perfect in 

xu : ai 

7. The inflexion of the rerb re ra* ofthe first Conju 
tion, will exemplify the form of conjugation. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 
re i rat, / $tr 

Pres. Hwru\ \st t'ut. - : ; Ptrf. r -> r, 

n Norsia i»s and -i 



Imp' 
1st. Fut. 

Fori'. 
Plup 
2d Aor. 
2d Fut. 



/ 

i\ in 

or, } 

I '"'j ) 



in / o i , 









|N MN 


I'AKT. 




-"</", 


-co, 


-fir, 


-coy. 




-oiui, 




-flT| 


-coy. 




-xtUl, 


-(.», 


-«<, 




reri </-f, 


-0//U, 


-co, 


-tVa/, 


-tog. 


> 


-"</", 


-co 


-< l 7r, 


-civ. 








-HI', 


-CUV. 



1. The synopsis of the different voices may also be 
had by reading across the pages, from left to right. 



78 
Principal Parts. 



ACTIVE 

Ind. Pres. Txntim, 1st Fut 





INDICATIVE. 


IMPERATIVE. 


Present. 


J strike. 
S. TVJIT-CO, -sig, -SI, 
D. -STOV, -STOV, 


Strike thou, 

TV7TT-S, -£TW, 
-STOV,-ET(OV, 




P. -0[lSV,-STS, -over I. 


-sts, sT(oaav. 


Imperf. 


I was striking. 
S. stvtit-ov, -eg, -s, 

D. -STOV, -STTjV, 
P. -OflSVy- STS, -OV. 




1st Fut. 


I shall or will strike. 
S. Tinp-b), -sig, -si, 

D. -STOV, -STOV, 






P. -o/utsv, -sts, -ovai. 




1st Aor. 


I once struck. 
S. eTvip-a, -ag, -s, 

D. -U.TOV, -aTTjV, 

P. -a(isv,-ccTS. -av. 


Strike thou. 

Tl'lp-OV,-UT(t), 
-UTOV,-aTb)V, 

-aTS, -dcajwav. 


Perf. 


I have struck. 
S. TSTvcp-a, -ag, -s, 

D. -OLTOV, —aTOV, 

P. —afisv—aTSf —aai. 


Have struck. 

TtTVtp-S, -STW, 
-STQV-STWV, 

-sts, -STwcrav. 


Pluperf. 


J had struck. 
S. STSTVCp—SlV—Sig, —si, 
D. —SLTOV, —SiTTjV, 

P. —sifxsv—siTS—siaav. 




2d Aor. 


I lately struck. 
S. Itvtt-ov, -sg, -s, 

D. -STOV, -STT(V, 
P. -OjjLSV,-STS, -OV. 


Strike thou. 
TV71-S, -ST (a, 

STOV-STOJV, 

-sts, -ETwaav. 


2d Fut. 


I shall or will strike presently. 
S. TV7i-w, -sig, -si, 
D. -slzov, -sItov, 
P. -oi/iey, -sIts, -oiai. 





VOICE. 

TVlpb). Pcrf. T8J V(fU. 



79 



2d Aor. I'tvttov. 



OPTATIVE. 



May I strike. 
TV7TT-OIUL, -OU, -01, 

-on or, -oiT^r, 

-OlIAH'f-OtTS, -OltV. 



I may strike. 

-rjor-ifTor, 
-w^n-rjf-otoi. 



May I hereafter strike. 
TVlp-Ol t Ul, -ou\ -ot, 

-01 t 

-oiutr-oiTt, -oitr. 



u I strikt, 

-((tl<)l\-l(tl M\ 

-atucr,-(tiTF, -am. 
uck. 

T61Vy-ULUl,-OU\ -Ol y 

-on 
-oifter-oiTf, -oitv. 



it I strike. 

XVK-OIUI-OU, -01, 

-oiiov-u'iir, 
-oiutr,-oiTt, -our. 



May I hereafter strike. 
TV7i-6l^(,-ou, -ol, 

-OlTOV-OlT1]V, 

-o7/iO',-oTif, -olev. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



IMIMTIVE 



T > strike. 

tvm-uv. 



rike. 

\-0>0~l. 



I may hare struck. 

rrrt/q c.-/^', ->, 

', lor, 
7 { Tt,-(i>LJl, 



I may hare struck 

-1JOV -),!<>}■, 
-OlUtrt-ljTS-UKTl, 



tVfM 



To hare 
struck. 



To have 
uck. 



struck. 



To be I 

to strike. 



PARTICIP. 



Striking. 

TinT-bJV, 

-over a, -or. 



f to 
strike. 
Tiip-cor, 

-OVITU, -OV. 



liar 
Struck. 

-nan, -uv. 



Ha r 
struck. 

-ll((, -CK\ 



Having 

struck. 

TV7I-OJV, 

-olacc, -6v. 



Going to 
strike. 

TVTl-WVy 

-ovQOLr-o\JV\ 



80 



MI 

I*rcs. Tv.iTOficu. 



DDLE 
1st Fut. 



Pres. 



INDICAT1TX. 

•i-v 

O. T171T-0UCU, -?/, -ETtU, 

D. -6[.lt&0V-htJ&0V-Z(J&0V, 

P. -ope&tt, -scrds, -OVTOLl. 



S. itimr-6(np t -oi», -sto, 
Imp. D. -Ofie&or-ea&or-ia&^v, 
P. -ofieD-ix, -tads, -ovto. 

S. Tl'^ -- ot.ua, -tj, -nai, 

1 Flit. D. -6 i ueSor,-sa&or,-f(T&ov f 
jP. -oueOa, -sa&e, -oviai. 



1 Aor 



Perf. 



Plup. 



2 Aor, 



. eTVip-a^r, -a), -axo, 
D. -uye&or, -aad or, -ad ^r t v, 
i P. -ujne&a, -c.cr&e, -avio. 



IMPERATIVE. 



-01', -8(T&(x), 

-ecr&or, -tad aw, 
-s<T&e,-iij&(x)o~uv. 



OlflTJV, 
Ot'(J,E&OV, 



2 Fut. 



S. TfTivr-«, -ug, -s, 
D. -«rov, -aiov, 

P. -CX{J8V,-(XT8, -UGl. 



S. iisTVTi-siv -sig, 

D. -UTOV, 

P. -siiuev-eite, 



-EL, 



S. £TL'7I -OjJI,!', -OV, -EJO, 

D. -o/uE&oy-EaOov, -EG&r t v, 

P. -([UE&U, -Ea&E, -OVTO. 



S. TV7Z-0V/AUI, -f/, -ElTUl, 

D. -0VUEi ( )0l\-U<Tft0V-El0'&0V J 

P. -Ol'fie&a, -tlcr&e, -oivxui. 



ivy-ai, -iw&(xi, 
cia&or-acrd-Mr, 
-acF&E,-(xad(xxjar. 



•o i{ir(V y 
•olpE&ov, . 
oifiE&a, 



-fTor, 

-£T£, 



-fcicor, 

-£TW(J«V. 



TV7l-OV y -EG&0), 

-Ea&or-sa&aiv, 
-Ea&E, -Ea&cocrav. 



-ai^jr, 
-alfiE&ov, ■ 
-aifiE&a. 

-Olfll, 
-OlflEV, 



-OLfjrjv, 

-olf*£&OV, 

-oi/j,£&a, 

-oi^r(V, 

-olfie&ov, 

-olfie&a, 



The English of the Middle Voice is formed by adding my- 
self, thyself, herself % &,c, &c, to the corresponding tenses 
of the Active Voice. 



VOICE. 

rvyofiou. Ferf. tstvtkx. 



81 



-TIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


INFIN. 


PARTIC. 


-010, -OITO, 

-oia&ov, -ola&r l v > 
-oia&e, -olvto. 


-OJfMXL, -J], -TflUL, 

-(Ofie&oVj-r^&ov-TfCFd-rjV, 
-cjfis&a, -7 t a&8, -ojvt cu. 


s(?&<xl. 


ofievogfl, ov* 










-010, -OLTO, 

-OLcr&ov, -ola&tjV, 

-010-&S, -OLVTO. 




-EO&CU. 


ofievogfljOV. 


-(XLO, -O.LTO, 

-(xlg&ov, -aia&rjV, 

-CUG&£, -ULVTO. 


-0)[iai, -r\, -rfiui, 
-b')[is&ov, -rja&ov, -yo&ov, 
-oiIa8&u, -rjV&e, -tavTcu. 


-acr&ai. 


afisvog,7j,ov. 


-OLC, -OL y 
-OLTOV, -OLTVjV, 
-OLTE, -OLSV. 


-CO, -Ttf, -7] f 

-T t T0V, -T(lOV, 
-MflEV, -TjTS, -WVL. 


-tvau 


rig, via, 6g. 










-OLO, -OLTO, 

-olct&ov, -olcr&^v, 
-oicrds, -OLVTO, 


-OOflGCL, -J], -^jTai, 

-wiizd-ov-rfi&oVj-riGdov, 
-wfied-a, -rjV&s, -wvtoii. 


-ea&ai. 


opsvog, 7], ov. 


-OLO, -OLTO, 
-OLCT&OV, -Ola&TjV, 
-OlCr&S, -OLVTO. 




-tia&ou. 


ovfievog, 97, ov. 



n 



82 



PASSIVE 
Pres. Tv7itoh<m. Per/, idrvfifiau 



INDICATIVE. 



HJ S. TVJTT~0/Hai-7j -8TUI 

3 D. -out&or-tadov-eudor 
Jr. -ofie&tx -sxr&e -on 



IMPERATIVE. 



CD 



fet ixvnx— 6firpr-ov -fro 

D. -6fiS&OV~SlT&OV-8(J&1]V 

P. -6fi8&u -eade -otto, 



*3 
o 






S. TSfV-piMl-ipcu -tttul 
D. -WLis&ov-qp&ov-qpfror 
P. -pfxsd-a-cp&e-iLiutpoL 



S. e*£ZV-{JIA7]V -Ip0-71T0 

D. -fi^&ov-y&ov-cp&ijv 
P. -fifis&a -<p&s-^fievoi 
[rjauv 

S. TSTVty-OflUl-Jl -ETUI 

D. -Ojue&ov-eo'&ov-sa&ov 

P. -O/Ut&a -£(T&8 -OVTUL 



o 



►t- 



S. ill'Cp& -TjP 

D. 

p. 



-r\Tov-r^r\v 
-rjfiev-rjTE -T\(JUV 



S. Tvq)d-r t a-ofiai -r\ -erai 

D. -6{18\)0V-8<J&0V-8CT&0V 
P. -6f.l8&U S(T&8 -OVTUL 



K, 8. iivn-fp -r]g -7] 

D. -7]TOV-7]TriV 



o 






p. 



-r\liiv-r\TZ -r t vuv 



8. TVJIfjlT-OfJHU- J] -STUi 

I), -ofif&ov-fo frov-sa&ov 

E P. -O^tOu -taOs -OVTUL 



TVJIT-OV -tafrh) 
-fG&OV-h<J&tt)V 

-SG&8 -scr&waav 



TSTV-lpO -(p&(0 

-qp&ov-cf&hrv 
-(p&s -qp&cocruv 



Tvq>&-rjTL — fjltB 

-7]T0V-7]T0W 
-7/Tfi -1]Tb)0-UV 



TVTT-rj&L-TjTb} 

~^(TOV-r(lMV 
-VjT8-7}TC0VUV 



TV JIT —Olft-rjV 

-OlflE&OV 
-ol(J,8&Ct 



T8Tl\U{.l8VOg, 817\V 
T8Tl'fijU8VCx) t 
18TV^(X8VOL i sltJflSV 



-0l{X8&0V 
-0L[l8&Ct 
TV(p& -8LTJV 

-8lr]}JL8V 



TMp&rja -ol/jirjv 

-0L{18&0V 

-olfie&a 



TV7T -817\V 



-SLljflBV 



TVUV^G -OCflTjV 

-01IX8&0V 

-olps&a 



The English of the moods and tenses of the Passive Voice 
is formed from the moods and tenses of the Active Voice, after 
the mariner of an English Verb. 



VOICE. 

1st Aor. iTvcp&tjr. 



83 



-TIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE, 


IxVFINITIVE. 


PARTICIPLES. 


\-OlO -OLTO 
-OLCtS 0V-0l(T&7]V 
-OLCT&S -OLVTO 


Tl'7lT-b)fiaL-7] -TjTai 

-dfj,s&ov-i]cr&ov- / r]o-&ov 

-WflS&Ct -^TjCF&S -COVTCLL 


TVJTXSCr&CU 


-6(ievo§ 


\ 








|-£% -sir) 

\~UTlTQV-Ml)Tr{V 
~U)]TS -U1]GUV 

1 


TSTVfJjjLivOCy (x)-f]g -f] 
TSTVflfitVOJ, -fjTOV -fjTOV 
TeTVfL^LBVOL, CJfASV -fjTS 


TSTV-ep&aL 


-fifisvog, % ov 










-QIO -OLTO 

-oiCF&ov-ola&rji' 

-OLCF&S -OLVTO 




-ser&aL 


-ofisvog, T), ov 


-elrjg -sir] 
-sItjTov -sirjTrjV 
-eltjTS -urpav 


TVQpd--OJ -fjg -f] 

-r]Tov-r]TOV 
-bj(xsv-7jTS -wen 


TVCpxt-JiVOU 


-dg } elera, h 


-OlO -OLTO 
-OMTd-OV-OLG&TjV 

-ola&e -olvto 




-ser&ai 


-opsvog, 7], or 


j -urjg -ut\ 

\ -HTjTOV -W1]Tr\V 

\ -sltjTS -elrjcrav 


tvti-w -fjg -fj 

-TjTOV -TfCOV 
WfAEV -?JT8 -c5(7t 


TV7l-?lVCtl 


-slg, elaa, ir 


; -OLO -OLTO 

-OLGd-ov-ola&rjv 

-OW^« -OLVTO 
1 




-ea&oiL 


-opsvog, rj, or 



84 



GREEK LESSONS. 



FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 

The following table presents a view of the formation 
of the different tenses from the four principal forms : 



Pres. Form. 


Fut. Form. 


Perf. Form. 


2. Aor. Form. 


pres. act. 

TV7TTW 


1 fut. act. 

TVlpfd 


perf. act. 

TSTVCpa 


2. aor. act. 

8TVJIOV 


imp. act. 


1 fut. mid. 


pi. p. act. 


2. aor. mid. 


tTVTlTOV 


Tl'lfJO[J,(Xl 


£TSTVCpSlV. 


STVTTOfirjV 


pres. pass. 

TVTZlOUai. 


1 aor. act. 

SXVlpOt 


per. pass. 

TSTVflfMXl 


2. aor. pass. 
ixvnrp 


imp. pass, 


1 aor. mid. 
iTvifjafjLfjv 


pi. p. pass. 
iiSTVfifirjv. 


2. fut. pass. 


; 




post. fut. pass. 


2. fut. mid. 






1 aor. pass. 
iivy&rjv 


perf. mid. 

T8TV7l0t 






1 fut. pass. 

TVCp&rfiOllUL 


pi. perf. mid. 
iztxvnuv 

2. fut. act. 

TV7MO 



AUGMENT. 



1. Verbs have two Augments, the Syllabic, when the 
verb begins with a consonant, and the Temporal when it 
begins with a vowel. 

2. The Syllabic augment prefixes i to the syllables that 
receive the augment ; as, Timco, frvnTor, hvipcx. 



GREEK LESSONS. 85 

3. The Temporal augment lengthens the short vowels 
i and v, and changes a and s into ?;, and o into w ; as, 

l, Jxapw, Jxavor. v, vpQi$CQ, vftoi^ov. 

a, ado), fjdov. av, oai-arw, r^arov. 

€, iXei&fa, tjUv&OP, o, tQiavco, ugvaaov. 

oll, otYow, Ji°ov. oi, olxl^co, u,y.i±ov. 

4. Reduplication is the repetition of the initial con- 
sonant before the augment of the perfect tense. 

5. The Imperfect and the two Aorists have an augment 
in the Indicative mood only ; the Perfect, and Pluper- 
fect, and Paulo-post-Future in all the moods. The 
Present and the two Futures have no augment. 

FORMATION OF TENSES IN THE ACTIVE VOICE. 

1. The Imperfect is formed from the present by pre- 
fixing the augment and changing to into ov : as tutitw, 
btvtitov ; Xs/oj ; shy or. 

2. The First Future is formed from the present by 
changing the last syllable in the 

First Conjugation into i//w : as, ti'tttw ti'<//w ; 

Second Conjugation " i-co; " Xeyto, 2*fa>; 

Third Conjugation " era) ; " t/co, rlaoa] 
and in the Fourth Conjugation by circumflexing the 
last syllable, and shortening the penult ; as, xpuXXw, yakw. 

1. Verbs in <i io and ea>, change a and c into ^, and those in do> 
change c into o> J as, Tinaw, ri/z/jaoj ) ^iXfoj, <pi\f\au ; ^Xdw, c^Xaio-a). 

3. The First Aorist is formed from the first future by 
prefixing the augment and changing w into « ; as, Tvijja), 
st vipct ; JUftti, Ste^er. 

4. The Perfect is formed from the first future by pre- 
fixing the continued augment, and changing, in the 

First Conjugation, yw into yot ; as, rvipa, Thvqxx. 
Second Conjugation, £w " ^a ; " As'Sw, kiXs/a, 
Third Conjugation, crw u xa ; " t/ctco, Thixcc. 
Fourth Conjugation, e5 " xa; w ywAw, eifJuXxcc. 



86 GREEK LESSONS. 

1. Dissyllables in -Aw and -poo change the z of the first future 

into d ; as orfAAcu, arsXoo, earaXKa ', airdpw, aTT£po~j, ecrrrapxa. But poly- 
syllables, on the contrary, retain thee; as, dyyfAAw, fyysAw, 
riyye\Ka 

2. Verbs in -foe*, -ww, and ctvoo reject v before r, and retain th<± 
short vowel of the future, as kolvco, /cp<iw, tci/cpoca, irXviw, ttAi^o"*-, 
TriirXvKa ; but those in zivoo change the e of the first future into a ; 

aS, T£lV(O y TBVCOj 7eraKa. 

3. Verbs in aivoo change v before k into y ; as, daivoo, favw 
irefayKa ' y [xiaivoo, fxtavco^ [xepiayKa. 

5. The Pluperfect is formed from the perfect by pre- 
fixing e to the continued augment, if there be a redupli- 
cation, and changing the termination a into siv] as, 

T6Tl'(jD«, ilSTVCpSlV. 

6. The Second Aorist is formed from the present by 
prefixing the augment, shortening the penult, and chang 
ing (o into ov ; as tvtitw, ztvtiov ; Xuttoo, I'Xltiov ; xd t uva), 
I'xccfiov. 

1. The penult of the present is shortened by the change oi 
the omission of certain letters. 

7. The Second Future is formed from the second 
aorist by dropping the augment and changing oyintow; 

as, STV7ZOV, TVTlb). 

FORMATIOn OF TENSES IN THE MIDDLE VOICE. 

1. The Present is formed from the present active, by 
changing w into opou, as, tvjito), tvtztoucm. 

2. The Imperfect is formed from the imperfect active, 
by changing ov into o^rjv^ as, btvtitov, hymo^v. 

3. The First Future is formed from the first future 
active, by changing w into opm ; as, Tvipw, Tiipo/Luu. 

1. In verbs of the Fourth Conjugation, c3 is changed into ovpat ', 
as, i//aAco, \pa\ovfxai. 

4. The FYrst Aorist is formed from the first aorist 
active, by adding firjv ; as I'tvipa, hvipd^v. 

5. The Perfect is formed from the second aorist act- 
ive by prefixing the reduplication, and changing ov into 
a; as %xvtiov ) ihyna. 






GREEK LESSONS. 87 

1. The penult of the perfect is commonly lengthened, or 

changed into o Or 01: as, rpifa^ erpiyov, rsT^tya', cTrzipu), ea-apov, 
etrrropa ; tXSui, zio >v, oiSa. 

6. The Pluperfect is formed from the perfect, by 
prefixing i s and changing a into tiv ; as, Tfivitat, ijiTvittw. 

7. The Second Aorist is formed from the second aorist 
active, by changing or into opipj as, hvnor, iivnopfp. 

8. The Second Future is formed from the second fu- 
ture active, by changing w into ovfiui ; as, tvn<a, ivnoifiai. 

FORMATION OF TENSES IN THE PASSIVE VOICE. 

1. The Present and Imperfect tenses are the same in 
form as those of the Middle Voice. 

2. The Perfect is formed from the perfect active, by 
changing in the 

First Conj. I *" . pure into W**]*** tifwp*, urv^iau 

) (f(X imp. W [KU ; U TtTfOlfU, J8TfOfAai. 

Second Co\j.^« i; ft** 1 ] " ni*l9X*p nixl$/fui$. 

Third Conj. xu (; a^ui • u nmpgaxct, nicpQaafiai. 

Fourth Conj. x« u pui ; u £<//«Axu, tyaXfiai. 

1. In verbs of the third conjugation, however, <a is changed 
into jiai when a long vowel or pa precedes the final syllable ; as, 

Cpiito, Sodco, Ai6paKa, dicnamii, -z'ji\t)kh, Wt4i\qmMt. 

2. In some verbs the quantity is changed ; as, rftroNra, Tri-nopai ; 
ScSojkOj ScSofxai. 

3. The Pluperfect is formed from the perfect, by pre- 
fixing i to the continued augment when there is a re- 
duplication, and changing (acci into pr^v ; as jeiv^fiai, 
Htriffiptp'. 

4. The Paulo'post-futurum is formed from the second 
person singular of the perfect, by changing ai into ofioti] 
as TeTupai, Tszvijjofiai. 

5. The First Aorist is formed from the third person 
singular of the perfect by dropping the reduplication, 
changing xai into dipt, and the preceding smooth into an 
aspirated mute; as, jiximrm, hwp&rp. 

1. Four verbs take o- before the termination 0^, although it is 



88 GREEK LESSONS. 

not found in the third person of the perf-ct ; as, jxenvrjraij cp/J- 

adrjv j Kexprjrai, e^puaOr/v ; sppcoTai, epfidoadriv ', i:i-\r\Tai % irrAfiaOrjv. On 
the contrary, aeacoarai makes tawOrjv. 

6. The First Future is formed from the first aorist, 
by dropping the augment, and changing &rp> into d-rjcro- 
[i<xi ; as, frvq)&r]v y jvcp&S/crofMU. 

7. The Second Aorist is formed from the second 
aorist active, by changing ov into rp ; as %xvnov y hvirrp. 

8. The Second Future is formed from the second 
aorist, by dropping the augment, and changing r\v into 
TjVOfiai j as ixvm\v, rvTtrjcro^iaL. 

EXERCISES ON FORMATION. 

The following table exemplifies the formation of the 
Future and Perfect tenses of the Active voice, and of 
the Perfect and First Aorist of the Passive voice, and 
will greatly aid the student in his labors. 

FIRST CONJUGATION. 
Prps. 1 Fut. a. Perf. a. Perf. p. 1 Aor. p. 
n, TsQJib), itoifjw TSTSgapa, TsitQficu, 8T£gq)&r;v * I delight. 
a Admx\ hlipw, kskeicpa, )M.sut i um t ilslcp&rp] I leave. 
jS, Aufiw, Xslipo), XtXucpa, XeXsipficu, tkelcp&ijV, I pour. 
" JZsfiw, (Tsijjto*<TS(T£(pa, via? [ipou, iaicp&rp ; I worship. 
cp, JTjOftgpo), yoaipb), yeygaqia, yeyocxfij^ai, iyqaopdrv^ I tor it e. 
" ^isqpo), aieipai lorsqpa, saTEUftiu, laricp&rjV ; I crown. 
THyBlaTTTb), fikdipai, fttftkaqa, fiepkafifiai, ifikocp&rjv ; I hurt, 
" Tvjito), Tvipro, TSTvcpa, zhvuiiai, iivcp&^v ; I strike. 

SECOND CONJUGATION. 
Pres. 1 Fut. Perf. a. Perf. p. 1 Aor. p. 
x, nXixcOy nktSa), nijikr/a, TtsTiksypcu, inkiy&rp ; I plait. 
y y Asyoj, Xe$a), kskeya, XsXsyfiai, eki/&r t v ; Isay. 
"i&svya, qp£i'i-o>, nicpzvya, neyvyficu, iq>vx&*p * : I fl}/- 
X, JZteiyo), trmifw, eaTel/a, eaTsiyficu, iarnx^v ; I go in order. 
" Bqix(x) y ^os'^o), fisftos/ct, Pefiosypai, i^gsy&^v • / moisten. 
(ht^Oqvgqw, 6qv$o), ojgvya, ojgvy^iai, aio^^v ; I dig. 
tt, nXrjtio), ttXtj^oj, nsTikrjxa, n£nh]y[i(AL, ijiXijx&r^v j I strike. 



GREEK LESSONS. 89 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 

Pr. s. ] Fut. a. Perf. a. Perf. p. 1 Aor. p. 
T, \driro), un'of ;ivyLmi } mi/''m ; Ijinish. 

d, \-ldu). Saw, jxu, J <ju<(i. I sing, 

&, lltifrco, Tjticrco, niituxa, ne-jtieruai, t:ni<jd),r \ I persuade 
u Ar,9m t ///<- , UUfVMfu, ilr ( <r%hp'] Iforgtt. 

JT, Klifyo, y./.i'JO\ y.ty.'/.i /.((. y.cy.'/.nipai. ixkio&fpr } I sprinkle. 

-ji pure, 7tw, xiata, ttrixa, titiuui, M%hn>\ 1 honor. 
'' Xvo:, £VffW, xt/vxa, y.t/iuia, ixv&tpr] I pour. 

una-.), Tiiu^cru), TtTiufjAK, mijifyuu, tTtut' t ih t v j I honor. 
u ./;,/.o'o), di l ).u')'jo) f dfdrjluxa, dedqlotficu, idt}hjj&ip ] I show. 
u JItuui, Jiawm, marav*a t mi tetvfuu, i I eiase. 

" \lxoio), uxovaco, )\y.oi'xity )\xovcrimi y t t y.oiotii t v \ I hear. 
u Atria), tai^au), ^Ttfua, Ja^uki, ifttforp : / ask, 

FOURTH CONJUGATION. 
Pres 1 Fut. a. Perf. a. P^rf. p. 1 Aor. p. 

a, I, i>a, tih'ft^v : least. 

4 Jfrillti, (jTt).u>, foraAjpx, urxaifuu, inal&fpr] I dispatch. 
u \iyyi).''.u). i yfluai, fjyy&xhp} I tell, 

p, yiuo), rtpto, rtrtut t xu, r?rip) lt uai, ivt[if)9rn t ] I eitstribute. 
r. <I>uho), (parti, n^f rtyy.it, niqitrjurti, iqmrjhpr] I show. 
il Kteirw, menu, extoxo, ly.Tttpai, ixTav&fpr: I kill. 
p, 2 izioo), mzoa), JurnaQxa s tanuouiti, ianaQ&fn*] T sow. 

SECOND AORIST ACTIVE, AND PERF. MID. 

The following table exemplifies the formation of the 
Second Aorist Active and Perfect Middle. 

Pres. a. 2 Aor a. Perf. m. 

Tvjito), rrtnrop, xitvna • I strike. 

A alto, Iduor, dsdqct) I burn. 

JJava), £T«or, Tiircava ; / make to cease 

Au?u\, Storor, Mlotxa] I leave. 

2rs<pb), I'mayor, i'oroqpa j / crown. 



90 



GREEK LESSONS. 



BXdjiTw, tfilafioVy fiifilafia ; / hurt. 

IlXsxco, erfoxov, Tiijilexa ; I weave. 

08v /co, k'cpvyov, Tieipsvyu ; I fly. 

JZiiXXcu, k'criaXov, scrroXa ; I send. 

Kga&a, sxgayov, xixgaya ; 1 crack or sound. 

Krslvco, txravov, ex t ova ; J &z7/. 

JZjisIog), witayov, s'jjioga ; / sowj. 

Tosytx), ergacpov, rhoocpa ; jT nourish. 

BaXXco, eftaXov, flsfioXa ; Z throw. 

Jlsid-w, sjti&ov, ninoid-a ; 1 persuade. 

AQ7ta£(x), r'jQjiayov, ijoTiaya ; / snatch. 

0alvco, tipavov, necpp'a ; / sAaw. 

7^£7TW, ETQWIOV, TlTQOTia j / tftfrtt. 



EXERCISES ON VERBS IN £. 

ADDITIONAL PRELIMINARY RULES. 

1. JB^c.4 when it signifies possession, property, or duty, 
governs the genitive. 

2. Etfii, used for 1/oj, ta have, governs the dative. 

3. Any verb may govern the dative which has the 
sign, to or for after it in English. 

4. Verbs of sense govern the genitive, except those 
of sight, which govern the accusative. 

5. The cause, manner, and instrument of an action, 
are put in the dative. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

EXERCISES ON THE INDICATIVE MOOD. 
I. 

Render the following Greek into English. 

TvTiTSig ; eiVJiTov j iivjirofisv ; tiitttovctl j tvjitsts j £ti/ji- 
ts; Tvipca y Tvipzi ] eivipa] irvipdiriv j itvipafisv] TSTvcpapev * 
r&TVcpaq ; rsTvcpacni ivipouEVj tiipovGi,] tvipsis; tvttco ; 



GREEK LESSONS. 91 

TVTtOVflSV J TV7TOIKTI J EIV710V J ilVJTSTS j hv7lOflEV } TSTVCpOl- 

TOVj izeiicpemeV) STtTiqeig] ixsTtHptittpf ] fAtyyfe 

II. 

Render the following English into Greek. 

Thou strikest. I was striking. lie strikes. We strike. 
We were striking. They strike. They two were striking. 
We atruck. He struck. They were striking. He shall 
strike. They struck. lie had struck. We have struck. 
He has struck. We shall strike. You two will strike. 
They two had struck. Ye shall strike. Ye had struck. 
You two struck. • I shall strike. 

III. 

AvXr t Tt t g jvtjh ttp Xvo<<r, xu\ ul i -iinftu yooevovai. 
Axuu'^ti id ar&l), xitt t'yo) (TTf(fuvovg nXiy.u). 
— myoitg idurog nol&ixiq xaiXurovri uix^ag, 
J>/. TOi aiouuiug gov y.ouoi (Xf, Tiorijoi doi'/.t. 
O c £gfi^g i'xAfi/'f ftoitg aq Mfuw'AnolXanr. 
Ol (TUTQiinKi T8Tvqu<Jii' Tor fiacriXia rolg $iq;fcrt. 
Ho xhjgctTa imwpsixip Tor Xiovru ntig y.vX'arTQoug. 
Or^ivg^Agiu^r^v \v 2Va$q) KCtrdlmB, y.iu litiXevcre. 
c O Kudpog ixouian' iv. <l>oiri/.r t : r« yn<<uu<(Tu tig ii]v c £XXdda. 



IV. 



The Nile nourishes the 
Crocodile. 

Evil communications cor- 
rupt good morals. 

A light shone from Heaven. 

Minerva planted the olive. 

The prudence of the gene- 
ral has saved us. 

The soldiers had struck the 
general with their swords. 

Hercules had undergone 
great toils and clangers. 



c O IVu'/.o^ TOi,'</w o Kgoxodei- 

).0i. 

'OuiXlu y.axog (f&tigay xaXbg 

) ( &og. 
(foag Xuu-zo) fxo ovoavog. 
'A&tjra fpvjevm o iXoua. 
( (foortjUig 6 aTouTrjyog crwfw 

fyti, 
c O o~TQctTicxrtr}g titttw o (Ttqa- 

ii] yog o h'cpog. 
c IIgaxXr l g vJiojAivafuyctg novog 

xal xlvdvvog. 



92 



GREEK LESSONS. 



EXERCISES ON THE IMPERATIVE AND OPTATIVE MOODS. 



Tvtxxco ; Xtyo) ; t/w ; xxelvco. I strike ; I say; IJwnor; I kill. 

TVTXXEXCO] XsySTOV) xltiaXO 5 XXElVaXE] XEXV(fEX(x)^ texixexi*- 

actv ; yEygdcpExov ; ixxaxExw j xvixexcovav ; xvttxoisv ; Xc$ai ; 
XbXs/oitov ; xlaaig ; ysygacpot, j tvjxoHev ; xiuoixrp J xrslvai- 
iov ; ixxaxoifxi j ygdipai j ivnolxov ; XEXixohrpr. 

II. 

Honor thou ; strike ye ; you have struck ; you two 
say ; have thou killed ; kill ye ; let them kill ; you two 
have honored ; say ye ; you two have said ; he may be 
striking : may he have struck ; may you two strike ; 
may they two kill ; may they two have honored ; may 
we 'strike. 

in. 

Ovxog egxl o vlog /uov o ayaTirjog, avxov axovEXS. 

Asyw vfuv cpsvysTs xal awcraxE Tag ipv/dg vum: 

Mr] xqIvexe xax oipiv, aXXa xr\v dixaiav xolaiv xolvaxE. 

AvaaxE xbv raov xovxov xai iv tqufIv r n utouig eysguj avxov. 

Haldsg, ysyQacpexe xag EiriaxoXag ag nax^g exeXevcte. 

'Jl fiaaiXsv agiarxs fiaviXtvoig di alcorog. 

e O Osbg cpvXdxxoL as, vie {uov ev xirdvioig. 

Ol &rjQdxac TExvopoiEv xovg Xsorxag iv xolg qcoXsolg. 

Oi Txaidsg xivaiEV acpsxsgovg yorelg xal didaaxaXovg. 



IV. 



Prepare the way of the 'Exoijud^o) 6 odog 6 Kvgiog. 

Lord. 
Men and brethren, hear my 

words. 



Idvtjg xal adsXybg, axoi(o o 
Xoyog iytxi. 



GREEK LESSONS. 93 

Put off the sandals of thy I Aim o vnodypa 6 novg av. 

feet 

Have the letters written, O r^aqxa 6 inurtolq, w nctlg. 

boys ! 

He struck the king, that he Avioc tvjitoj 6 ftacriXevg iVa 

might kill him. xjuvco uvio*. 

May the Greeks atone for Aotvaok jIlo 4pbq duxgv aog 

my tears by thy arrows. pH 

EXERCISES ON THE STHJINCTIVE AND INFINITIVE 

MOOU.<, dfcc, 

PRELIMINARY in I .! B, 

1. The Subjunctive Ifood in independent propositions 
is used to express doubt. 

'2. It is used in the first person plural to exhort and 
encourage; and in the second person after fit', to prohibit 
and warn. 

3. In dependent constructions it is used after the 
present, perfect, and future tenses, and is generally pre- 
ceded by some particle. 

4. Active verbs govern an accusative with the dative, 
when together with the action, is expressed the person or 
thing to or for whom it is done. 

5. The Infinitive Mood is governed by the verb, par- 
ticiple, adjective or noun on which it depends. 

I. 

Mffdhf nQoSfjg y.axov • fit] <pov£wnjg * ///, Klitfrrjg. 

Si nui uTj tot'^e loh yore vat, xitr itneua Xiyt^. 
O r,vloyog ovx efrzXe linsir tolv Vttoi.: h tiouaaiv. 
Kav ovv 6 vibg vpa$ il&v&SQtitm urroig tXzvd-tgoi icrea&e. 
Mr,0EVi <rvfiq>oguv aveidlatjj, xolvt] yuo fori i] Tvyi\. 
AktSurdgog froUvripra flaatkswraq tit, du'tusxu. 
Maxagi^g rbv trreJUtroptora, avtog yuo tail unovog. 
Asyovai AaldaXov ctpyutxTovu xuzecrxevaxei'ai tov Aa^v* 
qlv&ov. 



94 



GREEK LESSONS. 



IT. 



Whence will we have bread 

that these may eat ? 
Seal not up the words of 

this book. 
If they remain in the ship 

they will be safe. 
He came that he might 

testify of this light. 
It is difficult to distinguish 

a friend from a flatterer. 
Juno sent two dragons to 

slay Hercules. 

They say that Orpheus sing- 
ing led along stones and 
trees. 



IIo&sv I/oj aqjog Xva (pay to 

oviog. 
Mr) aopoayi^w 6 Xoyog bdt 

fiifiXiov. 
Eav avrbg (usvoj iv vavg sljj.1 

iioog. 
Hxcx) \va fiaQTvgsa) nsgl odn 

(pMg. 
XaXmog sifil diaxglvoj o epilog 

xal 6 xoXoc$. 
"lloa ajiocTTtllw dvo dgdxwv 

XTslvco HQuzXrjg. 
Aeyw *0()<p8vg ydow ayoj XldoQ 

y.al dsvdoov. 



MIDDLE VO^CE. 

The Middle Voice is used to denote : 

1. An action which is done on ourselves ; as Xovofiai, 
I wash myself. 

2. An action which is done for ourselves ; as, wvrjad- 
fir t v dofiov, 1 bought me a house. 

3. An action which we cause to be done to or for 
ourselves ; as, e7roir]irdfir]v ely.ova, I had an image made, 

4. An action which is done reciprocally among per- 
sons ; as, duxXvaoiLis&a tov noXs^iov^ We will mutually 
end the war. 



EXERCISES ON THE MOODS PROMISCUOUSLY. 
I. 

Translate the following Greek into English. 
TvmtTUi j iivriTSTo j cviptToti, * eTvtpco J tv7ito{is&ov ; 

itVTITOVTO) TSTVTKXg') TVTlTOVTai^ £T£TLTfi J €T£TV7TSLTTjV J 

iivtfjavro] iivTiojie&oVj Tvipdd&cOj tstvjistw'j Tvnia&wv ; 



GREEK LESSONS. 95 

TVJiuTcu ; TVTtiur&W. t&vniiwrear : jvtxjolio ; rvipalfis&ov \ 
TBTVTioiev^ TvipairTOj TVJtoia&rjr : Ti^zciffus&ov : ifTOiygJ 

TSJVJTOJfiSJ' ; TVlpWflf&OV ] TfTl.TOHn ; IVipCOVTCa,: TSTVTHtig', 

nmovfispog. 

II. 

Translate the following English into Greek. 

He strikes himself; they two were striking them- 
selves ; we struck ourselves ; he had struck himself; 
we shall strike ourselves ; they shall strike themselves ; 
you had struck yourselves : they two had struck them- 
selves ; be striking yourselves ; you two had struck 
yourselves; may we be Btriking ourselves; may they 
have struck themselves; may he have been striking 
himself; we may strike ourselves ; they may have been 
striking themselves. 

III. 

EiQarnyoq og/ur&tlg (utmiimtim ibv Kioov. 
Kai^afftXivg fotti tjxewn rbv Kvgov cttoXov TtotQscrxsva&TO. 
^Qairjbg hUkxwn (TTOKTicoTag noofiuXeafrai Ta onXct. 
At TioXeig kxovacu TaxQTjucrta (rwtflaXorro. 

Eyio ds (pvXa^o), xal xeXtvto as avibv yvXaTTea&ai. 
01 bqpeig OQyia&ei'Tfg ii) (f&oyyjj iivipavio Tulg odovtri. 
Oi ytxg Toie'A&rjvaioi noixlXovg /iTbnag irdvovxou. 
°AvtjQ tots cpalrtTai xal xsXsvei rovg (jiQaxltoiag i$07iXl&<T&<x* 
eig Tr t v [id/rp. 

IV. 



Jesus answered and said to 

the men. 
Having washed my body, 

he washed himself. 
He washed his hands and 

sat on the couch. 
Cyrus subdued the Lydians 

for himself. 



c 'itjvoig unoxqivonai xa* 

HI CO 6 UV&QCQTTOg. 

Aovcrag 6 epbg ca^ua, Xovopcth 

NlmofACH x^Q x «* xa&l&fteu 

inl 6 xXivrj. 
c O Ki<Qog xctTaoTQicfOfAa* o 

Avdog. 



96 



GREEK LESSONS. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

EXERCISES ON THE MOODS PROMISCUOUSLY. 

T. 

TvnTo\iai ; ksyofiai ; rlofiai ; I am struck, am said, am 
honored. — Tvmofis&ov ; etvtitzij&ov ; iksytxo ; ihyicr^v ; 
rhi&ou ; rixvipai ; Itsti^^s&ov ; ksfoypevot elol ; xsivipofis- 
&ov ; TSTvipeo&ov ; iki'/^uav ; frvnrjTov ; eTirjTrjv ; ivmi- 
cd-w ; ks/&rjxv ; Tixia&Mv j t/stoj ; ks%&slr}v ; xioalfiz&ov ; 

TttfTT^TOU; JSlVpft&r(f}7jTOV' 7 ki/&fj J Tl&Tjl'Oll j TVTTrjVGU') xvnug. 

II. 

*Evxav&a ds Kvgov dnoxsjuvsxaL fj xecpakr] xal %ug fj ds$id. 
Kvgog inaidevsxo ovv tw adskcpco teal xdtg akkoig natal, xal 

ndvxcov xgdxicrxog ivoui&xo. 
Al aivrjdeeg xov fiaaikswg ijo-fiivai watv vnb twv aiktjXbjv inl 

Xgvcrecov kvgwv. 
Kal firj xqivsts, xcu ou prj ugi^fae* /j?/ x(XT(x^x(x^8Te, xat ov 

^ naxad tvMO&rjTS. 
3 £av v.Tslrwfisv ftaaikia xal rovg alxov viovg. ndvxa r^Civ 

71 E7l O l }]{J,SV a (XHJL. 

fiaenkevg ovv oxgaxsvpaxi nokkoj ktysxai yxeiv wg els 
[id/rjV nagecrxsvaapsvog. 

III. 
Letters are written by the c O inunokl] ygdcpco vnb o 



messengers. 
The king was once struck 

by the satraps. 
The two boys were struck 

with swords. 
The whole army has been 

saved by the prudence of 

one man. 
The lions may be slain in 

their dens. 
Let parents and teachers be 

honored by the young. 



ayyskog. 
c O ftacrikzvg xinxco vnb 6 o*«- 

xganrjg. 
c O nalg Slcpog xvnxoo. 

°0 nag oxgdxsvfia ooo£co cpgovT]- 
dig elg av&gwnog. 

°0 kioav xxelvw iv b ctvxog 

cpwkeog. 
rovevg xal diddaxeckog vno 

viog t/w. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



97 



DEPONENT VERBS. 

Deponent verbs are those which under a middle and 
passive form have either an active or middle signification. 

1. The tenses of deponent verbs are: the Present, 
Imperfect, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Paulo-post-future 
of the passive form ; the First Future and First Aorist 
of the middle form ; and the First Future and First 
Aorist in the passive form, and with a passive sense. 

2. They are usually conjugated by giving the Pres. 
and 1 Fut. Mid. and Perf. Pass. ; thus, d^/ouai, di$opcu, 

SYNOPSIS OF THE MOODS AND TENSES. 



Pres. 
Imp. 
IstF. M. 
1st A.M. 
Ptrf. P. 
Plup. P. 
P.p. F. 
1st A. P 



INDIC. 



I M P F R. 



Se%ofiai 

iCdcyfiai 
ibzbiy\tr\v 
SeSc^onai 
• zil^Bqu 






6iS-c^o 



ftg-Oifri 



OPTAT. 


BUBJ. 


I N F I S . 


PART. 


-01/1171/ 


-oj(xat 


-caBai 


-6flEV0S 


-oifiriv 
-liftrjv 
-eyiitvos-uqv 


eyfiivos-Z 


-taBai 
-anBat 


-OfiCVOS 

'tyjxivot 


-oifirjv 
■Oe'irjv 


-Bio 


-eaBat 
-Brjvai 
-coBai 


-Bed 



1st F. P. 'ie^dnc-ojiat 

CONTRACTED VERBS. 

Verbs in aw, aw, and ow are contracted in the Present 
and Imperfect tenses. The other tenses are regularly 
formed like verbs in w. 

1. Verbs in cm contract aw, do, and uov into w, as 
Ttji(x(ti,TifA(A), to honor; Titido t usv,jifi6)(xsv] t^w'owj, t^wo 1 *. 
They contract as into a, as Tlfiue, ilp.a ; and subscribe i ; 
as, Tifidotfii, tifupfu ; npaetg, Tipac. 

2. Verbs in iu contract ss into el, and so into ov, as, 
cpdes, cp'du ; tpdioptv, cpdovptp. Otherwise they drop e, as 
(pdeco, epdd), to love ; cpdisig, cpdug. 

3. Verbs in ow contract o with a long vowel into w, as 
dijXoto, dtiXa, to manifest; with a short vowel or ov, into 
ov y as drjXoers, dijloiTS ; dr}X6ov<n, drjlovai. Otherwise into 
ol t as dqlorig, dr^Xolg. In the Infin. ouv is contracted intoov*. 



98 



ACTIVE VOICE OF 





INDICATIVE. 


\ 




IMPERATIVE. 












FIRST CONJU- 




S. 


Tifi-doi), -dug, -aUj 


s. 


zip 




-W6TC0, 
-«TCO, 




D. 


-a6Tox>,-a£TOJ>, 


D. 




-«€TOV; 


-ahcov, 


CD 




-«TOJ>, -OLTOV, 






-aiov, 


-at (tiV y 




P. 


-ao(j,sv,-asT8y -aovvi. 
-toiler, -«T£, -wen. 


P. 




-asis, 


-asTwaav, 
-diwcrav. 



j-jVS. iilp-aoVy-cieg-ae, D.-dsTOVy-(XETr}VyP.-doiJ.sv,-dsTey-(xoVy 
*p I -aw, -#?, -a, -«toj>, -di7]Vy -topsVy -ars, -aw. 



CD 













SECOND CONJU 


s. 


cpik-soOy -hig. 


-£££, 


s. 


CplX-88, 


-££TO), 




-W, -£££, 


-£*, 




-Ely 


-££TG), 


D 


-££TOV, 


-££TOV, 


D. 


-££TOJ>, 


-££TO)J>, 




-fifcTOV, 


-££TOJ>, 




-UTOVy 


-£fcTO)*', 


P. 


-sofiEVy -esxSy 


-EOVGI. 


P. 


-SETS, 


-ffTwcray, 




-ovfieVy-siTS, 


-OVGI. 




-££!£, 


-ELTwaav. 



B 



S . i(fll-sov-S8g,-ESy D.-ssTOVy-shrjVy P.-sofxev, -eete^-eov, 
-ot>j>,-£^,-£t, -eItov, -shrjVy -ovfiEVj-EiTE,-ovv. 



THIRD CONJU- 





S. <M 


-0(0, -osig, -oe i, 


S. drjl-oSy -oetco, 






-a), -oig y -Oly 




-oVj -ovjoa, 


id 

»-! 


D. 


-OETOV, -OSTOVy 


D 


-OSTOVy -OtTWV, 


CD 




-OVTOV, -OVTOVy 




-OVTOVy -OVTWVy 




P. - 


-OOftEVy-OElS, -OOVdly 


p. 


-0ET8, -OSTCOVCXV, 






■OVfiEVy-OVTS, -overt. 




—ovTSy —oinwaav. 


B 


S. idrjk-oovy-oegy-osy D-osioy, - 


08T1]Vy ¥ -OOllEVy-OETEy-OOV, 




-ovv,-ovg,-ov, -ovto 


v- 


OVTTjV, -0 V^EV,-0 VT6,-0 VV* 



CONTRACT VERBS. 



99 



OPTATIVE. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



GATION IN aw. 



Tlfl-UOlUl,-( oig, -UOl, 

-uouor, -uo'ni\v 

-on or, -ojn^', 
-c/.oiutr, -voue, -dom;'-ub) l uEr,-ur i T(,-uo)0'i 
-outeVy -oil*, -ww, \-wutr, -uts, -wai. 



Tiu-uo),— (//;*,— a i?, Ti/ti-ttfii', 

-LO^oVy — ittjTuy. 
-uTOfy -uior, 



tifi-acov, 
-wv. 



-GATION IN ceo. 
(fll-bOllllly -tOl^y -tOly 

-di^iy -oig, -ul, 
-totToy, -toixtpi 
-oil or, -w't),)-, 
-iotp$y, -tone, -toier, 



(fi).-io)y- £/,V,-*7„ qil-tav, (fiX-t(x>v y 



—i^Toi'y —i),7or 9 | 



-oi[isr f -one, -uitr. —uifisy, — ^Wj — wo - /. 



-(OK 



-GATION IN 00). 

drjl-ooifiiy —ooiZy —ooiy dr t X— oo) y — d?;c, — 0J7, 

— OlfAly —Ol*y —Oly 

—OOITOV, —OoItTjV, 
— OtTOV, -OLTip'y 
-OOlflSVy—OOlTSy—OOUV, 

•olfieVj -olis, -oHev. 



-a>, -0/^, -ot, 
— dijroy, — o^tov, 

— COTOJ', —OJTOVy 

-dco / u£y,-o'?;re,-o / wo'/, 
-w^ufv, -core, -am. 



(5ryAo av, 



dr\X-oo3V y 



—(AiV. 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 102. 



10( 


1 PASSIVE 


AND MIDDLE VOICES 




INDICATIVE. 


IMPERATIVE. 


OPTA- 






FIRST 


CONJU- 


CO 
X/l 
CD 


S. Tip -ao{iai -drj -derat 


Ti{i-dov -asa&o) 


Tifi-aolfi^v 


-bjfiai -a -«tcm, 


-c5 -oHj&w 


-cofirjv 


D. -aofis&ov-dsa&ov-dso'd-ov 


-asa&or-aia&MV 


-aolfis&ov 




-cofis&ov-aa&ov -acr&ov 


—aa&ov -tta&wv 


-LrtflE&OV 




P. -aofis&a-dsa&s -dovxai 


-dscr&s -asa&wffav 


-aoif.is&a 




-cofied-a -aa&s -wvtui 


-aad-s -da&wiav 


-crtfisxfa 


3 


S. hi[i-cxo{iT]v -aov -asxo D. iiifi -a6(.ie&ov -asv&ov 


•p 


-cofirjV -c5 -wto -oofis&ov -da&ov 






SECOND CONJU- 


CD 


S. (fd-ioficxi-ir] -sstoci 


cpiX-sov -sscr&o) 


qpiX-solfirjV 


-oifioa -fj -uiai 


-ov -sla&Oii 


-olfiijv 


CD 


D. -sofis&ov-sscr&ov-eecr&ov 


-ssa&ov-ssa-d-cov 


-EOl[iE&OV 


2 


-ovfie&ov-tHa&ov-ua&ov 


-slo-&ov-elad-a}v 


-olps&ov 




P. -sofis&a -ssads -ioviai 


-sscr&s -ssa&Mvav 


-solfisd'a 




—ov/JLsd'a —sla&s -ovvTtxi 


-sla&s -slcrdwcruv -otfis&a 


1— 1 

S3 


S. SCpLX-SOlMjV -SOV -SSTO D. iojlX-EOflS&OV -^EEG&OV 


? 


-OVflTjV -OV -SLTO -OVpS&OV -UV&OV 






THIRD 


CONJU- 


CD 


S. dtjl-oofiai-or] -osiai 


dr^X-oov -osff&oi) 


dr ( X-oolpr}V 


-ovfxcci-dl -ovTat 


-ov -oia&(o 


-OlfirjV 


o 


D. -oofis&ov-oscr&ov-osa&ov 


-oscr&ov-oeo' &ojv 


-OOLfXS&OV 




-ovps&ov-o Id&OV-OVd&OV 


-ovcr&ov-ovcr&MV 


-OlflS&OV 




P. -oopE&a -osa&s -oovzai 


-osa&s -oscrd-biaav 


-oolfis&ct 




-ovfis&u -ova&s -ovvxai 


-ovcr&s-ovo'&coo'av 


-oljus&a 


3 


S. idr}X-o6firjV -oov -osro D. idr^-oofis&ov -osa&ov 




-ovfir t v -ov -ovto 


-ovps&ov 


-ova&ov 



OP CONTRACT VERBS. 




101 


-TIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


INFIN. 


PARTICP. 


-GATION IN aw. 








-aoio -aoiTo 


Tiu-ao)fiai-arj -ar(iai 


Tifi-dsadcu 


Tip-aofie- 


-wo -ono 


-toUUl -u -UTUl 


-aa&cu 


[vog 


-aQMJ&QV-uo'ujSrp 


-ao)fi£&ov-ar i (T&ov-ar l (T&ov 




-wfisvog 


-ojo&ov -ouj&r t v 


-M^ued-ov -acr&ov -ao&ov 






-uoiv&s -uoivio 


-uouuefroi -a^cr&E -atovzui 






—0)0~&8 —OWTO 


-oijfit&a -ao&s -wvxai 







-ctav&rjV P. hip -cxope&a -utcr&s -aovxo 
-da&TjV -wjit&a -ucr&s -wvto 



-GATION IN coj. 








-80 10 -so no 


cpiX-80)[iai-87i -irfiui 


q)iX-S8crdcu 


CplX-EOflE- 


—oTo -olio 


-utfxat, -fj -r { xai 


-Elo&ai 


[vog 


-801O&0V -tola&rjv 


-Eo\u£&ov-8r t a&ov-8ricr&ov 




-ovpevog 


-oHofrov -olad-rp 


-o'){i8&ov -i)crdov -TjCr&ov 






-SOLO&S -801VTO 


-8o)firi^cc-8rjO&E -ictviou 






-olcr&e -olvro 


-o\uz&a -r t cr&s -wvtui 







P. icflk -80flS&a -88CF&S -80VTO 

-ovpe&a-8lo&6 -ovvto 



-GATION IN oco. 








-OOIO -OOLTO 


d)]X-ow[iai-6ri -otjiai 


drj-oecr- 


dtjk-oofis- 


-010 -OLIO 


-(Dfiai -ol -ojiav 


[&m 


[yog 


-ooicr&ov -oola&TfV -OM^Ed^ov-o^crd^ov-or^&ov 


-ovo&ai 


-ovfievog 


-dltf&ov -ola&riv -oifis&ov -otcr&ov -wcr&ov 






-ooio&e -oolvto -oo){j,e&a-or}o&s —owvtoli 






-olcr&e -oliTo 


-wfis&cc -wo&s -wvtcu 







-oiad-TjV P. idijl-o6fj.£&a -osads -oovto 
-ovoxrrjV -ovfie&ct -ovo&s-omjo 

Study with the above the corresponding exercises on page 
102. 



102 GREEK LESSONS. 

EXERCISES ON CONTRACTED VERBS. 

I. 

Render the following Greek into English. 

Tifiaw, I honor. — Ti^cj ; (xl^iag ; x 11.1 a ; Tipojcu ; tiu~ 
wev ; rlfia ; tights ; xijuav ; ixifidxs ; exi^muev ; ft/uag ; Ti^uw- 
jU«y ; rifioicra ; t^w 5 ixifiixcr&E ; t^ugj ; xifiaa&s ; t^oj- 

/Xg^O^ J TL^LOUE ; TipOH) * Tl[l(i)(T&E ] XlfJ.6JfJiai. 

(Pileo), I love. — <Z>iAc5 5 cflXov : qp/A?) ; cfiXolo ; cpilslads : 
q>ilovfiEvog ; (pi)Si<j&s ; yiXm'xai] cpiXovfxai] cpiXE~ixai ; 
qciAft ; £(pUsi ; qpfAiJ ; grt/.f/ ; cfiXeicr&ca. 

/trjXow, I shoiv. — zl^Xolg ; fy'Aov ; ftjiol; ^Aolv ; &?- 
Acuj>; £<5/J/oi* ; idrjXow ; idrjlovg ] drjX6i[ d^Xovxai j &7A- 
oiJyTca; dr^Xoia&E] idrjXovcr&E. 

II. 
Render the following into Greek. 

They honor ; we honored ; he is honored ; being 
honored ; honor your parents : those honoring will 
be honored ; that I may honor ; to honoT ; let him 
honor ; let them be honored ; they might honor ; 
you may honor. I love and am loved ; be ye loved ; 
let them be loved ; having loved and been loved ; they 
had been loved and love; he loves; I may love; we 
might love. You were showing ; it was shown ; it has 
been shown ; he shows ; you show ; to show ; to love ; 
to honor ; having shown ; having been shown. 

III. 

Tifia xbv naxiqa fiov, ccXiC vpsig axit.iaxE fie. 

Ovog : Xvgag axovcov, no'hhav.ig xivu xa coxa. 

AyaixwuEV avxbr, oil ngwxog ly/azirfiEV Tjfiag. 

Ev aq/Ji en;olij(JEv Oeog xov ovgctrop v.oX xr t v yrp. 

Tov fur yjsvdij fUEfiivyjy.a. xbv d' uh]&i] n&piXrpteL 

Aa^inqov i\Xiov aiXag v.ivrpn cp&Eyfiaxa oqvI&cov. 

Mtjv ay an cite tov xocrfiov, fi^dt xa iv tw xooy/oh 

Oi yo\'E*ig »sl xifxwvxaL arcb xwv aya&cor Txaldcov. 

UtoXefiaiog sltyev cifiEivov tivai nXovxl&iv ?) 71X0 vxhv. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



103 



IV. 

One swallow therefore does i Lig £*****" lor/iwoiv ov 

not make Bprioj noiiio i 

Thou shalt love the Lord Idytman 5n«s o Kioiog 6 



thy God in truth 
The'father of gods and men 

smiled. 
The whole city w 
Apollo and the ft] 

love thee. 



. (TV. 

\iowm (iv 



V ... 

Aristotle called fin , ii^ J 



earth, and water, the ele- 
ment-. 

The scripture was fa] 
this day in yottl • 

Virtue often croi 
that honor her. 






vmiljs IN mi. 

Verbs in pi are formed from verbs of the third conju- 
gation ending in at*, in, on, and in, by prefixing i to the 

reduplication, lengthening the penult, and changing to 
into fii. 

Thus four conjugations are formed : 
Eprqpi from cnuw 

didoiLU " duo 
£zvyyiui M Cnyricx) 

1. Verbs iu pi have only three tenses of that form, the present, 
imperfect, and second aorist. They take the other tenses from 
verbs in w. 

2. Verbs in tp< have no second aorist, nor the optative or sub- 
junctive mood. When these moods are needed they are bor- 
rowed from forms indco. 

3. Verbs in <<< have no second future, second aorist passive, nor 
perfect middle. 



104 



FIRST CONJUGATION 

ACTIVE 



Pres. 



Impf. 



2Aor. 



Pres. 



Impf. 



2Aor. 



Pres. 



Impf. 





INDICATIVE. 


IMPERATIVE. 


s. 


WT-Tjfll, -rjg, -rpi, 


WT-Ot&l, ~«TCO, 


D. 


-aJOVj -CITOV, 


-U.TOV, -OCTGJV, 


P. 


-a^izVy -«r«, -(km. 


-ai£, -aiwoav. 


S. 


tax-riv, -f}g t -77, 




D 


-azov, -aTtjV, 




P. 


-ttfisv, -«T£, -acrar. 




S. 


WT-riv, -yg, -7\ y 


(TT-ij&l, -r t T(0, 


D 


-TjlOV, -TjTrjV, 


-7]TOVj -rjT(dV, 


P. 


-rjfxsv, -rjTS, -^(rav (uv). 


-rjT8, -7jTOJcrav. 



MJT-ai1]V f 

-odypsv, 



GT-aL7jV f 



-airi{izv, 



MIDDLE 



S. wr-apou, 
D. -dps&ov,- 
P. -a[iE\ra y - 



-acrai, -arai, 
aa&ov-aa&ov, 
acrde, -avion. 



S. l(TT-(ifirjv t 

D. -d[AS&OV } - 

P. -ajLie&a, - 
S. eaj-dfiijv, 
D. —apsd-ov,- 
P. —afte-d-a, - 



-OHIO, -OCTO, 

■a(T&ov 9 -dcrS-rp', 
■aa&e, -avjo. 



-acrOj -aiOy 
-oHJ&ov,-da&7}v, 
acr&E, -avzo. 



c i(TT- otdo( oj),-dcr&oj, IcrT-alfirjv, 



-aaxTov, -cca&wr, 
-oxj&E-da&waav. 



(TT-Oi(TO(oj),-CiO~&OJ, 

dv&ov, -dv&b)v, 
da&E, -da&coaav. 



-aifiE&ov, 
-ulfis&a, 



GT-aiprjV, 
-alfiE&oVy 
-alfiE&a. 



PASSIVE 



S. Xax-ufiou, -ccaaiy -onai, 
D. -dfiE&ov, -aa&ov-oxr&ov, 

P. -d/XE&a, -OKJ&Ey -OLVTOLl. 



S. iaT-d^irjVf -acro, -octo, 
D. -dfis&oVt-ao-d-oVf-OKT&rjv, 
P. -dfiE&cc, -av&E, -avzo. 



c i(TT-aGo((t)^,-dcrd-(o, l(TT-aif^i]V 



-aa&ov, -da&cov, 
-aa&E, -da&ooaav. 



-aliiE&ov 
-al{iE&aj 



The other tenses are regularly formed from verbs in o>. 



OF VERBS IN MI. 

VOICE. 



105 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



-(ti^Tt, -<(h l rut. 



-/' mi , 



INHMTIVt, 















-air t , 


[(JT-W, 


-jfe 


-§« 


-CU7JTOJ', 


-(d) i 




-',"". 


-4JMT, 


-UUJF, 


-ai) t <uir. 


-duty 


-jw 


-((J(JJ. 



MTT-a^. 



PARTICIP. 



0T-«£. 



VOICE. 



-uij&or, -ala\ 


1 ua. 


'liTl-UVbui. 


lui-afisyog. 










-iltTQ -una, 
-ciiafrov, -aio 
-(duCrt, -ail ro. 


<JI-UtU('.l, -j t , ~7 t T<tl, 


(JT-auJat. 


az-dpevog. 



VOICE. 



-uto, -lam, 
-aicr&ov, -«/< 
-uta&f, -uuto. 



i>iT-(i>ui(t, -//, -i,i(u> 
-nun tt oy,-?^ or ^-t t (J if ui , 

-fOfU&Ct, -?!<!&?, -o» rut. 



ivi-uuttui. Icri-dfievog 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 111. 

5* 



106 



SECOND CONJUGATION 

ACTIVE 



Pres. 



Imp. 



2 Aor. 



INDICATIVE. 



S. il&-rjUi ) -yg, -^0**, 

D. -ETOV-8TOV, 

P. SfiSV, -8T8, -ilffl. 



S. 8Tld^-rjV t 


^W* 


~n> 


D. 


STOV, 


-8TT ( V, 


P. -s^v, 


-£Tf, 


—saav. 



S. £&-7]V } -T]g, -7], 

D. —si or, -£ti}v, 

P. -efin^-STS, -Sffav. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Ti&STl, («#/•) -£TWj 
-STOV -STh)J' y 

-8ts, -sTcoaav. 



&Sg, (&8TL,) -&8T00J 
&STQV, -&8TCOV, 

&ST8, —dsTwauv. 



TL&-8Lt]V, 



SslrfV, 



MIDDLE 



Pres. 



Imp. 



S. iTL&-Efl7]l 

D.-sps&ov, 
P. -ifj.8&a, 



2 Aor. 



Pres. 



Imp. 



S. TL&-8HCU 
D.-8US&0V, 

P. -euB&a, 



,-8(JCU-STai, 
8ff&OV,-8ff&OV, 
Sff&Sy SVTCtl. 



> y -8'JO-8TO, 
■S(T&0V-S(T&r t V t 
S(T&8, -8VTO. 



S. i&-s\urjv,- 

D.-8fl8&OV r 

P. -s(xs&a, - 



■8(10, -8TO, 

8cr&ov-8(T&r]v, 

8ff&8, -8VTO. 



TL&-8G0, (ov)-S(T&(0, 
-Sff&OVy -8(J&(t)Vy 

-sa&s, -ecr&covav, 



d-sao^d-ov^sa&W) 

&8ff&8y &Sff&(x)ffaV. 



TL&-8L(irp . 
-8l[l8&01 



&slfir i v 9 

&slfl8&OVy 



PASSIVE 



S. Ti&sfJiai—stTat, —etch, 

D.-8(i8&OV,-8<jd-OV-8(T&OV, 
P. -tfiS&Ot, -SG&E, -SVTOtl. 



Tl&-8(TO, (ov)-S(T&0i), TL&-8lflt]V, 
-8(T&OV, -8<T&(x)V, -slpS&OV, 

-scr&s, -sad- cod av. -sijis&a, 



S. iTi&-ipriv, -8ffO y -STOy 

D-S[18 fr0V,-Sffd-0V,-Sff&T]V, 

P. -ijAsd-Uy-sffdSy -svto. 



The other tenses are regularly formed from verbs in co. 



OF VERBS IN .117. 

VOICE. 



107 



.TIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 


INFIX. 


PART. 


-sir,;, -*//;. 
-elrjov, -f(/jr/ 


TI&-UI, -, -/?, 


Ti&-irai. 


Tt #-€*£. 










&tir t TOV, S(U,H t l, 


#di, djfc, Ajh 

ror, rh~ror, 


{Jthia. 


&ug. 



VOICE. 



-s7a&ov t -sia&qv, 
-eia&e, -ihio. 


-tone &oy,-t i (T^oy,-j t (jOoi , 
■ Wplfftg, -J,<J&f, -onrtd. 


Til/-£{j&ai. 


i&iixtvoq* 










-&ei(j&ov,&el(j&r l r J &b'mt&ov, ^t t (T&or y (tivttov, 
delude, delvTO duped-a, di^&e, dtivzat. \ 


deperog. 



VOICE. 



-tlTO, 



-ela&ov, -tiaxhpr, 
-ela&e, -utto. 



-cjfis&a, -r^&e, -mini. 



ri&dpsvog. 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on page 

llli 



108 



THIRD CONJUGATION 

ACTIVE 



Pres. 


S. did-copi, -cog, 

D. -OTOV, 


-cocrij 

-OTOV, 




P. -O t U8V, -OTB, 


-oven. 


Imp. 


S. idld-cov, -cog, 

D. -OTOV, 


-OTT]V, 




P. -OfiBV, -OTB, 


-OCTCtV. 



2dAo. 



Pres. 



Imp. 



2dAo, 



Pres. 



Imp. 



INDICATIVE. 



S. hd-cov, -cog, -co, 

D. -OTOV, -0T7]V, 

P. -0{lBV, -OTB, -OCTCAV. 



IMPERATIVE. 



dld-O&i, -OTC0, 

-otov, -otcov, 
-otb, -otcocjolv. 



dog (do&i), Fotco, 
docov, d OTCOV, 
cJotb, doTcoaav. 



did-oirjv, 
-oh\\iBV 9 



dolrjv, 
dolrjfiEV, 



MIDDLE 



S. dld-opou. 
D. -o^ib&ov, 

P. -OflB&CX, 



OCTCU, - 

-oa&ov,- 

Od&B, - 



OTOU, 

ocr&ov, 

OVTCXl 



S. idid-ofuriv, 
D. -ofiB-frov, - 
P. -6{iB&a, - 



-oo-o, 
oad-ov, 
oad-B, • 



-OTO, 
-OCT&7JV, 
OVTO. 



S. Bd-o^v, 

D. -OflB&OV, 

P. -ofiB&a, 



-0CT0, 
-OCT-d-OV) 

-ocr&B, - 



OTO, 

-oa&rjv, 

OVTO. 



dld-ocTo(ov),-6crd-co, 

-OCjd-OV-OCT&COV, 

-oct&b, -ocr&coaav. 



doao (doii), docr&co, 
doa&ov, doa&cov, 
docr&B, docr&cocrcxv. 



)id-ot,{it}V i 

-OLflB&OV, 
-olpB&CC, 



dolfitjv, 
dolpB&ov, 



PASSIVE 



S. dld-opai, -ocroti, -otou, 

D. -OflB&OV, -OCT&OV, -OCT&OV, 
P. -O^B&a, -OCT&B, -OVTCtl 



S. idid-6uriV,-ocro, -oto, 
D. -ofiBd-oVj -oa&ov, -ocj&riV, 

P. -OfjlB&a, -OCT&B, -OVTO. 



dld-ocjo(ov),-6cr&co,dtd-ol{ir}v, 



-OCJ&OV, -OCT&COV, 

-OCT&B, -ocr&cocrav. 



-oljlB&OV, 

-olfiB&a, 



The other tenses are regularly formed from verbs in 



OP VERBS IN ML 

VOICE. 




109 


-TIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. INFIN. 


PART. 


-o/tjc, -oitj, 

-0l)]T0V, -OlTjTlp'y 

-oirjtt, -oirpar (olev). 


did-6), -oj;, -o), 

-(x)TOVy —b)TOVy 

-o> ( un', -cTjff, -axil. 


did-ovui. 


didovg. 










doiqg, dob], 
dohjTtydoirjatn^doltr). 


duty dou\ Sy, 

donor, donor, 
do-fifv, don 8, dujai. 


dovroci. 


dovg. 











VOICE. 



~OlOy -OllO, 

-oia&ov, -olad'r i r, 
-o'io'&ty -olrro. 


did-uiu(ti, -oi, -cjifiiy 
-u\u£&ory-bjafrov,-b)a&or, 
-o)/xs&ay -ftkrtfo, -on'Tcti. 


dldotr&ai. 


di86fievoc 










dolo doliOy 
ddio&ov, doladr t v, 
doTa&e, dolrzo. 


dawai, do), (5ojt«/, 
do\uefroryddnj&ovyduja&ory 

db)fisd-U, d(t)CF&8y dbH'TOU. 


doad-ai. 


dofievog. 



VOICE. 



~OlO, -OtXOy 

-oTv&oVy -ola&rjv, 
-olv&e, -OtVTO. 



hd-b)U(ily -My bJTUl, bid QG fr CU . 

-diied'oy,-to0'd'ov ) -bjcr&ov t 
-aj ( u€#a, -wv&Fy -uvrai. 



didofisvog. 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on page 



110 GREEK LESSONS. 

FOURTH CONJUGATION OF VERBS IN m. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 



INDICATIVE. 



IMPERATIVE. 



ISF1N. 



Pr. 


S . £evyv-v(u-vg-v(Ti 


&vyv-v&i-vio) tpvyvvvm 




D. -VTOV-VTOV 


-VTOV-VTb)V PART. 




P. -v/jisp-vts -vcn. 


-vis- vrccaav. £svyvvg. 



Im.lS. e&vyv-vv-vg-v. D. i£evyv-vTOv-vir t v P. s ^evyv-vfisv-vrt 

I -vtrav. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 



Pr. 



S. &vyv-v[xai-v(j(u-VTcti 
D.-vfu&ov -va&ov-va&ov 
P.-vfis&a -vads -vvtu 



&vyv-v(io-i(T&(o £6vyvvcr&cu 
-va&ov-vcr&wv 
-VG&s-va&awav £svyvvfisvos. I 



Im. 



S.i^evyv-v^r i v-v(TO-VTol).-vfX£&ov-i'(j&oi'-va&? j i : P.i'iLis&a . 

-va&s-vrjo 



Study with the above the corresponding exercises on 
page 111. 

FORMATION OF THE TENSES OF VERBS IN Ml. 

ACTIVE VOICE. 

1. The Imperfect is formed from the present, by pre- 
fixing the augment and changing ui into v ; as, tUhqfu, I 

ilL&tjV. 

2. The Second Aorist is formed from the imperfect 
by dropping the reduplication; as, itithp p *%hp ; or by 
changing the improper reduplication into the augment ; 

aS, WTIjV, 8(TT7]V. 

MIDDLE AND PASSIVE VOICES. 

1. The Present is formed from the present active, by 
shortening the penult and changing /ut into /*ou ; as, 
uTTiyM, 'latoifioa. 



GREEK LESSONS. Ill 

2. The Imperfect is formed from the present, by pre- 
fixing the augment and changing /*«* into fffvj as, 

HIPDLI VHP 

3, Tic m the imperfect 

EXE U( I B B8 Off v B B i:s IN la 

I. 
uler the following lish. 

"/(j// / to ' 

tor wit ; : f/M/r, 

<jr/<: V" | a 

oriJfffTai; en 

; 

: n; u6 
n&jl ; $7Jti : 

: b*L 
<Sawi : ttdwrt : <\ 
^i5w j Aoi?j dovrai] dog] dorttaar] tti W. 

I 

IRREGULAR OR DEFECTIVE VERBS IN MI. 

These may be divided into three classes, each 
containing three 

I. From to) are derived $lml : to be : Hfu and u,ui, 
to go. . 



112 GREEK LESSONS. 

II. From tea are derived tiftu^ to send; r^a^to sit; 
sifiai, to clothe one } s self. 

III. Ksifiai, to lie doion ; Varjfii, to know ; cpr^l, to say 

CLASS I. 

1. Mpi, to be. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
Singular. Dual. Plural. 

Pres. £i[xi, us or £t, ectti, j iarov, egtqv, \ i<j\dv, earl, eiai, 

Imp. rjv, *??, rj Or rjv, | ijrov, rjrrjv^ \ riuev, r\it, r)aav. 

Ftlt. ea-ofxaij -rj, -erai y \ -o^eBov, -eaOov, -£adov, \ -ofxeda, -£crd£,-ovTai. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
Pres. faQi Or iao, I'orw, J larov, ecttcov, | Zgte, scrrcocav. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 
Pres. fifijv, rirjSi ^rj, £t/?roj/, eiqrrjv, | eiripev, ur]T£, urjcy/. 

Fut. iaoi-jiriVy -0, -to, \ -jjieOov, -adov, -oftqv, \ -[Jizda, -ad£, -pro. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Pres. c5, rjs, rj, i) T °v } rjrov, \ co^ei/, r}r£ } u>ai. 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 
Pres. avai. Fut, ia£adai. 

PARTICIPLE. 
Pres. coV, ovca } ov. Fut. iaouwos^ r\ y ov, 

2. Lifii, to gO. 
INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Singular. Dual. Plural. 

Pres. cfyi, us or u, uci, | Xtov, fro*, | Tjt£v % Its, etiere, iai or r«ri 

ira^?. miv, wis, fat, | ^trav, fciVgv, | tjsuuv, i'jcite, fj£iaav. 

Future, rfcco. First Aorist. uo-a. Perfect, uko.. 

Plup. uk -uv, -£ts, -£i, -£iroi/, '£ir)iv, | -upev, -are, -£t<ra»>. 

2rf w^or. Xov, us, u, uror, ierrjv, | topur, Xete, Xov. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
Pres. 161 or a, i'ra), | i'rov, i'rcoi/, I ? r e # i'rwaav. 

2d .#0r. fe, ifirai, j taw, ilnty, | Ut£, itTwaav. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



113 



OPTATIVE MOOD. 
2d AOT. hipty &Mfj hi. j ioitoij ioirrjv. | toi^cv t Totrf, ioicv* 



Singular. 
2dAor. U , 

I mini i in i:. 
Pres. ifi 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Dual. 

T). j ITJTOI) \t,tov. 



Plural. 



PARTICIPLE. 

i M, id* 



CLA8S II. 

1. '//,<//, to tend. 

INDICATITI MOOD. 



r tlar. 



Dual. 



Pres. 1//U-, ir,,-, 1ft -ok. | 

\st Fut. ijo-cu, (((, «. | r .», (f 

\>t Apr. |w. I Per/ J««. | 

, ij. | Itjv, Irrjv. 



Plural. 
if/ifv, itn, IcTat. 
'itptV) 'en, u<rav. 
trc, ova i. 
PI up. (faggjr. 



«/""> 



trf, taav. 



Pres. u9i, 

2d Aor 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

| icrov, Utdv. I 

Itov, tra>v. trc, 



OPTATIVE MOOD. 
Pres. kfap, i?, *« i™*, ♦>*»« 

ls£ .Fl/f. ucroifil. 



CT(t>cav. 



r\rt 9 rjaav. 



«pcr, 

Perf. u<oifii. 
riper, t]Tc, r\cav. 



JUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Pres. l<3, lJ}f, iy, , Eftrir. | fay/ci/, bfrif 

Perf. civ-w, 7j?, tj. j ijror, i7rov. | Gtyit*', 7/rc, 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 
Pres. liven. 15* Fu£. (Vst* 

Per/. dotal, 2<Z .2ar. c'vat. 



tCJffl. 



114 GREEK LESSONS. 

PARTICIPLES. 
Pres. his, Ultra, Uv. \st Fut. j'loxdi', rjaovca, fcov. 

Ptrf. elucoSf eUiua, uxog, | 2d Aor. els, daa, Iv, 

MIDDLE VOICE. 

INDICATIVE MOOD, 
Singular. Dual. Plural. 

Pres. 'Ufxai, aai, rat, \ u£Bov, cBov, crdov. | [xeQa, c0£ t vrat. 

Imp. ( U-jJLr)u, ao, to. | [xeOov, crdov,<rdriv. \ fxeda, ade, vro. 

1st Put. fta-opai, rj,£rat. | SjuBaVf £aBov f eadov. \ 6fie9a f cads, ovrai. 

1st Aor. f)K-dur)v, w, tiro. | ajisdoVfiKjQoVy'icrQriv. | a^zBa, aaB£, avro, 

2d Aor. 'iprjv, 'iao, Iro. | Ijl£Bov, ei.6ov f 'iadrju. J ZjuBa, £&&£, Ivro, 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
2d Aor. Zjo and ov f ejBoi. | laBov^ liOojv. I l-s9e i eo-Ouxrav. 

OPTATIVE MOOD. 

1st Fut. rjaoi-fj.rjv, o, to. | jue9ov } cBov, aOrjv* | juc&i, ade, vro, 

2d Aor. ci-^ryi', o, to. | juttW, adovj aBrjv. J //£t9a, <r0£, vro, 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
2d Aor. co//ai, ?}, ^rai. | (li^Bcv^iaQovfljdov. | u)fi£da } i]j9£ } covrai, 

INFINITIVE MOOD. 
1st Fut. facoOai. | 2d Aor. IjBai. 

PARTICIPLES. 

1st Put. rjaopcv-os, rj f ov. 2d Aor. luzv of, tj } ov. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

w The Present and Imperfect are like those of the Middle voice 

Singular. Dual. Plural, 

Perf. duai) cat, rat. J ^BoVy cBoi', cBov. J p£$a, a0£, vrai, 

Plup. u-urji'j CO, TO y | jX£BoVy cBov y o-Br]v. I jU£0a, o-fe, vro, 

P. P. Fut. eicopai. \ 1st Aor.eBrjv^nd dBnv* | 1st Fut, Idr/copai. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



115 



i.MPr.iiATivr: MOOD. 
Ptrf. tlcoy cIcOu). | elcQov, tlzQuv. u</0£, cUOucav. 

•J. Ifnui, to ft/, 

IN'Kli ATlVi: MOOD. 
ulur. Plural 

PrCS. Jjfi i >oy. I ijjijffl i. 

Imp. tjlirjl', Tl<50 } I- ':-, TfVTO, 



Pr«t, 



IMl'li: \ I 1\ I. M(K>D. 



r\oO(jioav. 



INI IM 1 !\ K. 
Pre*. 



I' MM K I! 



(I. 188 III 

Sin^iihn. nil. 

/my;. t<p-nv, »K, »?• | arov, 

lj| t"ut. - . <<>, rt. j frof, 

'/'. tipnva, | oroi-, arfjr. 

I.MIM i: \ I I\ 1. MOOD 
PTCS. 0ad() 



<pafitv } ^nr.'j <j,aai. 
MV, «'ind a 

a/u. . ay. 






^arGHxav. 



OPTAT1T1 M 

Pre*. f fl f.„„, *> „. I „™, tnrr. I W "*■ n ° av * 

1 I /iiv, re, iv. 

1st Aor. <pfia~aifii, ais^at. | atrovj airrjy. | ai/i£»', a<rf, auv, 



.HXCTIVE MOOD. 



INFIMTIVi:. 
Pres. <payat. 
1st Aor. 6i\oai. 

2d Aor. $nvai. 



PARTICIP! 
Pres. 0uj, <pdaaj <pav. 
1st Fut. (pfiauv. 
1st Aor. Qnaas, 



116 



GREEK LESSONS. 
MIDDLE VOICE. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 
Singular. Dual. Plural. 

Pres. &a~na() aai, rat. J ^eSi)v y cBov aBov. | fxsBa^ cde t vrai. 

Imp. E$a'ftrj* t co y to. | juBoV) oQov, crdrjv. | psOu, o-0c, vro. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
Pres. £>acr-a), do). 6ov t 6u)v. $£) Qomtolv. 



INFINITIVE. 
Pres. (pdaOai. 



PARTICIPLE. 
Pres. i&pew-osi rj y ov. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

INDICATIVE. IMPERATIVE. 

Perf. irifpauat^ ire fatal. vcdacdw. 



INFINITIVE. 

Perf. TTE<pacQou. 



PARTICIPLE. 
Perf. -epao-fih-og, 77, 



DERIVATION OF VERBS. 

1. Verbs in cdrw, are derived both from nouns and ad- 
jectives ; those in i?ro>, from adjectives alone ; they sig- 
nify the imparting of the quality of their primitives. 

GREEK. LATIN. 

AsTfxa, danaivco ; terror, terreo ; 

Avfxrj, Xvpaivto ; vitiutn, vitio ; 

IXspas, Trepaivco ; finis, finio ; 

E^a, a^uauw ; signum, signo ; 

KorAo?, Koi\aiv(ji ; cavus, cavo ; 

Kparvg, Kparvvu) ; robustus, roboro ; 

'H<fo, hSvvu ; sua vis, suavio ; 

For examples of verbs in aivco and vrw, from adjectives, see 
page 41. 

2. Verbs in eta and svco, are derived both from nouns 
and adjectives, and signify the condition or action of their 
primitives. They may be rendered by placing / am 
before the primitive. 



ENGLISH. 

a fright, to frighten, 
vice, to vitiate. 
an end, to end. 
a sign, to sign, 
hollow, to hollow, 
strong, to strengthen, 
sweet, to sweeten. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



117 



GREEK. 

r A.d\os i dO: 



LATIN 

lito ; 



BHGLISH. 

love. 
■ fight, to fight 

a ruler, to I 

a kii _u. 

. ant, to serve. 

t as a 

k ii : _ 

3. Verba in im are 

an<l - be primitive, 

I. \ : 

. t<> m;ike war. 

punishment, t<> pan- 

nud 

:ild 
\\ n, to OTOWIL 

4. ; both from Doom 
and i of the thini 

n ri(I,rt/i_ if prijniti 

brraed firom proper d wbjeetion or 

unit a* 



! ! 



GKK 
EAX/;> , 

6. Desiderativ 

o-f/o), and are fo 
primitives. 

GRLI K 

■xrei'O } 
l^Xacj, ycXiffcia) ; 
I I ', ya^tr\aci<o \ 

IIoXfM 



Lai, 
judicium, judioo ; judgment, to judge, 
umbri, uiuhi 

pirns, purifieoj pore, topurif 

ii u •<. fin i bound, I 

I P ihilippiso. 

/.e or 

unit 

(or th<* na terminate in 

rmed from the future in ctoj of their 



L4T1 

esurio ; 
. ri-urio ; 
nubo, nuptfl 

bello, bellatur.u ; 



: i s ii . 
. to wish to eat. 
la, M inula. 

ry »* marry, 
to war, u war. 



6. Frequentative verbs are formed from their primi- 
tive verbs by changing the termination into ix*w, and i&k 



118 



GREEK LESSONS. 



GREEK. LATIN. ENGLISH. 

'Pirrrw, pinrd^oi ; jacio, jactito ; to throw, to throw 

often. 

Erevo), aTtvifa ; gemo, gemito ; to groan, to groan 

often. 

AiVfcj, otrtfw; posco, poscito ; to ask, to ask often. 

Kpcifa), xpavyafa ; clarno, clamito ; to cry, to cry often. 

7. Inceptive verbs are formed from the second per- 
son of the indicative active of their primitives, by adding 

7.(0. 

GREEK. LATIN. ENGLISH. 

OiSsw, otdiaKw ', tumeo, tumesco ; to swell, to begin to 

swell. 

Teveiao), yevsidaKu ', pubeo, pubesco ; to bloom, to begin to 

bloom. 

Trjpaa), yripaaKu ', seneo, senesco ; to be old, to begin to 

be old. 



ADVERBS. 



An Adverb is a word joined to a verb, an adjec- 
tive, or another adverb to express some modification 
or circumstance ; as, @alvsi Pgadito?, he goes slowly. 

1. Adverbs derived from adjectives compared by -tsooq 
and -zdrog, form their degrees of comparison by chang- 
ino* -o$ into -wg] as aoqxag, aocpwTsowg, aoqmdTbjg, from 
o-oqpoc. 

2. Adverbs in ojg, derived from adjectives compared 
by -loyv and -IvTog, take the neuter singular for their 
comparative, and the neuter plural for their superlative, 
as alcr/owg, ala/lov, ala/iaTu, from ala/gog. 

3. Prepositional adverbs form their comparative by 
-T8ow and the superlative by-T«rw; as, Ixvo), arom'ow, 
avcordroj. 

4. Adverbs of place are generally derived from nouns : 
ending in a, «*, si, oi, ov, crt, &a, &i, /j], and /or, they de- 
note the place where; in dt, fe, and as the place 
whither ; and in &s, and &sr, the place whence. 



GREEK LESSONS. 119 

WHERE. WHITHER. WHENCE. 

*E«r, there, :, thither, cxciOiv, thence. 

Oikoi, at home, -. homcic ir<h\ oUoQcv,from home. 

'Adijvrioi, at Athens, 'Afl^a^ , tC . it!u ns, * Ad f\vt]B cv.fr om Athens. 

Ovpavodt, in Heaven. < Won -:. to Heaven, ( >/,:.■:. .from Heaven. 
*Avw, aboee % njnrurds avuOa , from above. 

5. Some indefinite adverbs, that begin with a vowel, 
become Interrogative^ bj prefixing r, and Redditivesby 
prefixing r : u folio* 

IMM iimti.s. INTKRBOOAT1YE9. K I i»i»i I i VES. 

: CM long as. so long. 

////"- [ : then. 

11 j win , ij J //h/-< . 

Jhi/.u; whtn. mtpUui j '/'//• rn/'xu; //^ ;/. 
v Od*r: win nee. 

i : mftf. Amp fanj j fib n. 

b //. >Jk // / : //// PI. 

mb n . roi : Hk w . 

: 10& rv . ro3 : tin 

OU p : Aotp. ; : Ito/r f : : thus. 

: ?/•//< m . it i ; witrc f 
c Ooaxt^ j //wr o/ite/i. jroaaxKj /"" /- ?/fc W fT<xra*i$ : so often. 

thus. : how t . : thus. 

Sl\ wherefore. : wherefore? to/ : t lun fore. 

PREPOSITIO> - 

A Preposition is a word set before a noun to ex- 
press its relation to something else. 

1. There are eighteen prepositions, which govern the 
following cases : 

B. IvtI, wo, It or ($, 7iq6) govern the Genitive case. 

3. *E» and oiv crovern the Dative case. 

4. eU or eg governs the Accusative. 

5. 3 Avd governs the Accusative, and sometimes the 
Dative with the poets. 

6. J id, x«tu, wwp, govern the Genitive and Accusative. 



120 i GREEK LESSONS. 

7. Jfiopl, irtl, fiETa, naqa, negl, ngog, vtio, govern the 
Genitive, Dative, and Accusative. 

The following tables contain the principal meanings 
of the different prepositions, with their Latin equivalents. 

I. THOSE GOVERNING ONE CASE. 

'Avri, pro ; Gen. before, against, instead of,' for. 
'And, ab ; " from, after, at, by reason oj, with, on. 
'Ek, ex ; " out of, from, from the midst of, after. 
Ilpo, ante ; " before, for, in behalf of, in preference to, 
'Ei/, in ; Dat., in, among, at, on, during, with, by. 
Evv, cum; " with, besides, at, during, on the side of 
Eij 5 in ; Ace, into, to, towards, among, about, before. 

II. THOSE GOVERNING TWO CASES. 

'Ava, inter ; Ace, among, through, up, along, upon, during. 

" Dat. for £;, with Ionic and Doric poets ; in, among, with. 
Aid, per ; Gen. through, by, with, among, near, along. 

" propter; Ace, because of, by means of, by, through. 
Kara, versus ; Gen., at, against, upon, through, by. 

" secundum ; Ace, according to, during, in, among, through. 
'Yirsp, super or pro ; Gen , above, in behalf of y for, beyond. 

" super; Ace, above, against, over, superior to, exceeding, 

III. THOSE GOVERNING THREE CASES. 

'A/x^t, de ; Gen., for, concerning, about, by, on account of. 

" circum ; Dat v around, about, with, near, upon, against. 

" circa ; Ace, about, to, for, in consequence of, because of. 
'Etti, in, ad ; &e; Gen., in, on, at, towards, in case of, in time of 

" propter ; Dat., on condition of, for, upon, after, in addition to. 

" super ; Ace, upon, against, over, towards, about, among. 
Mcrd, cum ; Gen., with, among, by, by means of, against. 

" per ; Dat., amongst, through, in, with, by, by reason of. 

" trans ; Ace, beyond, after, besides, against, to. 
Tlapd, ab ; Gen., from, of, near, by, hard by. 

" apud ; Dat., at, with, to, in, towards, near. 

" praeter ; Ace, beyond, contrary to, towards, along, besides* 
Uepi, de ; Gen., of, about, concerning, for , from, above. 

" circum ; Dat., about, on, for, through, by. 

" erga; Ace, about, towards, against, opposite to. 
Hpos, per, injurando; Gen., by, of, from, against. 

" ad ; Dat., to, with, in addition to : besides. 

" apud ; Ace, with, on account of, towards, according to* 
'Yn6. ab ; Gen., from, under, by, for, with, to. 

" ' sub ; Dat. under, near, close to, before, by. 

" ad ; Ace, at, about, to, under, behind. 



GREEK LESSONS. 121 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

A Conjunction is an indeclinable part of speech, 
which joins words and sentences together, and 
thereby shows their dependence on one another. 

Conjunctions may be divided into the following 
classes. 

1. Copulative ; as, tmi, rf, Poet. rjSe, and, neither, nor. 

2. Disjunctive ; as, 9, Poet, ft, or ; p*&, p#ifi otic, ovrc. 

3. Conccssire ; as, * 1. , rafo*, fl/*<i //, although. 

4. Adversative; 11 /'ut, which 
answer- to t indtedi Sfuxilpnts, rtheless. 

5. Causatirc : . 1, because; ',rt.that, because; 

. since, for M much as. 

6. Illative; as, i/p.i, therefore; Jidrrtp, wherefore ; 

thcrfjorc. 

7. Final ; as, T»u, fyf«, fro*, ur, /A«f, Ml orr/er fW. 

8. Cojidit'oiial ; as, tf, , //*. 

9. Potential: as, u, Poet. «#, »n, in rendering which, use is 
commonly made of may, eojti might, could, would, or should 

10. Erplctic : <,ir<L % 
/$<i, ro/, which are not easily translated, but have a peculiar ex- 
pression, the loss of which would be discovered by a judge of the 
niceties of Greek composition. 

INTERJECTIONS. 

An Interjection is an indeclinable part of speech, 
thrown in between the parts of a sentence, to express 
a sudden and irregular passion, or affection; ac- 
cordingly, 

Interjections express 

Rejoicing : as, lov, Uo. Condemning ; as, w, <j>tv, 

Grieving ; as, iov, c5 and t5. Admiring ; as, w, (tafiai^ -rrairai* 

Laughing ; as, 3, 3. Deriding ; as, fef, o, <5. 
Bewailing ; as, af, oT, b*, ororoT. Calling ; as, u>. 

Wishing ; as, tf, ci0£. Enjoining silence ; as, ^, ^. 

Rejecting : as, a7rayc. Threatening ; as, owu. 

Praising ; as, a a, cvyf. Raging ; as, n/or. 

6 



SYNTAX. 



Syntax teaches us the proper arrangement of 
words in sentences. Every sentence contains one 
proposition or several propositions. 

1.. Each proposition or statement consists of a Sub- 
ject and a Predicate, 

2. The subject is that of which something is affirmed 
or stated ; the predicate is that which expresses the 
affirmation, or what is stated of the subject. 

1. Thus in the proposition HaTs 6t\el, the boy loves, iraTg is the 
subject and $i\eZ the predicate. 

3. The subject, and the predicate, taken singly, are 
said to be Grammatical; but when taken with the 
words that modify them, are said to be Logical. 

1. Thus in the proposition Erpizriajrat IfLaiaapos ipd%ovro i<r%vpto' 
rarois, the soldiers of C&sar fought most valiantly : crpaTL^rai is 
the grammatical subject, arqaruorat K.aiaa?os. the logical subject; 
inax.ovro, is the grammatical predicate, and hpayovro iV^ocordro)?, 
the logical predicate. 

4. The subject and the predicate are also said to be 
Simple or Compound, as they consist of a simple subject 
or predicate, or of several connected together. 

1. Thus in the phrase "HXlos dviar^ai, the sun rises, the subject 
and the predicate are both simple ; but in the phrase, "rlXf«?V«i 
cE\rjvrj dviaraai nal XafxTTovcri, the sun and moon rise and shine, both 
the subject and the predicate are compound. 

5. There are two parts in Syntax, Concord and Gov- 
ernment. 

6. Concord is when one word agrees with another. 

7. Government is when a word governs a certain case. 

OF CONCORD. 

CONCORD IS FOURFOLD. 

1. Of a Substantive with a Substantive: 

2. Of an Adjective with a Substantive. 



GREEK LESSONS. 

3. Of a Relative with an Antecedent, 

4. Of a Verb with its Nominative. 



123 



RULE I. 

Xouns signifying the same thing, and placed in 

apposition, agree in case ; as, 

Hm , Paul the Apo>tlc said. 

1. One of the substantives is sometimes understood ; as 'A<x- 
jvaym o Kri^ipou (n L<tyu<res the son ^f Cyazares. 

i. 

' /o//,r OtTrOTTMr xr<< Tt'Ao,' to/?/ 6 

7or ./io,' ra7 r 5 (5*<5«'(jx*t fit /OQtitir. 

<I>i/.(»T<>tfoi y.().oi(Ti -iia, utott, yi,i\ 1 faty (/ro//?7a. 

£JprwaTI 

II. 

Cyrus made him steward. / tio). 

They appoint Washington Ka&fonyn o Outcnjiyyiwrio; 

commander of the forces. I tnqaTqybs durafug. 
Homer appears to me I Of i/i doxiu) u pb uv- 

have made his men g(uls. fyonros #jo^ .to<h,j. 
Atrides, king of men, and \iTouS) ir \ avai aritf v.uX diog 



the noble Achilles quar- 
relled. 



L-//*//.uy fQt'^b). 



RULE II. 

Adjectives agree with the nouns which they de- 
scribe in number, gender, and case: as, 

urijo (ctjI iixaux, r\ yiyr t xalrj, the man is just, 
the woman fair. 

1. This rule applies also to the Article, Adjectives, Pronouns, 
and Participles. 

9 The masculine article is sometimes placed with a feminine 
noun in the dual ; as, r£ yvrmtn, the two women. 



124 GREEK LESSONS. 

I. 

Aixaiai y.itl altjd-ircu rialr of odol aov, 10 fiuaiXtv tg5j> ay low, 
~xv&ai fioyfiaoov to t&rog, uvdgnoi rial xal [iv/ipoi. 
JB itrij r t odog tailv ? / mtayov&a rig r?,r Jco?^*. 
&Qtjp aya&r, i* tio aojuj acx (.ioltl ur&gcj^ov tail /.leyiaior iv 

ihi/laTO). 
'PododuxTiXot Trag&iroL It nor oivov igv&obv in xgvajct'/j.i- 

vm' xgui^gm'. 

II. 

The boy has red wine in 

gold cups. 
The maidens had red roses 

in their fair hands. 
What o'clock is it? one? 



two ? or three ? 
Mountains at a distance ap- 
pear smooth, but near, 
rough and rucked. 



nulg tyu egvfrgog oirog i* 

ygvaeog xgui^o. 
\) naidiaxti tyo) tgv&gbg gudov 

ip levxog yrig. 
JJoaog toga tifii; ngojiog ; 

dsvitoog ; Tgizog ; 
c O bgog Tioogcnd-tv cpalvoftai 

icioc. iyyidrv da Tgayvg. 



RULE III. 

The Relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent 
in gender and number, but its case depends on the 
construction of the sentence; as, 

*£ym Tzt'tgHui og inoltjaa,! am present, who did it. 

I. The Relative is oft- n attracted into the case of its antece- 
dent, as, 'Ev rati vavoiv aij (a$) tl-^c ; in the ships which he had. 

I. 

- laxl Oriog og jov ovgavuv Tf STtV$l ual tip yrr. 
Oizoq iaily ixihog o (fnko<roq>og ov r yvri] fori ZuLvSiriTn]. 
O Jf(jax)S ( g tit'teat dojdexa uO/.ovg, o'vg 6 Ligia&evg ngoa- 

izuU' 
Llalv ta/ujoi at iaovxixL tiqojtoi, xul rial tiqojtol o l l laovxai 

tayuioi. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



125 



IT. 



God who is in Heaven, be- 
holds all things. 

These are the laws which 
Lycurgus established. 

The labors which Eurysthe- 
us imposed, were severe. 

He was the true light which 
enlightens every one that 
comes into the world. 



Oog og iv oigavbg tlfit bgaca 

nag. 
Ode etyu o rouog og b Avxovg- 

yog ti%h]ju. 

c O afrlog b; Evovcrdshg ngoa- 

Taacrcx) siul /aXsnog. 
El (it 6 qwg 6 aXrftivbg bg qpw- 

ti^o) nag ig'/b^svog elg 6 

Ttoafiog. 



RULE IV. 

A verb agrees with its nominative case in number 
and person ; as, 
*Ey<h TV71TOJ, iTv Tvnrsig, I smite, thou smitest. 

1. A neuter plural generally takes a verb in the singular; as, 
*Opea irccjje, the mountains trembled. 

2. An adjective used as a noun, the infinitive mood with the 
article prefixed, or part of a sentence, may be used as tne nom- 
inative of a verb. 

I. 

At Movvai /J log v.a\ Mvrjfioavvrjg &vyarsgsg sivai XsyovTai. 
Ta advvaxa tov av&gcojiov sot* dvvaia ngog tov Osov. 
Th) av&gwnw ay /skiers tov Avy.ovgyov sivai iv tw avwysa. 
c Hdv fisv sail 'AQvcria)Mvr]V d^aXao-a^v anb Tr t g yr t g to bgav, 
3 Ev ag/ji r t v b Xoyog, xal b Xoyog 7,v ngbg tov Osbv, v.a\ Osbg 
ijV b Xoyog. 

II. 



The wages of sin is death. 

The two stewards were 
then in the palace. 

I am the way, the truth and 
the life. 

We are the friends of all 
good men. 



c O bipm'iov 6 a^iagrla sifxl 

davajog. 
c O ja^iiag iv o fiaalXsiov tots 

sijxL 
Ey(x) sifit o ooog, xat o aKr\-. 

■&sia xal b fiiog, 
Eyw nag aya&og av&gwnog 

(fllog slfil. 



126 



GREEK LESSONS. 



RULE V. 

The subject of the Infinitive Mood is in the Ac- 
cusative case ; as, 

OitToii tov (pilouocpov v[iaQT(xvsiv, he thinks that the 
philosopher errs, 

1. This subject-accusative is generally preceded by verbs of 
information; as, to know, to hear, to think, to learn, etc. Its sign 
is that. 

i. 

Ol AlyvTiTioi tov i\liov xcu tjjv aslrjvrjV frsovg sivai Ityovoi. 
Ol cpiXoaocpoi Xiyovac tov i]Xiov xal tijv asXrjvrjV, xal tu bmf- 

Toot ilvai xoouovg oixsTOvg. 
*AoicrTOT&fo]g I'iprj Tag gi'£(xg Ttjg Tiaidelag sivai nixgag, yXvxeig 

ds Tobg xagnovg. 
"Aytg ap?/, Tovg Aaxedaiftovlovg ovx igcoTav, Tioaoi uolv, 

alXa nov elalv ol noX£[iioi, 



II. 



Plato says that speech is an 

image of the soul. 
God has said, that the hopes 

of the wicked are vain. 
Pindar said, that hopes were 

the dreams of persons 

awake. 
Epaminondas said, that 

death in battle is most 

glorious. 



nhxTMV cptjfil, Xoyog slfil &V- 

dwXov, 6 ipv/i]. 
Oebg Xsyco 6 ilnlg 6 Tiovijobg 

eiul [lajiiiog. 
Hlvdagog Xiyw o ekitlg slpl 

eygrjyogog ivvjzviov. 

^ETza^iLVOJv^ag )Jya 6 iv noXt- 
fiog xravaxog eif.il xodog. 



RULE VI. 

Substantive verbs, verbs of naming and gesture, 
have the same case after them as before them ; as, 

<t>do7iovov £wov ecrxl fiigpog, the ant is a laborious ani- 
mal. 

I. 

Otjo-avgog fieyag iaTtv aya&og <fi?»og. 



GREEK LESSONS. 127 

yhubg, Xoifibg xul 7ioXffiog Xuov tial Xoiyog. 

0COJ?) iyivsxo in jr)grs(fiXr t g, Xiyovou, oiiog lanv 6 vlog fiov 

o uyu^r^og. 
lltolurdoog, ((JMTtj&elg, il itjilv iXevfreolu, sintr, ctya&t} 

(Tvitld^aig. 
To yuo (pooi'ijuu tov auny.bg h/u &uvuiog • to de qroon^ua 

lot wrivfmog jOj/, y.ul tl^rpn^ 



II. 

The light of the body is the 

eye. 
The possessions of virtue 

alone are enduring. 
His food was locusts and 

wild hoi ; 

The best form ol govern- 
ment is democracy. 



'0 Xvyvog u aajf.tu stul o 09- 

• iiog. 
( () y.i ptff) uurog /Sfi- 

iog tin!. 

tin] u/.mg xal 

lU/.UHU Hul b 

■ lilt. 



RULE VII. 

Two or more nouns taken togetl dire the 

verb, adjecti i b i in the plural ; taken 

singly, they require the singular; a 

SmtQanfi y.ul zip* * r]<juv q iXouoqoi, Socrates and Zeno 
were philosapki r>. 

1. When the now .' different gen- 

M ifl tuline gender is preferred to the Feminine, and the 
Feminine to the Neuter. 

3. When they are of different pel rt person takes 

the precedence of the Second, and the Second of the Third. 

1. 

*Hauv o^uoi' —/'/now IltTQog, y.ul OcouC/g, y.ul Xu&uvurjX. 

To jafjxog, y.ul to 7iZaro£, xul to vipog Jt t g noXtojg I'cra iaxiv. 

Nw db (AS9U Jiujxig, f/.nlg, uyunr^, iu roia ' fuifarP ds tov- 

twv 7] uyum r 
Ovts vyog oiie Su&og. ovte rig xilaig kxiga dvv?]a£iou f^ag 

ZQjglaui uno Ti\g uyuxr t g tov Otov. 



128 



GREEK LESSONS. 



II. 



Socrates and Plato were 

wise. 
The man and the woman 

are good. 
The mother and daughter 

were beautiful. 
I, thou, and John will be 

honorable men. 



C 2(x)XQMTT]g 7CCU O IlX(XTb)V 

dpi ao(p6g. 
ari]Q y.al o yvvi\ uyot&og 

c O {ir)Tf}<) xoil o &v/(xt7)Q slfil 

xaXog. 
°£yh), Y.ou crv, xal Icovtvvrjg 

av&Qcmog xaXbg sifii. 



GOVERNMENT OF NOUNS. 

RULE VIII. 

One noun governs another in the Genitive, when 
it limits its meaning ; as, 

To xQctiog uQSTijg icru [isyn, great is the power of virtue. 

1. An adjective after the neuter gender, taken as a noun, also 
governs the genitive ; as, to Xonrdv fyupas, ^ lG rest of the day. 

I. 

Aovdoplxog fpiXuniog icnl ftotaiXsvg tojv TaXax&v. 

O Oebg twv nvniowv r^ioiv rj/eipsv '/rjfrovv. 

OipfToti 7iuo~a tragi try Gb)Ti]olav tov Osov. 
JIoXXol uvfroomoi TQantfyg, bXiyoi u.Xr\%uag ylXoi ual. 
AyyeXog KvqIov dux jr\g vvxibg tjvol^s rag &vgag t% qpvXaxTJg. 



II. 



Victoria is Queen of Great 

Brit i n. 
The great gifts of fortune 

bring anxiety. 
The wisdom of this world is 

folly with God. 
The splendor of the sacred 

Scriptures expels the 

darkness of the mind. 



BixTtoQia 6 PaulXiGdot tlfil 

Msyag Bo mar la. 
c O fieyag dojgov 6 tv/t] t/(t) 

q)oftog. 
c O (Tocpla 6 xoapog ovrog [KoqIm 

ttuqu Osbg tifiL 
NtcpiXr} (f,Q7]V avyrj 6 ayiog 

yorxcpj] diojxw. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



129 



RULE IX. 



A noun joined to another noun, to express a 
quality or circumstance, is put in the Genitive ; as. 

3 EvtI avrjo fuydirjg ds'^LOTijiog, he is a man of great ad- 
dress. 



^uoy.gaxrjg 6 JZaKpqorlcry.ov vlbg r { v cpiXocroopog aliviiag cpgevog. 
KouiXlva r\v uv&gwrcog fisyaXov xorasog te ygsvog ts crojpaxog. 
EXivi] ij MevsXaov uXo/og Xeyexoa tivtu yvvr { y.aXXeog XafiTigov. 
<PlXi7z.7iog 6 (jacufavg xwv May.sdovojv i\v axgaxr t ybg i9m'/ia- 

0"!% dE'iWT?]TOg. 



II. 



The rose is a flower of 
pleasant, odor. 

The sun is a luminary of 
great splendor. 

Plato was a man of excel- 
lent virtue. 



°0 godov 6 av&og slul %(xgUig 

OCTfJ,?]. 

c O r,Xiog 6 cpojg tl(U fii/ag 

XlXflUQOTtjg. 

nXdcTwv arm f/tu aya&og 
agsTTj. 



GOVERNMENT OF ADJECTIVES. 

RULE X. 

Verbal adjectives, and such as signify an affection 
or action of the mind, govern the Genitive ; as, 
^Aaxgovojilag I'fiJieigog el, you are skilled in astronomy, 
1. Under this rule are comprised adjectives signifying desire, 
aversion, knowledge, ignorance, care, fur getfulness, and the like, 
with participials, especially those compounded of a and ev. 



Oi av&QcoTioi fjaav anctldsvToi ttJc agexrjg xal rr t g ttoXiteIccq. 
c O (Haadsvg xwv Maxedorcov r(v spjisigog xrjg Tspfjg %r\g 

(TTQctTriylrjg. 
MeXafiixovg doxsi liol t% ftwlag ovx eivou adaqg aXX 

I'fiTxeigog. 

6* 



130 



GREEK LESSONS. 



c fiaaiXslg tjv nagavxsvavTixbg twv stg tov noXsfiov xal 

TlOglcTTMOQ TWV TQOtyOdV. 

II. 



Catiline was versed in simu- 
lation and dissimulation. 

He was not unacquainted 
with the plastic art. 

The ancient philosophers 
were ignorant of the true 
God. 



KotTlXlVa si fit 8(J,7TSlQOg TS 

VTioxQicng xal elgavsla. 
Ovx tifil adar t q TS/vrj nXacr- 

Tixog. 
c O naXaiog cpdoaocpog slul 

ayvoyg b Osog 6 aXrj&wog. 



RULE XI. 

Adjectives signifying plenty or want, govern the 
Genitive; as, 

xgaTr,g oivov nXsog scftI, the cup is full of wine. 

1. Adjectives of value, dignity, worth, and their contraries, 
also govern the Genitive. 

2. Adjectives of power, eminence, superiority, participation^ 
and their contraries, in like manner govern the genitive. 

i. 

H Xluvr\ iaxl fisyaXr] xal fia&sia xal nXrjgr t g l/frvav. 
At GTkyou cplXwv I'grjuou tcov ds xXetttwv TtXsai slalv. 
c O ^wxg dxijg xaXbg Tijir t g a^iog r\v uaXXov r\ &avdxov. 
2T&opavog nXrjg^g %dgiTog xal dvvd/AScog sttoIei rigara xal 
(rrjfisla [isyaXa iv tw Xao). 



II. 



Life is full of trouble and 
anxiety. 

The laborer is worthy of 
his hire. 

All men are not then wor- 
thy of a crown. 

All things are full of fear 
in his eyes. 



Blog 7iXf)gr}g slfil b o%Xog xal 

cpofiog. 
*A$iog yag b igy aT7jg b picr&og 

avTog slfil. 
Ovx dnag diddrma a^iog tots 

slfil. 
17ag cpofiog nXzog alxog h 

opfia sipi. 



GREEK LESSONS. 131 

RULE XII. 

Partitives, interrogative*, indefinites, numerals, 
comparatives, and superlatives, govern the Genitive 
plural; as, 

Ttq /uttdf.iLtiv Kaorpt a certain one of his disciples was 
there. 

1. The comparative degree governs the genitive, whose sign 
is than. 

c O diduaxrdog (Toquuenog iml tol uuOtjov tciiov. 

/ .XmlKfOs Ull. 

iu top to i itltrta xw ^../o)j'. 

/ 0$ Tor Ifp4 



ii. 



■itgdog 
- xi>- 

ttfU O IQOCpT], 

m uamog o$ig tlpl 6 



Certain of the ancient , 
were Galled !l irdfl. 

The servant is not greater 
than his master. 

The life is more than food, 
and the body than rai- 
ment. 

An evil tongue is sharper 
than the point of a sword. 

RULE XIII. 

Adjectives that signify profit or disprofit, likeness 
or unlilceness, and any that have the sign to or for 
after them, govern the Dative; as, 

c O 7TOiT}TT}g axpikifiog (ail jy nokeiy the poet is useful to 
the city. 

1, Verbals in -mq and -r«$ govern the dative of the agent ; as, 
ri notriTiov clvtu> ; What is to be done by him ? 

i. 

Ex&qoq (nev aril toi Oso) o lidixog, 6 de dlxatog cplXog. 
O av&QWTiog r\v majog rt T/j ccXoyoj aviov, xal xw otxw. 






132 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Tvqawoi ncrlv i/d-qol iXevd-FQLji xal rolg vojuoig ivavxlot. 
'Avdyaqvig 6 Zxv&rfi iqmrj&tlg vno Tivog, %i ivxl noXifiior 
av&qwnoig, i'cpr], avrol avroiq. 

II. 

There is nothing more like • ^Eyyvg fisv xtdvaiog ovdug 

death than sleep. sljul vnrog. 

An unjust man is faifhfal Vp Sdixog nurtbg dpi ovx 7i6hg 

ovx epilog. 



neither to the state nor ' 
£ to his friends. 
His valor was honorable to 
himself and profitable to 
the State. 

The general said these 
things and others like 
these. 



uqstj] avjog xaXbg slgil al'~ 
jog xal dyix&og TioXig. 

c o~TQonr t ybg oiiog xal b 
TTagaTikrjaiog ovTog Xsyw. 



GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 



RULE XIV. 



Mfu, ylvopou, and vxaqxa, signifying possession/ 
property, or duty, are followed by the Genitive; as, 
3 EgtI tov Kvglov, it belongs to the Lord. 

I. 
3 Etth ds ? c / wlxti *Ayrj(nXdov tov ^rcdqiTjg jSccatXecag SysvsTo. 
Xitwv tov vlov (nov i&ti' -d-rjQiov novr t qbv xaxsopaysv ovtov. 
^OXoTiTsiv t« nqofioLTa ovx io~tl cmovdaiov noi/nhog, 
(pvXaTTSiv ir-v noXiv xal Toig vofiovg icril joV aya&ov 
arqajriyov. 

II. 



It is the part of folly to 
judge erroneously. 

It is the duty of the shep- 
herd to guard the sheep. 

It is the duty of masters to 
teach ; and of boys to learn. 



Elfil b t ucoqla xqlroa crqpaXe- 

qiog. 
Eifil b noifiijv b nqofictTor 

qpvXdna. 
Eljul b diddaxaXog diddvxa), 

xal b naig pap&dvw. 



GREEK LESSONS. 133 

1'J'LE XV. 

Verbs that signify the exercise of the senses, gov- 
ern the Genitive ; as, 

'Axovu rijfr f»i) s (tyai 1,10V pov, I hear the voice of my 

beloved. 

1. Verbs of seeing and occasionally t lie other verbs of sense, 
govern the Accusative; M, , / hare seen a dream. 

I. 

r/.uio; to r<5( . I ro-f . 

Jo* form ' -i)*V ^uoi 

Ji;- . or* ot ifxoor 5 roD vlov 

tor 0lfl 



Touch i. t the 

unclean thing. 
An the lyre 

I heard a voice from ! 
ven saying to me, write. 



II. 

cfrao- 

B xoXXdxig . 
y.irti 
1/xorw </ojj HpmVi 

\ to. 



RULE XVI. 

Verbs that express an affection or action of the 
mind, and those signifying to partake, obtain, aim at, 
communicate and enjoy, govern the Genitive; as- 

Ovx inih](JouaL alxov, I will not forget him. 

I. 

(I) uvr t iouai ir/a&ov fiov diduaxakov b; idida$e fts. 

tXovai Kvolov iov Oeov ircfiisgov xcu odsvovai iv ccfictgila. . 
zJloxl, uSsXcfoi, firj oXi/coqhts T/,r i^iiouv idv fiixocov. 
Kixl nttvug Tioklrai, avdgtg xal yvytxlxeg fjisiixovai zr\q 

kogjj^. 



134 



GREEK LESSONS. 



II. 



Forget not thy mother when 
she is old. 

My son, despise not the 
chastening of the Lord. 

Remember now thy Crea- 
tor in the days of thy 
youth. 



Mr] Xavd-dvopai prjVQ °" v 

otolv yrjgday.b). 
Mr), vlbg f/o), oliycogio) ( 

naidsla 6 Kigiog. 
Kal (jLvaofxai 6 KTitnrjg av 

iv fj^iiga vsoTrjg ov. 



RULE XVII. 

Verbs of plenty or want govern the Genitive ; as, 
Ol vamai xQr^axwv idsovro, the sailors needed money, 

I. 

Hollol aya&ol iv ttJ ttoIsl aTiogiovcrl te jov oltov y.al cV- 

dvuarog. 
Ta dsvdga Tisgicraevovcn ftr,X(ov' ol tcotvmoI \%d-v(av svTrogi- 

ovcri. 
-HoU.ol c/Q/vglov y.al -/gvcrlov eijzogeoivi wv oiy.oi xaxlag 

negLcrasvoi'cri. 
*2I&fxT(tiv ecpi] Tolg aya&olg ardgag ftlov fir\ paxgov akkct 

ka/ujrgov dsla&ai. 

II. 



The best boys need in- 
struction. 

Mortals need but little and 
for a short time. 

The whole need not a phy- 
sician, but the sick. 



''Aya&og o nalg tt aids la dso- 

[UU. 

BgoTog jj.iy.gog diojuac, y.al 

y.aia xgovog ottyog. 
c O vfiijg largbg fir] diofiai, 

al)! 6 roaifiog. 



♦ RULE XVIII. 

Verbs that signify to rule, to excel, to be inferior, 
to differ, to begin, and to end, govern the Geni- 
tive; as, 

Kanpicrrjg noMwv ifrrwv ag%u Cambyses rules many 
nations. 



GREEK LESSONS. 135 

I. Many veibs govern tne genitive in virtue of the noun or 
adjective implied in th -in ; thus, np awrft i is equivalent to Hr 

pavvos upi ', and /jrruo/iat to ijttojv eijii. 

I. 

icnrdooga uiytu iflma&iwn tots rutv Rfienudopmv. 

O fiatrilivg jjtutiu adskpov t/oi , !>t, iferj iq 

Svqmq iltyi A\ Mowrm M ST * 

aoU 

(fi).<j<ru<f>^ tjU*j n twv 

II. 

Psammeticus at this time n o Ar/vmog 

ruled over Egypt. 



A good ruler differs noth- 
ing from a good father. 

cease 



diacpipoj 
JWovaa 



the bucolic strain. ; <» ioii^. 

The daughter is inferior to •'> <;<<",:> i TTixofita o pi'ittjq 
the mother in beauty. v.uiU xuD.og. 

RULE XIX. 

IauI, '/in>u,(i y and viun/oi for l'/o), to have, govern the 
Dative of the possessor; as. 

Ttkloj Truldfi ipuv y.aXoi, there were good children to 
Tel lus. 

I. 

KuXXkttop fail xi7 t (iu Tratdtlu toif tloOToig* 

OtAo)' uiyiarov ivrlv i) uofri] to/,^ t 5ooToig. 
Jloi oidh' al£ fori ei pjj onla xul until]. 
KyivovTo aura ttqoSutu xul rjfdoroi xal xuptjloi xal TiaTdeg 

xal TTaidlifxai. 
Ai'iov fiotTiuaa aol /or it uaia i ru y ahv jolg d-rjcravQolg otg 6 

71utt\o xaiihnt. 



136 



GREEK LESSONS. 



II. 



He had a wife and two 

young children. 
Hercules had great courage 

and great strength. 
The shepherd had many 

mules and many camels. 



Avibg sl(il dlo/og xal dva 

riog mug. 
irgaxX£)jQ slfil fiiyag xragaog 

xal fisyag /St a. 
°0 noifirp elfil noXvg r^lovog 

xal noVvg xa^Xog. 



RULE XX. 

Any verb may govern the Dative to or for which 
any thing exists or is done ; as, 

Ol uv&Qwnoi ii/ovjo freoTg, the men prayed to the Gods. 

1. This rule also embraces verbs that signify to command, obey, 
serve or resist; to favor or help ; to profit or hurt* to censure or 
reprove; to follow or accompany. 

I. 

Ilaigbg avayxr t iazl natal 7islds(r&at, Xoyoj. 
Ta tixva iuiaxovsis Tolg yovtvaiv v[iG>v iv KvqIo). 
Ovds AvAoi'Qyog drjvaibg r,v og xrsdlg efiovgavloig rjQi£e. 
av&ooj7iov plog edoxec fiot TiofiJTJ] jig fiaxgadsxal r\ Tv/rj 
ixavia diaidiieiv. 



II. 



Servants obey your masters 

according to the flesh. 
Contend not with parents 

though you may speak 

what is just. 
Avarice is the greatest evil 

to men. 



c dovlog vtmxxovu) b xigiog 



y.uTit o*</ 0$ 



_!/?; tgi'Qw byortvg, xav dlxaiog 
Uycx). 

llfoovz^la [.isy ag uvd-qomog 
xuy.og Elfll. 

RULE XXI. 

Transitive verbs, in the active or middle voice, 
govern the Accusative of tha object affected by the 
action; as, 

Tov 'Axdtiu hlpipa*, they honored Achilles. 



GREEK LESSONS. 137 

1. Neuter and deponent verbs of an active signification also 
govern the Accusative. 

I. 

Havxa 6 fieyag /govog [xaguusi ts y.al cfliyu. 
C) c IIguy.).r i ; v^sueire utyu.iovg novovg y.al xivdirovc. 
Bksnoutv iv oq&al^uco tov afiekcpov to y.agcpog, iv d Idlea 

6q;&c<X t uo> oi tip doy.ov. 
C Q c JIg6doTog y.oirr t v c E).Xr l viym> y.al {jag3aoon> ngd^cov 

iGTogiuv ygayti, 6 da OovxvdEtSrjg noh^iov I'va. 
Tov uymu iov y.ulov ? ywnauai, tov dgouov TSTtfoxa, ?r\v 

nivziv TiTr.grpa* 



n 

The cross represses hatred 

and anger. 
Time brings the truth to 

light. 
Dress adorns the body, but 

modesty the face. 
As fire tries gold, so does 

time try friends. 



Jziavgog juiaog ts y.oTog 

o~ts).).o). 
Ayw Trgbg 6 (pug 6 alrj&eicc 6 

yoorog. 
3 Aya)j.(o 6 deuotg ).oicpog 6 ds 

TigocrcoTcov aidw;* 
c 'Jlajisg "/gvcrbv 6 nvg, oltw 

y.al epilog 6 xccigog xglva. 



RULE XXII. 

Verbs of accusing, condemning, warning, and ac- 
quitting, govern the Accusative of the person with, 
the Genitive of the thing ; as, 

KuTTtfogCi avxbv uosfielug, he accuses him of impiety,. 

I. 

grjwg y.aTiyybozi tov nolifiagyov cpovov y.al Trgodoasag.. 
c O dixacrTijg tiTio'hvcrti tovtov av&gcxmov Tr t g ahiag cpovov. 
3 JEfilfj.veo-ic£ tov fiacrdia o% Ti^g y.al Tr t g do^g aav XQ r t'- 

[lUTCOV. 

Oi ^A&r^'moL i'y.givov *Ava%aybgav T% aa^elag dioTi xov> 
r\kiov fivdgov duxTivgov I'Xtye. 



138 



GREEK LESSONS. 



II. 



The orators accused the 

stewards of theft. 
The sailors convicted the 

captain of murder. 
The king acquitted the 

father of treason, but 

condemned the son. 



c O gi'jioog aaTi]yogi(a 6 ragtag 

y.Xo7ir\. 
c O vavxrjg cpovog 6 vavoLQ%og 

xglvoj. 
ftacnXsvg Ttgodocrig o naxr\q 

anoXvaf, ctXXa xglv(0 6 vlog. 



RULE XXIII. 

Verbs of loading, filling, binding, rewarding, and 
their contraries govern the Accusative of the person 
or object, with the Genitive of the thing ; as, 

Navv sTtXricre xgv(Tov } he Jillcd the ship with gold. 

I 

vavag/og icpogTias Tt]V vavv agyvglov xcu ygvaov. 
Uslvcovrag sfnrXrjtrsv aytx&iov xal uXoviovviug vmiatsils. 
c O ds Osbg t% iXnldog Tihjgajaai i\uag nacnjg xagag xal 

slgr,vi]g. 
Osog aXrj&slag ifiTtXrjcrsi aTopa ysXoarog, xa ds /elXsa 



avTcov cavsasojg. 



ii. 



The steward filled his cup c O xaplag oirog xgax^g e\u- 

with wine. nX^&co. 

The king thought him wor- c O PcunXevg avibg diadrjfia 

thy of a crown. a*i6(o. 

I would plead my cause, c O xgljia Xsyco, xal i'Xey/og 



and fill my mouth with 
arguments. 



o"To/i« i^uiXrj&w. 



RULE XXIV. 

Verbs of comparing, giving, declaring, sending 
and taking away, govern the Accusative and Da- 
tive; as, 

"jEdwxev avxw dogv, he gave him a spear. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



139 



1. Any transitive verb, with the Accusative of the object of 
the action, may govern the Dative of the person to or for whom 
the action is done. 

i. 

Jaxu'^u) i)]v jfanfiSa tov Bioyihov tj, iXiudi tov Oftr t gov. 

\47i6doT£ tu KalauQOq Kuujuni, y.<u tu tov Oeov rw Otot. 

c O uToai^ybg SUfi ToT^- crTo<(Tio)Tui* tag yrunw.g tov °acriXawg. 

<I>vcrig y.tuuTu Tuiooig, oi/.ug (T tduxtv tJttioi?, Xtovoiv 
qjtovrag. 

II. 
The leader announces these c () oiounjug uy/iilm ovtoc 

things to Cyrus. b A 

The rose distils the sweet 'Potior fiiluha 6 ylv*i%fuh 

honey for the bf or* ', 

The wrath of Achilles cans- 17 ,;, u \ lyi urf , uvmogll/aibg 

ed infinite sorrow to the fii/oc xlUiui. 

Greeks. 

RULE XXV. 

Verbs of asking, teaching, clothing, concealing, 
and doing well or ill to, govern two Accusatives ; as, 
jltim vs ddiooy, I ask a favor of thee. 



Oi TTctidtg aiToiai Tovg Swaoxakovg uHtov '/.id t'rdvua. 
0\ ur&QWtoi diduaxovcriy toi'v rtaldag ttpi ElXaSa <pmrqp. 
C II fiiji^o tov (taatld&gnolla uya&a vpag eio() t <re. 
C JI vJifyppaana %w($wnXU* nokXu xuxu ar&QwtauQ tjiol^as. 



II. 



Teach the boys prudence 

and temperance. 
Ask the gods for health 

and virtue. 
Thou shalt do good to those 

that hate thee. 



/jidixaxco b noCiq tpQoyifatg xal 

eyxQUTfia. 
AiTtb) b \rtog vyleia xul 

a08T7]. 

Iloieco uya&bv o fuaiw 



140 GREEK LESSONS. 



RULE XXVI. 

The Passives of active verbs that govern two 
cases, retain the latter ; as, 

Tr(v laxgixrp diddcrxEcai, he is taught the healing art. 

I. 

Passive. Active. 

Avrog v.cnY}yoQfnai xXoTirjg. KaTTjyogico olxsTrjV y.Xonr.g. R. 22 

O aay.bg tote nXeiTai ol'rov. UXeco tov aaxbv oXvov. R. 23 

Avtt] elxa&jai Arfia. Tijv Aivrfida Etxa'^co tij 'iXuldi. R. 24. 

AidaaxETai aoyiav. Aldaaxw olxEvrjv ttjv cpiXocrocflav. R. 25. 
Ol nonsQEg tcuv Tiaidwv aliovv- Ol Tialdeg alioicn Toignajigag 
tou vdaxog. vdaiog. 



II. 



The generals are accused 

of treachery. 
The sacks of the brothers 

are filled with corn. 
The manifestation of the 

spirit is given to each. 
The children are taught 
prudence and temperance. 



O (TT(JCCTr { yog xaTrjyogEOj do- 

log. 
1 &vXaxog o udsXybg jiXeco 6 

aUTog. 
"Exaoiog dldoopi b (pavegwacg 
o JivEijua. 
nalg diducrxoj o craygocrirri 
xal tyxguTEia. 



RULE XXVII. 

Passive verbs govern a Dative of the agent whose 
sign is by, or a Genitive, with vno understood; as, 

Ta EJigdiTtjo tm Tttfdcc, these things ivere done by the 
steicard. 

I. 

Toiavxa TTOLovvjoti [xtv cpavXoig TioirjToilg y.al vnoxgiTalg, 
H TaXaiva Bigyivla t« avrrjg idla) naigl xTtu'ETai. 
At Tivgafildsg EXTia&ijvav idlg fiaaUEvai rcov AiyvTirlcov. 
c O TaXag^Axiaiwv xaTafiiSgwaxETai tojv aiTOv Idlcov xvv&v* 



GREEK LESSONS. 



141 



II. 



The mind is often corrupt- 
ed by wine. 

The miserable Agamem- 
non was slain by his w 

Many fables have been writ- 
ten by the ancient j> 



'() tala$ \lyiiuiuruv xretVco 
. o uv&og ygoupm TtuXaiog 



RULE XXVIII. 

Impersonal verbs govern the Dative: as, 

llniiu no yi\ I btcuf/us an old man to 

counst I. 

1. A .-Tally take th€ ilie person and 

the thing ; as, n ptlti y"' j - l ' '* • ^ h ace not need of 

wealth. 

i, it hekmnik, govern tl me with 

the Infinitive. 

i. 

yitt uuu.nv /, iji'/.Hv Jtoina. 
EJeori trot (jt ; jHv Stow (p i t o-v/lu vnb irijjs own 
Tax ; f roK *"> 

Ju r\ua$ It to toi iriuan \ uut/jlv, 

2vua>iou ijth tug/iiv xux ituw koxop alloig. 



II 



It is lawful for me and you 
to teach the bo] 

It behoves the wise to pass 
life in hope. 

It is necessary that a wicked 
man always suffer ill. 

It becomes children to rev- 
erence their parents. 



M £isori tym xu\ at didcicrxw o 

TiU,. 

(J0(X0; t/co 

o /oi] xaxtig nuo^ 
at!. 
Jtl b via; ti^uw yortvg. 



RULE XXIX. 



The infinitive mood is governed by the verb, 
participle, adjective, or noun on which it depends ; as, 



142 GREEK LESSONS. 

"Av&gomog ijzi&vfiei pav&dvsiv, the man desires to learn. 

1. The infinitive mood is sometimes placed absolutely, being 
introduced by ware, so as. 

I. 

Mi\ aTisi'ds nlovTuv fiaklov rj elvai aya&bg xal XQ^axog. 
Ol vojxoi diduaxovcriv agyeiv ts xal agyscr&ai. 
Eueidav ol Titxldeg idoxovv eivai Ixarol [Mxv&uveiv ti. 
Ol nalaiol £(x)ygdq)oi qvimq drs^vcog el'xa^ov ia fcDa, &i(m 
imygacpeiv avidig, — touto (5ovg } ixsivo utTtog. 



II. 



Aristides wishes to be just, 
not to seem to be. 

I am ready, both to hear and 
to learn. 

Being a man, know how to 
govern your anger. 



^Agiareld^g tlfil dlxaiog ov 

doxico eifil xrska. 
c JETOt i uog slfil xal dxovco xal 

fX(XV&(XV(t). 

"di'&Qbmog (x>v, yiyvwcrxb) 6 
ooyij xgaxsoj. 



RULE XXX. 

Participles govern the same case which their 
verb governs ; as, 

Tvtitwv tov ixv&Qbmov to) *l(p£i y striking the man with a 
sword. 

1. A participle is often used as a noun ; as, b lodcov, a lover — 
he that loves. 

2. The participle is often used instead of the infinitive mood ; 
as, //£//i/7?o-o avdpto-os wV, remember that you are a man. % 

I. 

Eneas to Tivei^ua to ayiov liil navxag Tovg dxovovrag rbv 

loyov. 
JVioftT] noirpava aavrfj elxova li&lvijv strr^aev (id tc«J rvfijSaj 

tc5v naldcov. 
TLav divdgov pi] noiovv xagulv xalbv ixxortjeTai, xal slg 

TT.i'Q (jallexai. 
rd'iog Kalcrag <l>agvdxr(v vixr t crag, ngbg jovg cplXovg ey gayer, 

'llX&ov, tidoVj ivlxrjaa. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



143 



II. 



Virtue crowns those that 
truly worship her. 

Having conquered the ene- 
my, the king died. 

Contending with the gen- 
era], he was then slain. 

Despising death, you will 
receive great glory. 



ovjo)g. 
ZVixtycros o noXtfiiog fiacriXsvc 

TfXeVTUb). 

'jJjt'Cuiv 6 (jiQuxriyoq tots 

y.TEUQ). 

4afiPavafii]Hxgdo£aMittoupQO- 

rio)v tiuvu.Tog. 



RULE XXXI. 

A noun is put absolutely with a participle in the 
Genitive, when they form a to phrase ; as, 

Baadbojg TiooalovTog tqvye, the king approaching, he 
fled. 

1. The noon and participle in this construction, denote the 
time, cause, or circumstance of action. 

I. 

€ IlXlov lapnorroSi rd (f.&iyfiuTa t&p onri&ow uxovoviai. 
Hqog ta/ouiiov, ol rofitlg uyovcri tag uyiXug tig vo/jtrjv. 
Asavidug, rev Jio^ov youupuvTog, Ttipipov lit onXa, — uvii- 
yqaxphv pitta* lafit. 

Aioyivi)g y iXnoviog nvbg, /aXenov evil to Jjjy, oux, untv, 
ixXXu to xav.ojg ^v. 



II. 



Spring appearing,the Graces 

shed roses. 
When God gives, envy 

avails nothing. 
When Orpheus sang, the 

stones and trees were 

moved. 



"Eolq cpavtig, 6 Xagig qodov 
Otog didoig, cp&ovog ovdelg 

Itl/Vb). 

*0g<psvg «oW, 6 Xl&og re xal 
derdgov xivito. 



144 GREEK LESSONS. 

GOVERNMENT OF CIRCUMSTANCES. 

RULE XXXII. 

The price or value of a thing is put in the Geni- 
tive; as, 

Trjv olxlav xaXavxov (jiglaio^ he bought the house for a 
talent. 

I. 

(JToaTij'/og §tiqI(xto to ^Icpog xal tS]p y.oovd-a nerTS firm'. 
Ol Totfiiou r^/ooa'^ov dvw fioaxovg xal toiyov sYxovi o3o).m\ 
c ItTisvg srrolaio xbi> Xjijiov xal t« (fuXaou dwdtxa firm'. 
c O Ticug ijyogiixs %iTm ; a dixa -d-aXrjgoov xal nevTTjZOXTa 
exaiovTdiv* 



II 

He sold the horse for a 

great deal of money. 
The gods sell all good things 

to us for our labors. 
The sailor bought his coat 

for twelve dollars and 

twenty cents. 



C Q uarog fdyag XQ^ a #£/u- 

QlOV TToXsto. 

c &tbg eyco Ting 6 aya&bg 

novog jioXsco. 
c ravrr^ 6 /itcjv dwdsxa 

&aXr f gog xal eTxoai kxaxo- 

cribg ayoga^co. 



RULE XXXIII. 

The origin of any thing, the material of which it 
is made, and the part affected, are put in the Geni- 
tive ; as, 
"EXufiov avibv xecpaXrig, they caught him by the head. 

I. 

TTOiprjV -d-aqvaXiag ixgarei rbv Xvxov tdiv wroiv. 
Ol avd-QWTTOi r\(sav fiaxdgioc rijg rvxyg xal xgy^axoav. 
3 AyaXfioiT(x Avaimiov nenoir^iva rjcrav /aXxov xal Xl&ov. 
c O tTTQanojTrjg eye rbv (TTgcnrjybv tujv tqixcIjv jrjg xeqxxXrjg 



GREEK LES 



145 



ir. 



The statues of Domitian 
were made of gold. 

Lysippus made statues of 
brass and stone. 

Upon her head was a crown 
oftwefa 



c O uyaXpcx dofiiTiuvbg noieo) 

yn\ 
./iT/no: ya/.y.vg x«t XL&oq 
<>.iut uniu). 

l] OT8- 



RULE XXXIV. 

Tlie cause, ma ;l instrument of action are 

put in the Datii 
c Jf , tan died of hunger < 



KuRTtn fiiif . fc 

JSJiail ! i y itt ton'. 

/HTt. 

II 1 rot^Tlj tittybjl' 



II. 



Be a friend not only in word 

but in (!• 
He was instructed in rhet- 
oric and all the liberal arts 
The robber slew the aged 

king with a sword. 



- uui ov porov Xoyoi 

; <)V. 

limb y.otl 7Tttw 

ilt i 
c O lrj<nr)S uuyuinu noiijftv- 
g xTtlro). 



RULE XXXV. 

The place, where, is put in the Dative; but the 
place whither, is put in the Accusative; as, 
c av&goj7iog 'Po'mjj uii&ars, the man died at Rome, 

I. 

Ol qiiXoaocpoi 6 2m* Q atrfi xiu 6 nXuitav wxovv talq A&Tjyai^. 
01 Ekkrptq hixrpav xovq Ileocrai ifj iv fiayy Maoa&wvi. 
Al IliQUixal vutg tnXevaav SaXn^lva vvv evrjfiigoj wvc^o>. 
7 



146 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Ovyarsg ?Xxs av tovtov ifibv noii dojfiot tov avdgct, xotl 



II. 



The Persian fleet was at 
Salamis. 

The king sent the messen- 
ger to Athens. 

He came home with honor 
and great wealth. 



O vavg Ilsgaixbg ^dXccfiig 

y t 
SlfXL. 

fiaaiXevg 6 ayysXog y A&j}vcu 

TieUTJCti. 

fieyag nXovtog. 



RULE XXXVI. 

Measure, quantity, and the distance between 
places, are put in the Accusative ; as, 

At noXug discovert, nivxe naguo-ayyag, the cities are Jive 
parasangs distant. 

I. 

Anhxu r) nXocralcc tojv Orjfiwv cntxdia efidofirixovra. 
Ol ''-EXXtjVsg anu%ov Trig 'EXXadog tote nsvraxoaia xal did- 
ftvgicc (TTixdia. 

Ol TOV (PlXtTTTIOV (TTQCCTLWTCCl (XTlS/OVai T7]g IlXatalag 71EVT7}- 

xovTct GTadia. 
c O (TTvXog OvaacriyyTowlov pvrjpslov oxtco xocl etyxovTOi xa\ 
kxcnov nodag iipriXbg iail. 



II. 



Ephesus is distant a three 

days' journey. 
The brazen pillars are 

twenty feet high. 
The river is four stadia 

broad, and four cubits 

deep. 



"jEqpsaog anixa rgelg r)fiiga 

odog. 
c O axvXog %aXxsiog stxoai 

nrixvg viprjXbg eifd. 
c O noTctiibg Tscrcrotgsg (tt«- 

diov svgbg, xal ricraags^ 

nrixvg alnvg si (til. 



GREEK LESSONS. 147 

RULE XXXVII. 

The time when, is put in the Dative; but the 
time how long, is put in the Accusative ; as, 
^Enoi^as irj rohtj fjueoa, he did it on the third day. 

1. If the idea of duration or continuance is implied, the time 
when is put in the Genitive ; as, lldva m) vtp>v$ ku ^tt/itovoj, he 
labors both in summer and winter. 

I. 

C Q ajQarri/o; idv ixtkfijr^n rjjj wifOttf HPtyf) J !> ty °" x, ? , 7/- 
Oviujar/yiwuu* frilafaftn fltiiwQ facto x(d H^Korxa itia. 

c O nu!g tov ^nklmov exuair^- lyidjpgg i/.tyev ai>rai, 'InkiTme, 

uvit ' 
A\ xkeyvdota i^ion lt utnti t/juv Toiuxoaioaib) xul toiuxovtoj 

till :iuu Xolcttui. 
'jl'jifov&tfjcu txuuih 4 Tf t ttTctqn ^luon'fovkiov irei %ikio- 

ur o, tnuxujiuirivi i Jdou^xutriot ixroj. 

If. 

The enemy departed by ! c O nokipiog r*S w/ro/w- 
night. Qib). 



He died in the third year 
of the tenth Olympiad. 

The war of the American 
Revolution lasted eight 
years. 

King Agesilaus died having 



Ttksvxaa) 6 xqixog txog o 

dexaxog * Okvfinut*. 
c O nokffiog 6 'Axoaxaala 

'AutQixuvixog '/oovi^a) oxtci 

IX Og. 

Baaikdg 'Ayrjalkaog xskev- 



lived two and twenty I r«w ftiwaag dio xal el'xoai 
years. ftog. 

GOVERNMENT OF ADVERBS. 

RULE XXXVIII 

Adverbs of time, place and quantity, govern the 
Genitive ; as, 
\ \P9lC* X0 <*XQ l r °v oqovz, he came as 9 far as the mountain. 



148 



GREEK LESSONS. 



1. Adverbs of swearing govern the Accusative ; as, fib. rdv Ata, 
by Jvpiter. 

2. Derivative adverbs govern the cases of their Primitives ; 
as, d^icog eavrov £?pr]Ke, he has spoken icorthy of himself . 

3. Two or more negatives joined to the same verb strengthen 
the negation ; joined to different verbs they express an affirma- 
tive ; as, ovk s-oirjc-as ocSaiiov tovto, you no where did this. 

I. 

c O ds Kvgog eijisv, on, vr\ A lot, fiiaoj avibv. 
TaXcuva Tgolu (ivglovg dncoXsaag fiiug yvvaixbg /dgiv. 
c Gigaj^ybg ?/(T#eVr/a-£ {izyjn i% ^dyjjg iv Maga&wvi. 
jLewvldag, einovjog TLvbg, Jiugslcnv eyyvg rjfiwv oi noXifiioi — 
tcprj. aal Tjfxelg alitor eyyvg. 



II. 



There is no success to men 

without labor. 
For the sake of peace we 

often suffer many things. 
I heard behind me a great 

voice as of a trumpet. 



Arsv Trovog ovx ar&QW7iog 

£VTV%ld HfJtL 

Xaqiv sig/p'y noXhg noXXdxig 

7iacr%M. 
On law iytx) (pm't) [isyag cog 

auXniy^ uy.ovw. 



GOVERNMENT OF PREPOSITIONS. 

RULE XXXIX. 

The prepositions anl. coto, £x, ngo, govern the Geni- 
tive ; iv and air govern the Dative ; and elg the 
Accusative. 

The prepositions did, y.cnd, inig, govern the Geni- 
tive and Accusative; and drd, the Dative and Ac- 
cusative. 

The prepositions dfj.q>l, Inl. (astu, nagd. TiSQL, ngog, i'TTO, 

govern the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative; as, 
*Ev niXiaig v.ul dxovjlcag, with shields and darts* 
1. The preposition Kara is often understood before the Accu- 
sative case ; as, Lir-jiriaz tov rpdnov, he did it after this manner. 



GREEK LESSONS. 149 

I. 

*Anb txaxbv izaldav eig fiovog aJisyvye elg tioXlv. 

TVQplbg U XOL T£ CUTOC, XOV XS VOVV, XU XS Oflfiaxa. 

UsiQiiw xb pkv (jw{ia tivai ydoivovog, xnv ds ifv^^v cpdo- 

aoqpoc. 
"OfirjQog (v xjj *Ihddi xexlpr t x8 xov ^A^Mea fialiaxa Sl av- 



II. 



Fight for your altars and 

your fires. 
A famine came upon the 

whole land of Egypt. 
The soldiers stand ready 

with shields and darts. 

The same was in the be- 
ginning with God. 



Ma%0}iai VTTeg 6 fioafibg xal 

€(7/aoa. 
"Eq/oucu lifibg i(p blog 6 yfj 

Al'yvTixog. 
c O (TxganoaxrjS txoifxog Xgxt^l 

(v TieXxr) xal axovxia. 
Ovxog dpi (v dgxfi ngog o 

Oeog. 



GOVERNMENT OF CONJUNCTIONS. 

RULE XL. 

Conjunctions, and Adverbs having the force of 
Conjunctions, connect nouns and verbs in the same 
construction: as, 

£ti(oxsv avxw agyvgiov xal ygvalov^ he gave him silver 
and gold. 

1. The conjunctions "va^ 5<ppa, otoj, tuj, fir), in dependent: 
clauses, require the optative mood when the leading verb de- 
notes past time, but the subjunctive mood when it denotes* 
present or future time. 

I. 

Kal 6 loyog <rag$ iysvexo, xal iaxrjvcovsv ev f}fiiv. 
jEv avxco Jwfj r\v, xai f] £ooj] r\v xo qpo5s toJv av&gwTzwv. 
Orjcrsvg xr\v ^Agiadv^v iv xr\ vrjerco xaxehns xal sSeTilsvaev. , 
Tr\v Ttsvlav fiaxagl£(o fiakXov y ttXovxov bfiov xal <p6ftov. 



150 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Eljil cpilo[A.a&riq xal uul noXv* 

Uug rig Tilovdioq avTjg t/w, 

atlo) ds ntvi/gog. 
nkovjog nlovdiog s/(a, ipvxn 

ds Tievi/gog. 



II. 

Be a lover of learning and 

thou shalt be learned. 
Every one honors a rich man 

but dishonors the poor. 
You have the wealth of a 

rich man but the soul of 

a poor one. 

GOVERNMENT OF INTERJECTIONS. 

RULE XLI. 

Exclamations of calling, praise, indignation, grief, 
compassion, etc., are put in the Nominative, Geni- 
tive, Dative, Accusative, and Vocative cases after 
interjections ; as, 

Zsv\ Tijg [iwglag, O Jupiter ! ichat folly ! 

1. When any one is addressed the noun is put in the Vocative 
case. 

I. 
3 Sl xalag iyti/ 7iaii]g s^jlov ts&i'sxs : y.al tI tcolt^m. 
j£i Tov'Adonviv ! aygiog xaTigbg srvips y.al vvvl Tsfrvexag. 
<I>sv Tov avdgog ! 61 vaviai sy.Xsipap robg avxov c uiJiovg. 
Oval ds to! avd-gwrtw ixslvco dS ov o vlog av&gwTiov 

nagadldoxai ! 
navGacr&s, c5 'AaxlrjTiis y.al 'llgaxXslg, igl'sorzsg rigog aXXrj- 
Xovg coajieg av&gomoi! 

II. 
"Woe to the inhabitants of 

the earth ! 
Alas what madness ! the 

man is undone ! 
Ah unhappy virgin ! the 
father and mother whom 
you loved, are dead. 



Oval o oixovv o ysa ! 

(psv 6 acpgoavvi] ! o avrjg 

CCTloXXvflL ! 

A'i xaXag Tiag&srog ! 7iaTr t g 
<jv y.al pJttjo og ayanaoi^ 



Oh foolish youth ! thy short- ~Jl vsavlag Liugog! ^dov)] av 
lived pleasures have de- fiquyM uTtoXlvfu av. 
stroyed thee. 






IIPOZAIKA. 



AIZPMOT MTQOL 
a. KOXAL 

I ro). 
li xcrxj na ~> ; n(. t&f ouuih ai/rol 

tut- 1/, fcoxa, 

'.-.•until • ;. 

f \ 'innOX KM 7UI70JI 
Kotdi |i row xfa tojAw*', Tor 

<;/;,»■ f/ ( < r^sq owof pig 

J'. FEIlPrOS KAl 0012. 

tovtoi Kari&tTO. 5i r/.uro;, 

y.(u mralafiatp np» /&W g wtm 

£ OPNI2 KAl XFAl.i:. 

Xtlttw 5i tUumtusvtj al'i, SI pataia ti tcltoi rgi- 

(pug } (XTteg uvl i ro ctol» 7r£0t)Tijg tov adixelp un$exou, 

;'. AASUIUS KAl BOTPY2. 

BoTova: 7ttitiiQOV$ on iQFfiafiivovs tdovrra. tovtov^ 

i.JEiouru xaxa<f>ayiiv % Holla dt xauovin, y.td fit, dvvTj&elcra 
ipavacu. Try limrpt rzaQu^v^ovuiri], i'ltytr. Ogupaxsg tzi uviv. 



152 GREEK LESSONS. 



1EP0KA0TZ AZTEIA. 

a . 2%oXaanxbg olxlav tmoXcov^ Xl&ov an avrijg sig dstyfia 

7T8QlSO?SgS. 

l3 . H%oXaanxbg &sXoiv sldsvai, si nginst, avroj xoifiaa&at 
xafifivaag saojirgl'&ro. 

y. JZ/oXaarixbg largoi avvavrr t aag, Svyxwgyoov fioi^ sins, xal 
fir] lxol fiefupT], Zn ovx svoai]aa. 

d . 2/oXaauxbg, pa&ojv on 6 xogal vnsg tm diaxoaia errj 
S/?j dyogdaag xogaxa sig dnonsigav srgsqs. 

s'. 2/oXaanxbg opiXo) avvavrr t aag sins* Katf vnvovg as 
Idojv ngoaiy/ogsvaa. c O ds- 2uyyvo)&l liol, ore oh ngoaea%ov. 

g . Aiovpow adelcpow sig srsXsvTr t as. J?/oXaarixbg ovv 
anavrrjaag rot £6jvn rjqojra, Sv dni&avsg, ?] 6 ddsXyog aov, 

£'. 2/oXaarixbg, noratibv fiovXousvog nsgdaai, dvijX&sv ig 
to nXolov scpiJinog* nvd-oiisvov ds nvog rr)v alrlav sopr], 
JSnovdd^uv. 

r\ . 2/oXaanxog xoXviiftav fiovXo/usvog, naga niy.gov invlyjj. 
SLiioasv ovv itr) aipaa&au vdarog, sdv lit) ngwrov fid&r} 
xoXvLiflav. 

>&. 2xoXaariy.bg Idojv argov&la snl divdgov, Xa&ga vnsiasX- 
&d)v vqpaTrXojaaro rbv xbXnov, xal sasis to dsvdgov, o)g vnode£6- 
fisvog rot argov&la. 

i. 2%oXaarixbg sig ^f^ac5v« vavaym\ xal tojv av/nnXsovrojv 
kxdarov nsginXsxoLisvojv axsvovg ngbg to aoadjjvaij s 3 xslvog 
filav rwv dyxvgoiv nsgisnXs^aro. 

x '. 2/oXaarLxbg^ anogojv danavt]Lidro)v y ra fiiftXla avrov 
inlngaaxs • xal, ygdqpojv ngbg rbv narsga, slsys ' 2vy%aiqz 
f)/jUV) ndrsg • rjdfj ydg rj/udg ra ftifiXla rgsysi. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



153 



n A TTAPX Or AFI0<I>9Er M A TA. 

a '. T 1,001: 

Ti/n,: o Suahtov nmi\Q ?lsyer } e 0x6u g/oIuZol xal ^tj 
<TT'JUTtvono, ion- IrTnoy.ofiojy oXlO&ai uifitr ihaifioziv. 

Ir/vniion' BcKTlliw J. 

()l Alyvitilw floating nena ruuov L<<vio>y tovj dixacriag 

•/) ui t dixalcnY, 
ov xoiyovci. 

y . Uolrvg, 

HoXrvq o 6)<><y/.C)v ; 3<oti).><. \ 'I\n>it'y.o> toXdfMM ttqzii- 

pBwauivw tiqo$ \a i&p Tqam* xal raw A/aim*, 

ixiksvart top Aki$a\ rodorta tip Ehhn^yjdvo ncta av- 
jov Xafizlv xal 

d'. '/dud-voaov. 

'idd&VQoos o Sxv&w flaaiXivg, tcp ov da j, tut i&s 

iolg 'lo'jyujy ivgarvovg ro tuu '/-jtoov £svypa lvaavra$ uitalr 
laTTta&cu • ul, ftovlijdirtas di, diu tip bqos Jantluv nlany, 
uvdounoua /o) ( cria xal adoaora txu'/.ti. 

t . Mtuvoroz. 

uvon', 6 AltS&vdgoj irohiidy zlov tov fiacriXe(x>$, 

uicrd-oifooov uva, nolXa [j).«o~ifr it uu xal avthyi] ttsoI 'Aks^dv- 
dgov XeyoyT((. TJ t '/.<>yyr Trarofof, 'Eyu df, tins, rgigxa pa/ov- 
[in'ov, a'kV ov ).oidoooiutvov\4'/.s$avdov>. 

g . Almoz. 

J/wr. o Jiovvcriov £x3uhwv ix fijjs Tioavvldo;, axovcrag 
(mSovfovtiv ai'TO) Kuk/uircor. ({) uakiaxa to> tpllmp xal if&'wv 
ijiicrTsvev, ov/ vnifxsirep ih ■ Itiov thai, qnjaas, ano- 

fravuv, i) $ it v {i)i fiovov toiv Tioke^lovg, a/J.u xal Tovg (plXovg 
cpvXaixo^^voi: 

* 7* 



154 GREEK LESSONS. 

B1BAIKA. 

AEKAA0T02. 

I. Kal iXaXr t as xvgiog ndvTag Tovg Xoyovg roviovg, Xiyav. 
iyco sifii xvgiog 6 &sog aov, baTig i^ryayov as ixyijg Aiyvnrov, 
e! ol'xov dovXslag. ovx eaovTai aoi &sol sTsgoi nXrp i/uov. 

II. Ov 7ioii]asig asavTco sldtoXov, oldt navxbg 6{ioico{ia, baa 
iv tw ovgavco avto, xal baa iv if] yfj x&tco, xal baa iv idlg 
voaaiv vnoxaTco rrjg yr k g. ov ngoaxvvr]asig avTolg, ovds {ir\ 
XaTgsvasig avTolg. iyo) yag slfii xvgiog o &sog aov, &sog &]Xto- 
riyg. ocTTodidovg afiagTiag iraTsgcov inl Tsxva, stag Tgix^g xal 
T&TagTTjg ysvsag idlg fuaoval {is, xal noicov sXsog tig /iXiadag 
ToTg ay an coal {is, xal Tolg qpvXdaaovai ia ngoaTocyfiaTa {iov. 

III. Ov Xrupt] to brofia xvglov tov -&sov aov inl {laTaico. 
ov yag {ir] y.a&aolar] xvgiog o &sog aov tov Xa{iftdvovTa to 
ovofia aviov iul {laTaico. 

IV. MFTja&rjt xr(v r\{xigav twv aafifiaTtov ayia^siv avT7jv. 
?! rj/JSQag soya, xal noi^asig navxa to. soya aov. ttj ds rjjuiga 
ii] efidofir] aafifiara xvgico tw -dsco aov. ov noi^asig iv avrjj 
nav sgyov av xal 6 vlog aov, xal t] &vyarr]g aov, 6 nalg aov, 
xal 7] naidlaxr\ aov, b fiovg aov, xal to vno^vyiov aov, xal nav 
y.TTjVog aov, xal 6 ngoar/Xvrog 6 nagoixwv iv aoL iv ydg ?! 
7]{isgaig inolrjuE xvgiog tov ovgavbv xal Ttjvyrjvxal tt]v &dXaa- 
aav xal navTa to. iv avidlg, xal xaTtnavas tij i]fisga Ti] kfldopi]. 
dta tovto svXoyi]as xvgiog t?)V fjfiigav Ti]v ktSdofirjv, xal rjyla- 
asv avTr(v. 

V. Tlfia tov naTsga aov xal xr t v {lyTega aov, Xva sv aov yhi]- 
xai, xal Xva {naxgo/goviog yivrj inl Ttjg yrjg Trjg aya&r]g, Tjg 
xvgiog o &sog aov did coal aoi. 

VI. Ov fioi/svasig. 

VII. Ov y.Xsipsig. 

VIII. Ov cpovsvasig. 

IX. Ov ysudo{iagTvgr L asig xaTc tov nXr\aiov aov {ictgrvQlaf 
yjsvdij. % 



— 



GREEK LESSONS. 155 

X. Ovx in i&v pi-pug xrjv ywalxa xov nXiplov gov. ovx 
ini'&vprpeigxriv olxiav xov nXrplov gov, ovts xov aygov avxov, 
ovxe xbv nuldu ttt'Tof', oils xi k v naidlaxrp avxov, ovxe xov ($obg 
avxov, ovie xov vno^iyiov aiToi-, ovxe navxbg xxt\vovg uviov, 
ovts baa xoj nXrplov gov Igxi. 

AI MAKAPIO 7 7/ 7 322! 

"/oW tie xoig u/Xovg, uieSij UQ to agog' xul xa&laavxog 
avxov, ngoar/k&ov uvro) ol pudr^ul ui tuv. Kat u>ol*ag xb 
axopu uvrov idiouoxev uvroi - Muxuoioi ol Tnayolxoj 

nvevuuTt, bxi uvituv itrtlp r^ JugiXh'u tou ovganoi. Jlfuxugioi 
ol ntv&ovyxeg, OTJ MVTOi JiuguxXithpovntt. Ifuxugtoi ol 
Tigaelg, in mnoi uhyoovopqaowri Muxuoioi ol net- 

9*nrt*$ voi du;u>ritg n\v diuauxrurtp', on on not ^ogxuG&tpovxut. 
Jlluxugtot ol fXet'iportg, on uviol th rj&r}GOt iui. Muxugioi ol 

XUi/ugol n XltodlU, OTl UVTol XOV OSOV OyOVTKl. SWuXUOlOl ol 

UQfjPimoiolj on uviol viol (jtov xXi^iporxui. Muxuoioi ol 
dtdtuiypiroi h'rixsv dixuioavr^g, on avion' tanr i] 3uaiXu'u xwv 
ovqioojv. Jlfuxugioi tare otuv breidiaojatv vuug xul ditoSwoi, 
xul unwat, nuv 7iovr t gbv grjpa xutf ipwv yevboptvoi, evexzv 
ifiov. J\fux&. Key. e. 

nPOZETXII KTPIAKJI. 
IJaxeg r,p£v b ev xolg ovgarolg • uyiUG&rjo) xb ovopu gov. 
EX&tTbj i] (SuaiXelu gov yevr^^xia to &e).i] t uu gov, tag ev 
ovgavaj, xal enl xr t g yrjg. Tov ugxov rpiiiv xbv bnovaiov 
didov ijplv to xa& r t peguv. Kal uyeg ijplv rug upugxiug 
flfiwv, dig xal ipelg uq; leper nuvxl oajelXovxt r^piv. Kal prj 
euf€viyxr t g lypug tig neigaopbv aXXa gvoai rjpaganb xov novrigov. 

Aovx. Key. id . 

A2IIA2M02 ATrEAIKOZ. 

Xaige xtxugixwpivi) ■ o Kvgiog pexd gov elXoyrtfidvT} gv h 
ywailiv^ xal evXoyr^hog 6 xagnbg xrjg xodlag gov. 

Aovx. Keep. a. 



156 



GREEK LESSONS. 



IIOIHTIKA. 

EflEA NAQANOZ C. BP00K2. 



7/ ZTATPSLZIZ. 



IHEOYE XPISTOS. 

IlpaiXvds tyoTPos 

Kar' e\aixTT£ 

EaAfyt -rrvpyovs 

jVlfyaX' avyfj ' 

Koi. lipcon^e rd i>£(f>£\ia 

Ta» ^/nvcu) teal r-7 irup^vpa. ' 

Te yea koI rl ail// ovpavov 

"H^a^v *dXAa vvjj.<piov 

<&oi3qs 61 v\aye\g yXtopi^ei, 

^tKori^oiv irvpyov avv ayK€C 

Tpi^ovaa yrj 

Nw yaaparai— 

Her p iv 1 oprj — 

Kat TrpoftoXal— 

Owed' ^X ov 

Td<poi vttcpovi ' 

Yfis 6d\anoL 

Touj// aylovg' 

Tijv teal tt6\ov 

AVITT) OMfcl 

'ldovl b Qeos 

TiaVTOiV dvfjffKCl . 



JESUS SALVATOR. 

The morning sun, 
In splendor bright, 
Gilt Salem's towers 
With living light ; 
And streaked the fair ethereal blue 
With tints of gold and purple hue ; 
Earth bloomed in loveliness and grace, 
And robed in smiles was Nature's face ; 
But soon the fading sun grows pale, 
His beams extinct o'er lower and vale 
The quaking earth 
Is sunder rent — 
The rocky hills — 
The battlement ; — 
The bursting tombs 
Disclose their dead ; 
The saints forsake 
Their earthly bed ; 
And midnight gloom 
Veils earth and skies 
For, " Lo ! the God 
Of Nature dies!'' 



GREEK LESSONS. 



157 



OMOIOZ BIO 2 EZTI MOL 
EST VITA SIMILIS ROS^E. 

" MY LIFE IS LIKE THE SUMMER ROSE." 



^Oiioioq fii'oq iatCiioi 

i AvS-govvti and' ti 1 to" ogG-no), 
IIooitQov dh ri'£ c-lodym 

Tdq axtctCj i(v).'/.iZnun'0) 
Tarty <f l£(rqJUi <pv).).a 
^rd^ovaiv vvxthq ddxova 
y EniTQt7Zovot]z vt )-v7trj • 
Oudelq da xaraxkaiGSL Ui. 

riToxjlfio) to" (pi>).)? bnowaq 

"Opoioq iorC L uot, pCoq 
^aCovri inl rrjq avgaq, 

2a\r\vr\q rrjq acpdvt'oq, 
Flglv Sa TO cpv)J.ov l/.7lT(!)<tel 

*En\ rfj % 6 11 1] yJ.uv orivn 
(prjya) ovdalq da &gaoat jua. 

O/Lioinq fii'oq IgxI uoi 

v I/vaa ayavi^oiitvoiq 
On6& , iv Td^Tirj anatgoi 

K/.vdoiv zvuaoiv &o).agolq ' 
Sionagdvau da -O-grjveojv 
Td ^rjf.iara rwv dv&gwrtwv, 
Bodei, Ttovrhq iv dy.rij * 
Ovdalq Se 7Zo& oifiwoei /Lta. 



Est vita similis rosse, 
In sole novo florenti, 
Sedantequam cadunt umbras, 
Sparsa3 ac mortuas humi ; 
Sed super foJiis roses 
Rorescunt noctis lachrymse 
Plorantis latum flebile ; 
Sed nullus unquam flebit me. 

Est vita mihi similis 
Autumni arenti folio 

Quod tremit lunse radiis, 
Casurum, moriens solo ; 

Sed ante cadet, ramulos 

Deflebit arbor viduos, 

Venti spirabunt arbore ; 

Sed nullus aut lugebit me. 

Est vita mihi similis 

In Tampas litore sicco 
Cedentibus vestigiis 

Quum fluctus ssevit ex alto; 
Sed, ingemiscens irritas 
Humani generis notas 
Reboat mare in litore ; 
Sed nullus lamentabit me. 



158 



GREEK LESSONS. 



OTA' ATTH2 MNEIA IIOIEITAI. 



AH ! NUNQUAM EJUS FIT MENTIO. 



"oh no, we never mention her!" 



Ovd avxijg fivda noislxoti, 

Mrjd* bvogia dxovw ; 
Ei&i<j(uitvov xov grjfioiTog 

XuXea oiTiexb}. 
Enaovaiv (j.i ngog naLy{iaxot 

2?7rovdd£ovxsg xignsiv^ 
EItio&* VTtofisidleao) 

Ol'ovxal (Lie Xd&siv. 



OsXoixtiv ft, iv xonoig ccXXoig • 

Actfiftdveiv fjdovdg, 
Avttt} d' j] uxeofiivt] 

JIgbg exsgyg xwoag^ 
Mh ovxd&* ijinrxsTiTOfiai 

Magxvgixov ayxog 
Kotl Qpriyov ■ di iv w xgonoj 

fi Xa&ctvopevog. 



As oxi (potalv otvxr] it 

Mdxctg — \iaxagxdxr\ ' 
Kotl cog ifiotg Xav&dvexai 

Iliaxeva) iirjdafiy ' 
*Iao)g nugd&i ixelvr) 

a Hv Xvtxtjv xolXvtxxuv ' 
y Egori(T(o di wg rjfislg 

Ov dvvotxai Xd&siv. 



Ah! nunquam ejus fit mentio, 

Nomen non auditur ; 
Edere verbum tarn notuni. 

Haud mi permittitur. 
Trahunt me ad varios i n { os 

Ni moeream fatum ; 
Et quando ego subii.ier>. 

Me putant oblitum 



Volunt ut qui aliis loci 

Et mihi placeant ; 
Sed nullse peregrinse orse 

Dolorem leniant, 
Equidem nimquam video 

Vailem qua venimus. 
Nee fag-um ; sed oblivisci 

Q,ui possit animus. 



Felicem illam memorant. 

Alacrem animi; 
Atque votorum oblitam 

Sed fides non sit mi. 
Forsan sub corde dolorem, 

Ut nos, represserit : 
Non poterit oblivisci 

Si ut nos amaverit. 



GREEK LESSONS. 



159 



ZTAOKOIIE <I>E1J0T. 



li WOODMAN SPARK THAT TREE ! 



I" 



ZuXoMOTti qxtdov 

Jqvoq ! ill] xAGuHl£?, 

Tlfoin/.iay.t fmv 

TIaidnq- ctuvvo) a'irr- 
Eyyvq arfytjq ndxnoq 

Jh'fiTtry.? ai>Tr\v ■ 
AvrnO-* laxij ()fi'd<joq, 

M* fnougt attrijp ! 
JMoop KiPovfttro* 

Mvotoi; 1t(f v<miq, 

B ft OP hut'nftot'. 

()i>/. dv iniTftimiq ; 
HXr { y\\v tvloMOMi 
E/e ' y.al to* koomoi 
IlaXaiov ui] KOJtlt, 

Tlqhq V(<f,rj rytfUPOP ! 

Jlouq L.6Tfy.a Ip nxvo), 

Avtov if'v/octv oxidv 
'Adfkq,ai, TO) TOTCM 

"Hxctaiv rjutnav ' 
MrjTjo y.r/.vx h'Oa s 

IJarrjo Tf&aXnt fis — 
2tfh*£ov Sdy.nva, 

dyvq naXairj larrj ! 

2* ^ralof , wq yXoioq * 
'flq ndXai <x<f otnv 

Mtkfati oXo>v nq ; 
Jov y tdkrjq otfteXei, 

AvJiOMOTtt Xt(t) / 

"A$i>vt fit] flkdiptt, 
"Ewq av %iCq atqta. 



Tu parce illi arbori ! 

Nee noce ramulo ! 
Profuit juveni 

Mi ; ac illam defendo. 
Proavus posuit 

Juxta illius casam ! 
Lignator, manebit ! 

.\c molire ftaciam. 

Truneam veterrimum 

Ainavi ; ac umbram, 
Ceu consanguineum — 

Succideresne illam ? 
Nee ice lignator ; 

Nec caede stipitem ; 
Quereum illam patitor, 

Florere veterem. 

Dnm puer. otio, 

Petivi umbraculum ; 
Hie soroFes. gaudio 

Luserunt ver novum ; 
Hie mater fovit me. 

Hie pater amavit — 
Huic lacrymse ignosce, 

Ac sine ut arbor stet. 

Praeeordia tenent 

Te, ut liber, amice ! 
Hinc volucres canent 

Ad auras amcene 
Sperne arbor procellam ! 

Lignator hinc abi I 
Non tendes asciam 

Bum manus erit mi. 



160 GREEK LESSONS. 

XPTZEA EIIEA riTQArOPOT. 

A.O-avdxovq [ihv ngojxa QEoi'q^ vouo) mq did/.Eivxai, 
Tt/ua' y.al a?'pov"Ogxov ; entity 3 "Howaq dyavoiq' 
Tovq xe Kaxay Poviovq oe)3e Aataovaq Evvoiia qeX<*>i'- 
Tovq xe yorelq xi'/ua, tovq x dyyiox txyEyawxaq. 
5 Tmv $ dllo)v doFtrj noislv cpflov ooxiq dgiozaq. 
Jloatoi (5° s?y.s layaiq, I'gyaioi x i7i(0(ptX{{iaiai. 
Mrjd* EyO-aiOE (pilar ahv diiagxddoq si'i'exa t ur/.grq, 
"Orpoct dvvrj * divaitiq ydg dvdyy.r t q lyyv&i vaUi. 
Tavta [Liev ovxojq Xa&t ' xoarslv S* ei&iZeo zwvdt' 

10 raoTooq t i(h' TToo'moTCi, y.al vnrov, Xayi'tttjq xe 7 

ICal B-Vflov* Hgr^Eiq (f alayobv ttoxe uv\ze tier dllov, 
JVLr\x Idttj' Tldrxuiv $e ^idliaz cUo%vveo oavzov. 
Etta dixatomvi'Tjv drtxtlv l]jyo) it, loyw xe. 
MrjS J dlayiotojq oavzbv I'/siv 7TeqI (i>jSei> e'O-i^e * 

15 'sllla yrw&i jiiev wq O-avEEiv tietiqo)TCU dnam' 

Xo^oc-ra d° allot e fth' y.zdo ai 0)iIeI, allot bhioQ-au 
"Oooa ze dai/Liovfrjai xvyaiq pwxol dlyi ty avoir, 
c Slv av fialoai 1 Eyyq ngdajq cpEOE, ^ir\()' dyardy.ZEi. 
'Ida O-ai 3e ttoettei xaO-ooo)' §vvf\ ' "SISe 6e qigd^Ecv ' 

20 Ov ndvv xnlq dya&olq tovtoyv TtaVv aolga (h'doxJi. 
JJallal & av&gwnoioi layoi SeiXoi xe y.al to&lol 
YLgooninxovci , o)v /L(r]x exttIiJooeo, ai\z do idar\q 
E'igy eo O-ai oavxov ' Wevdoq & fjv tteo xi /.E'yrjxai, 
Ugamq El'/ . Se xoi £oeoj, irrl navxl xeIeIo&o)* 

25 MrjdEiq firjXE Loyo) oe TtaQEinv n ft^xE xi Egyy 
Tlgrj^ai) jurjo eitceIv, o, xi rot fit] fielxEobv tozi. 
BovIevov 6e tzoo toyov, oniuq pt[ uujod 7rElrjzai* 
(AeiIov xav ngr\cfOEiv xe lEyEiv x dvatjza ngoq di'dgoq) 
Alia xd(f h.zEltEiv a oe firj ^iezekeix dnijiTj. 

30 UgtjooE 6e ii^dh' Toiv fi?j nioxaoai, alia didday.Eiv. 
"Oaaa ygEwv, y.al xEonvoxaxov pCor wSe did$Eiq<, 
Ovtf vyEtrjq xj]v 7TEgl ooj/li diitlEiav e'/ed' yor] ■ 
*A.lld 7Toxov xe /lie'xqoVj y.al aitov, yvuvaafm' xs 
JJoiEloO-ai* fiEtgar 8e lEyo)x6d' o ftJ\ a di'i^ast,. 
Ei&tZ,ov Se dCaixav e/eiv y.aO-doEiov, aQgvTixov. 



GREEK LESSONS. 161 

AUREA CARMINA PYTHAGOR.E. 

Immortales primum Deos, sicuti lege dispositi sunt, 
Honora : et cole Jusjurandnm : deinde Heroas illustres ; 
Cole etiam terrenos Daemonas legitima faciens. 
Honora etiam Parentes et eos qui proxime cognati sunt. 
Ex aliis pro virtute amicum facias, quisquis sit optimus. 
Lenibus verbis obtemperes, atque utilibus factis. 
Neque oderis amicum propter ieve peccatum. quantum 
Possibile ; potestas enim prope necessitatem habitat. 
Ilia quidem i er imperes ; 

Ventri primum. et somno, dein libidini Irceque. 
Nihil tarpe nnquam committe, neque alio pra?sente, 
Neque privatim: Bed maxima omnium teipsum verere. 
Deinde justitiam exerce facta atque verbis 
Nee alia in re te sine ratione g -uescas : 

Sed n6ri> (■>>,< in tlitis omnes morituros ; Divitias autem 
Aliquando quidem pesmderi solere aliquando perire. 
Quibuacunque porro infbrtuniifl divinitai anguntur homines 
Sortem patienter d sine indignatione feras. Remedium 
Vero decel afferre, quantum possis ; et tecum reputes : 
Fatum non immittere bonis plurima infortunia. 
Multi vero inter homines tarn mali quam boni sermones 
Incidunt, quibus nee percellaris, nee ab iis sinas 
Teipsum excludi: si quid autem falsi dicatur, Leniter cede- 
Quod vero tibi nunc dicam. semper observetur; 
Nemo te aut verbis aut factis adducat, ut quicquam 
Facias aut dicas. quod tibi non sit commodum. Consilium 
Verd adhibe priusquam res geratur, ne stulta fiant ; 
Enim arisen est ea facere et dicere qua stulta sunt. 
Atque ea tantum agas, qua? tibi postea non sint molesta. 
Nihil facias eorum, quae nescis, sed dicito Qusecunque 
Officium postulat ; atque ita vitam transiges jucundissimam. 
Neque cura valetudinis est negligenda ; 
Sed modus in potu, cibo. et exerciliis adhibendus : 
Modum autem voco hunc, qui tibi dolorem non pariet 
Mundo vero victu uti assuescas, non delicate 



162 



GREEK LESSONS. 



Kal 7Ziq)vXa£6 ye xauxa holeIv, b/rooa (p&ovov Xa%ei* 
Mr\ danavuv tzclqol xatgbi', oTioia zaiwr adarjuwv ' 
Mqd' di'elevOeooq i<j&i,' i.texoov 6* tn\ naaiv aoiatov, 
Ilgrjooa 6e xai'O-' , a as urj -}).dw>j • Xoyiaai de. xnb eoyov. 

40 JMtjd 3 Kni'ov fiaXaxoiaiv £71 baaati TTQoodfSaaQ-aL, 
IIolv xwv rjusoiroji' eoyon' XoyCacta &cu exaoxov ' 
Hf, 7iao?fit]v ; xC 6* eoe^a ; xi fioi deov ovx ixeXe'a&ri; 
'A^duEroq d' cLto nowxov Ini&Q-i' y.al ^iEXE7tEixa 
Jena /ah' ixTTQ^aq $71171X^0060 ' /otjoxd de zeonsiv, 

45 Tavxa tzovel • %av% ixusXixdt* xovxoiv /i>r\ loav ae ' 
Tavxd he xr\q &stt]q dyEx7 t q Eiq Xyvia &t](jel. 
JYctl f,id xlv vfiETfoa ipv%&. naQadovta xexoclxxvv^ 
Uayav devdov (pvoewq. *jlXX* eoyEV etz eoyov 
QeoIoiy iTTEVcci^Ei'o^ xeaeoui. Tovto))' de xoaxr\aaq 

50 TvoiciEOLi a&araxo)V xe Qeu)v Q-vrpiLv x dr O-oomojv 
Svoxaoiv, f] xe exaoxct die^/excci, fi xe xuaxelxau 
rvo')or t cf , }j 9-ffuq ioxl, (puoiv neol navrbq b^ioit\v' 

"JlGXE OE UtjXE de'hTLX E/.7Z l'^E l)', urjTE XL ).i\0-ElV. 

rvojot] d avS-QtaTiovq av S-olCoetcl 7Tt]accz eyorxctq 
55 TXtjfiovaq otx aya&wv neXaq ovxoiv ovx eoooojotv, 

Ovxe xXvovoi ' Xvotv de y.ay.wv Tiavooi avptoctat. 

To()\ fioloa poot<ov ^Kanxei cputiaq ■ <bq de xv/ui'dooi 

*j$Xko% in a/./.a q>£ ooi'xai dizeioova n^aax e/ovxeq. 

Avyor\ ydo owonadbq tyiq fihdnxovoa XeXrjfrs 
60 SvfMpvtoq' r.v ov 6'eZ TZooociyEiv, Ery.ovva de (pevyeiv ' 

Zev ndxeo, }\ nou.ojv yE y.axdv /.loetaq dnarxaq, 

El Tzarjiv OEt'^aiq oi'o) xw Saluort, yowvxai. 

L4A/.a •!' &doaEL ' ItteI O-eIov ysroq iatl (IgoToiair, 

Olq lEod 7ZQO(pEQovact (fvaiq dELy.i'vaiv tjtaoxa. 
65 Stf ft not xi iie'xscfxi, yoaxijoEiq oji' oe xeXeiho, 

'Etjaxeaaq ipv/tji' de 7zovo)i' drtb xoirdE aao'jQEiq. 

*A.Xh ttyyov puojxoJv, wv UnofLEV Xv xe y.a&anuolq, 

*Ev xe Xvaei ipv/ijq y.oivuv • y.al rfod'Uv exaoxa, 

'Hvtoyov yro)!if]v oxrjnaq xaO-vTZeoO-ev dofaxyy. 
70 Z Hv 6' dnoufxpaq aojfxa lq al&e'o D.ex'i&eoov ll&i^q, 

"Ejoecu d&dvaxoq &sbq. appooToq, ovx I'xl &yr\xoq* 



GREEK LESSONS. 163 

Et cave facias ea, quae invidiam sunt obnoxia. 
Nee sumptus importune effundas, ut qui honesti ignarus est; 
Neque sis illiberalis : modus enim in omnibus erit optimus. 
Fac ea, qua? tibi non noceant ; et delibera priusquam facias. 
Nee moiles ocuii somnum prius admittant, 
Q,uarn singula diurna opera recensueris : Q,ua sum 
Transgressus 1 quid feci ? quid omisi quod fieri debuit ? 
A primo incipiens singula percurras ; et postea, 
Malis admissisj te ipsum coargue ; bonis autem. Isetare. 
In his elaborandum est; haecmeditare ; haec amandasunt: 
Hsec te in divina virtutis via sistent. 
Per eum certe qui nobis quaternarium tra'didit, 
Fontem perennis naturae. Sed operi te accinge 
Faustum a Diis precatus exitum. Si vero ista teneas, 
Nosces immortalium Deorum et hominum mortaiium 
Constitutionem. qua singula differunt, et qua conveniunt. 
Cognosces et qua fas est, naturam in universo similem ; 
Utnecsperes quae speranda non sunt, nee tequicquamlateat. 
Cognosces autem homines malis ultro accersitis obrui 
Miseros, qui bona cum prope sint nee vident, 
Nee audiunt : paucique norunt sese malis expedire. 
Tale fat am Isedit mortaiium mentes ; illi vero eylindrorum 
Instar hue iliue volvuntur, inflnitis malis oppressi. 
Gravis enim comes latenter nocet contentio 
Congenita ; quam provocare non decet. sed cedendo evitare. 
Jupiter Pater, multis certe malis omnes liberares, 
Si omnibus indicares quali Genio utantur. Tu autem 
Bono sis animo ; cum divinum genus sit mortalibus, 
Quibus Sacra Natura. singula pandens ostendit. 
(iuorum si fueris particeps, mea tenebis jussa, 
Remedioque adhibito istis ssrumnis liberabis animum. 
Abstine vero cibis iis. quos diximus, cum in purgationibus, 
Turn in solutione animi dijudicans : Et considere singula, 
Ratione. optimo anriga, superiori in loco constitute. 
Q,uod si, relicto corpore, ad liberum sethera commigres, 
Eris immortalis Deus, incorruptibilis, nee amplius morti 
obnoxius. 



164 GREEK LESSONS. 



NOTES. 

Page. line. 

34, 13. tqw<xs, hairs. From d-gli, rgi/og. 

35, 10. (paauxvojv, pheasants. So called from the rivei 

Phasis, where they are found in great abundance, 

56, 23. 'Acpoocrdlir}. A title of Venus from cupgog, foam 

because she sprung from the foam of the sea. 

57, 26. 6otg5t£c, standing. Plural of earwg, used for Icnn- 

xwg oVicm][Ai. 

91, 18. xaiekiTit, 2d aor. of xaTaXslno). 

93, 24. Xlttuv, 2d aor. infin. of XsIjmo. 

96, 10. tjvfiivai J)(jiV) perf. subjunctive pass, of ada, to sing 

102, 24. ma from ovg, mog, an ear. 

124, 3. r\ vmayovvcty that leads, the article and participle 
being used as the relative and verb. 

133, 8. r/J/>aTw, jrjg aogov, touched the bier; 1st aor. mid. of 

1*71100. 

139, 20. c £XXd8a cpcovriv, the Greek tongue, 'EXXddct, a noun, 
being used as an adjective. 

143, 19. S/Jv, used for £dsiv or £av, to live. 

145, 23. uwovv, indie, imper. of olxew. 

151, 2. twv olxiwv i'fibjv efi7iL7iga(nev(nn' ) while your houses 
are burning. Here olxi&v vpwv, the houses of 
you, is equivalent to oIjumv vfxsjigow, your 
houses. 3 E(im7iQ<xfiivot)v is pres. part. mid. of 
ifAningriiii. 

8. sTQifte, kcu ixTevi& : was rubbing and combing. 



GREEK LESSONS. 165 

8. naaaq r^iqaq^ whole days. 
10. tigriv, 2d aor. part, of svqIgxoj, to find. 

16. unto, ai&i&ivTa. which having grown up. From 
oaTTsg and ui$avo). 

17. idoi'vu, having seen. From elda, 2d aor. part 

7. JZ/olatTTizbg, fiafrwv, a simpleton having learned. 
2d aor. pass, of (luv&urw. 
12. 2\i ani&ixvsg, ?] 6 udtlqog gov ; was it you who 

died or yovr broiJier ? 

153, S. \4lihivSiov } Paris, a name given to him by Homer 

and others. 

15. nulla pXaurqyqfia xal uatlyrj. Having /grjuona or 
sjtsa, understood. 

154, 2. Sorts i'l^yayov gs, who led thee. i*i,yayov, for 

ih]yov by reduplication, 2d aor. of i$ayh. 

14. t^v rjfisQap Th)v o~u33utoji> 1 the day of Sabbaths. 

30. xaTa zoi; nlrpiov gov, against thy neighbor. Lit- 
erally, against him being ?zear /Ae£, oVtos being 
understood. 

155, 10. oi Tisv&ovpxsg, those that mourn, equivalent to the 

relative and verb. 
20. IIuisq r u u6)v, our Father. Literally, father of us. 
Equivalent to ndisg ^fihsgs, our Father. 



LEXICON. 



EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS. 



adi adjective, imperf. imperfect. | part participle. 

adv adverb index indeclinable.! pass passive. 

aor aorist. itnpers impersonal, ptrf. perfect. 

plup pluperfect. 

plur plural. 

prep. preposition. 

pnnt pronoun 

singular. 

super superlative. 



art article, rndic indicative. 

cump comparative, injin infinitive. 



conj conjunction. 

det d 

dim diminutive. 

fut. future. 



inter}.. 



interj- 
. . . .irregular. 

middle. 

....numeral 



"Aagdv, cvog, o. Aaron, 

*Aya&6g, /, oV, udj. Good, 
virtuous, bin 

Aydkka), fat ulti, perf. xa. To 
adorn, to honor, to worship, 
fyakfta, aiog, to, (aydXkb), to 
adorn.) A statue, an image. 

'Ayupipvwv, ovog, 6. Agamem- 
non. 

\4yu7iu(o, w, (ctyurrr], /ore,) fut. 
yaw, perf. y e oii y j w ju To love. 

\lyu7irj,7}Q, t}. I^ove, affection. 

'Ayanr^og. ?J, or, (dydnr^.) Be- 
loved, amiable. 

"Ay y sloe, ov, 6, (uyyilw,) A 
messenger, an angel, 

'Ayyikw, (ayw, to lead,) fut 
*Aa , perf. r\yyi Xxa. To bring 
a message, to announce. 

3 Ayikv, r t g, rj, (ctyw, to drive,) 
A herd. 



./; tmtlaog, or, o. Agesilaus. 
'. if lu^o), (icytog, holy,) fut. uoio 

perC mm. To make holy, to 

consecrate. 
"Ay io*, La y iov,{ayog, reverence,) 

adj. Holy, sacred. Oi ayiot, 

the saints, 
.lyig, tdog. Agis. 
"Ayxvoct, ag, r h An anchor, 
c Ayyelu, ag, i„ (dyvog, sacred.) 

Sanctity, chastity. 
'Ay vug, wrog, (a, not and yvow- 

jog, known,) Unacquainted 

with. 
'Ayogd, ag, f h (ayw, to bring.) 

A forum, a market-place, 
'AyoouZoj, {ayogd, a forum.) 

To frequent the market' 

place, to buy, 
"Aygiog, a, ov, (aygog, country.) 

Wild, savage, 
'Aygog, ov, 6. Afield, coun- 
try. 



168 



"Ayco — Air (a, 



"Aya, fut. wifco, perf. fj/a, 2d 

aor. act. 7\yayov, 2d aor. 

in fin. ay ay sir. To lead, to 

drive. 

z Aywv, mvog, 6. A contest, a 

fight, a game. 
\4ycovi£o[j,ou, ( viym'j ) fut. Icropai, 
perf. rj y covicr p,a i, 1st aor. mid. 
urafirjv. To contend for a 
prize, to fight. 
*Adarjg, eg, {a, not, and dam, to 
learn.) Ignorant ; unskilled 
in. 
^Adaxovg, v, (a, not, ddxgv, a 

tear.) Tearless, unwept. 
*AdeXcpog, ov, o, («, for dpa, 
together, and delipvg, a 
womb.) A brother. 
\ldixsto, co, (adixog,) fut. rjcrco, 
-perf.rjdlxnxa. To act unjustly, 
to injure. 
3 Aduxla ag, rj, (ddixog.) Injus- 
tice. 
' Adixog, ov, (a, not and dlx-tj, 

justice.) adj. Unjust. 
a AdvvaTog, ov, (a, not and <$i'- 
vap,ai, to be able,) adj. Im- 
possible, unable, 
"Ada, fut. crto, perf. fixa. To 

sing. 
"Adcavig, idog, o. Adonis. 
*Ael, adv. Ever, always. 
"Aewag, av, (ail, ever and vdco, 
to flow,) adj. Ever-flowing ; 
everlasting:. j 



'A)]Q, egog, 6 and rj. The air, 

the atmosphere. 
Adyva, ag, y). Minerva. 
A&tjvat, tor, al. Athens. 
'A&nvalog, a, ov, adj. Athenian. 

plur. the Athenians. 
*A&log, ov, 6. A contest, a labor. 
AY, interj. Oh! alas! 
Alylg, Idog, r), («ig, a goat.) A 
goat-skin, a breast-plate, the 
uEgis. 
Al'yh], 7]g, i], (yXdw, to see.) 

Splendor, brightness. 
Aiyi<7iTLog,a,ov, adj. Egyptian. 
ATyvrcTog, ov, i). Egypt. 
Aldcog, oog, contr. ovg, 7). Mod- 
esty, veneration. 
Ai[ia, aiog, to. Blood. 
Alvslag, ov, 6. JEneas. 
Aivi]iQ, idog, t). The JEneid. 
Alhjcrig, ecog, r\, (alvog, bold.) 
Th e act of praising, praise. 
Al'$, yog, 6 and r), A goat. 
Aluvg, sla, v, {duo, from.) 
Lofty, high, deep, profound. 
Alosrog, ov, (algio), to choose.) 

adj. Eligible, preferable. 
Ai'a&t]cng, ecog, rj, (alcrxrdvofiai. 
to perceive.) Perception, 
knowledge, sense. 
Aia/gog, d, ov, (aia/og, base- 
ness,) adj.Base, disgraceful. 
Alison, fut. ?;oco, j]Ttjxa. To 

seek, to ask, to require. 
Ahia, ctg,f). A cause, a fault. 



Amv — 'jifApaj. 



169 



Alwv, ojvoq, o (uu always and 

£)v being.) An age, eternity. 

° Axa&aoiog, ov, («, not and 

xa&uioo, to cleanse.) adj. 

Impure, unclean. 

"Axctv&«, r t g, i), (uxi], a 'point.) 

A thorn. 
'Axij, f f g, //. .4 point, an edge. 
(axprii bloom.) Cut. 
uao), perl*. i t xpuxu. To bloom, 
to flourish. 

, rj. Bloom, efflores- 
cence, a p 

... /\\ /\ (<r/.ovo),'to hear.) 
IL '•< 

or, to, (axon', a 
dart.) A javelin^ a dart. 

a. mid. coftiti, perf. 
. rpcouxor. 7o fa 

/I grasshopper 
or lot 

do)i\ on'og, o. Act&on. 
' ' Axwv, ovau. oj>, (a, not, and 
exwv, willing.) adj. CTrz- 
willing. 
AXyog, tog, to. Pain, suffering. 
AXi$avdgog, or, 6. Alexander. 
AXtj&tia, ag,Jj, (alfj&^g, true.) 

Truth. 
AXv&rjg, ig, (it, not, and Xri&w, 

to lie hid,) adj. 7Vb& 
AXv&ivog, ?j, oV, (ukr}-&t l g, 

true.) adj. True, real. 
AXrj&wg, (uXr t &7jg.) Tndy, 
indeed. 

8 



' AXXi/,(aXX6g, other,) conj. Zfttf, 

however. 
"A).).og,r h o, adj. Another, other. 
AXo/og, ov, (a for «jua. fo- 

g ether, and As/oc, a 6e<i.) A 

wife, a mistress. 
\lhi)ir£, txog, ?;. A fox. 
"_///«, adv. Together, at the 

same time. 
"Au<<$u. j t g. 7 n (Spa, together, 

and uyo),todraw.) A wagon. 

(aUKQTUVCti, to 

. ) An error, a sin. 

J T('tl'O), 

to err.) A sinner. 
' Aut-h cor, or, adj., compar. of 
uyafrog. Better, braver, 

\luzXtw, (u, not, ondfitXsi, it is 
ire,) r ( crio, r^tXr^/.u. To 
neglect. 

'Autoexec, nq, fj. America. 

'Apsgixuvog, rj, ov, adj. Ameri- 
ca n. 

"AuTizXog, ov, rj. A vine. 

*Jpq>l, prep, withgen.dat. and 
ace. Around, about, concern- 
ing, on. 

'A(.iqct), T(x), ju, Tai, adj. Both. 

\>lv, conj. If provided. Used 
to express contingency or 
doubt, etc. 

\>lvu, prep, with dat. and ace. 
Up, upon, in, through, during. 

°Ari'.yxrj, tjc, ?/, (avd, up, and 



170 



Avakafiw — ^AniGTQQ. 



ayta, to lead.) Necessity, 
compulsion. 
AvaXafiwv, owa, ov, 2d aor. 
part, of dvaXap.pdvoi. Tak- 
ing up, having taken up. 
Aval, axxog, 6. A king. 

'Avaldyogag, ov, 6. Anaxa- 
goras. 

s AvdxaQ<jiQ, swg, 6. Anacharsis, 

3 Avdgslog, a, ov, (avr\g, a?nan } ) 
adj. Manly, brave, spirited. 

^Avdgofxtx/r], ?/c, rj. Andromache. 

*Avspog, ov, b. Wind. 

'AvsQ/ofiai, (avd, in, and tg- 
XOfiai, to come,) fut. dvsXzv- 
(TOfiou, 2d aor. dvijX&ov. 
To come in, to enter. 

*Av6v, adv. Without. 

\4.vr\g, dvigog, contr. dvdgog, o. 
A man. 

s !dv&og, sog, to. A flower. 

*Av&gomog, ov, b and f}. A man. 

2 Avolyw, (avd, up, and oXyw, to 
open,) fut. |w. perf. aviwxa. 
To open, to open up. 

3 Avtl, prep, with a gen. 
Against, opposite, in the 
place of, for. 

3 AvTiygd(pw,(dvTl,against, and 
ygdqxo, to write.) To write 
against, to accuse. 
Avrih]\\)tg, sxag, f], (avzi, for, 
and Xatiftdvw, to take.) De- 
fence, assumption. 

' AvTiTvnlct, ctg, fj,(avTl,against, 



and rvnog, a blow.) Reper- 
cussion reverberation. 

"Avtqov, ov, to. A cave. 

"Avon, adv. Above, up, over. 

"Aliog, a, ov, (ay (a, fut. alw, to 
weigh.) Worthy, valuable, 
worth. 

'Aliow, (aliog, worthy,) fut, 
woo), perf. Tjliooxa. To dig- 
rdfy, to think worthy. 

'Avwyewv, eo, to, (avw, above, 
and yaia, the earth.) An up- 
per room, a parlor. 

'Aoid?'), rjg, rj, (deldw, to sing.) 
A song, a poem. 

* Analdsvrog, ov, (a, not, and 
TTatoW'co, to instruct.) Un- 
educated, ignorant. 
Andywv, owa,ov, (dno,from 
and ay to, to drive,) part 
pres. Leading away, bring- 
ing away. 

3 Anaviao), (an o, from, and av- 
ian, to meet.) To meet with. 

Q Anal, adv. Once, once for all. 

*'Anag, aoa, av, (a, for «/ua, 
together, and nag, all)Each, 
all, every. 

*Anix&), (dno, away, and ex(*)> 
to have y ) fut. dcfilw, perf. 
dnivxrpa. To be distant, 
to refrain, to abstain from. 

"Anioiog, ov, (a, 7iot, and nlcr- 
Ti$, faith,) adj. Faithless, 
not to be trusted. 



'Ano — 'AoiareiSrjg. 



171 



' Ano, prep. From, away from, 

by means of 
3 Artodlduypi, (otno, away, and 

dldojuiy to give,) fut. uno- 

dojcro), perf. otnodidaxa. To 

give away, to restore, to 

return. 
Ano&vrjaxw, («to, away, and 

-fry^crxo), to die,) fut. uno- 

■d-uvovput, perf. a^oiidn t xu. 

2d aor. uxi&avov. To die, 

to die away. 
* Anoxolvw, («to, awwi/, and 

xolvca, to separate.) To sep- 
arate. Mid. voi ie$ftj answer. 
AnollvfU, (uTi6 f away, and 

oXkvpi, to destroy.) fut. 

«toAsW, perf. uTr&Ufxu. 7T> 

destroy, to lose. Mid. voice, 

to 6e /o$£. 
^Anoklwv, wvog, 6. Apollo. 
" Atiovoq, ov, (a, not, and ttoVos, 

labor.) Without toil, relieved 

from labor. 
Anolvm, {uno, from, and Xvw, 

to release.) fut. vaco. perf. 

XiXvxot. To free from, to 

loose, to release. 
'Anomga, ag, rj 9 (aio, from, 

and 7i flow, a trial,) A trial, 

an experiment. 
% Anogio), (a, not, and nogog, a 

passage.) fut. tJctw, ^Too7jxa. 

To be in want, to be destitute. 
"Anooog, ov, (a, not, and nogog, 



a passage.) At loss, perplex- 
ed, destitute. 

J Anocmxiia, ag, rj, (otno^from, 
and tmyu, to stand,) Revo- 
lution. 

' A7io<jTsXkb), («^o, away, and 

OTeMw, /O Send,) flit. «7TO- 

arfAw, perf. «7ra'(jT«Xxa. To 

send away, to send. 
Wioiipro), (iraro, away, and 

Tturb),to cut.) fut. f/uco, pass. 

lirpTjxa. To cut off. 

/m'/o), (iao. '/in/?/, and 

'f i r;'(.),/o ////,) (at njfopcfi, 

2d aor. uxiyvyov. Tb 7TI71 

o/fl to escape. 
1 .1to/g>o£co, ((irro, from, and 

/woio), to give place.) fut. 

tj'joj. Tb retire, to withdraw, 

to depart. 
"Atitm, (uno, from,) fut. ««//w, 

perf. imp* To join, to fasten, 

to touch. 
" Aqu, conj. Then, therefore. 
3 Aoyvotog, ia, iov, (tlgyvgog, 

silcer,) adj. Of silver, silver. 
*Agyvgiog, ov, to, {ugyvgog, 

silcer,) Silver money, silver. 
"Agyvgog. ov, 6, (agyog, white.) 

Silver. 
'AgtTr,, 7 t g, r\, ("Agrfi, Mars.) 

Valor, merit, virtue. 
"Aotjc, sog t 6. Mars. 
*Agiddvr}, vg, y. Ariadne. 
3 Agiajeldrig, ov, 6. Aristides. 



172 



\4Qiazog — \Jcfujfii. 



Aqlvtoz, r h ov, adj. superl. of 
ayix&og. Bravest, best, most 
virtuous, 

*jJQunotil?ig t sog, o. Aristotle. 

r '/l<Ht7ro(jn«i , ; / \:, ov, 6. Aristo- 
phants. 

*Aopa, ottos, to, ((xo&), to yoke.) 
A chariot^ a car. 

"A()yi]v, iv, adj. Male, robust. 

" Aoxog, ov, o. Bread) a loaf. 

^ Aq/j], v, )]. A begi lining, gov- 
ernment, empire. 

*AQXLTLXT(x)V, opo$) o, (uo/cti, to 
be principal, and TtxiMv, an 
artificer.) An Architect. 

3 AQ'/noixhivog. ov, o, (('.o/w, to 
goveni) and tqixIivov, a 
table.) Rider of a feast. 

''Aq'/wv, ovrog, b, (ixg/M, to 
rule.) A ruler ) governor. 

"Aqxu), (uo/i], government,) fut. 
wf^to, perf r}Qxa. To begbi) 
to rule) to be principal. 

3 AvspEiu, ag. % (a, not) and 
crtfia), to 'worship.) Impiety. 

3 ^(76////C, iog t adj. Immense, 
violent, dissolute. 

'Aadtvito), (ucrOtn)*, weak)) 
fut. r^oi. To be weak) to be 
sick. 

* Aa&tvh, &,(<*, not, and <rdt- 
yog, strength.) Weak, sick. 

9 AaxXimwg, ov, o. dEscidapius. 

3 Aoxog, ov, o. A wineskin) a 
sack. 



' Avt^q, eoog, 6. A star, a con- 
stellation. 

AtfTQUJDj, fjg, )j, (ttCTTQUTlTOt), to 

fla sh forth . ) Ligh ti i ii ig. 

"Aotqov, OV) to. A star-) a con- 
stellation. 
Ao-cpuhjg, eg, (a, not) and 
acidic*), to deceive.) adj. 
Safe, secure. 

\\isyjoK, adv. (a, not, and 
riyvi], art.) Unskilfully, 
carelessly. 

'Atifidfo, (a, not. and Tipy, 
honor,) fut. /tfw, perf. i]jL- 
p.i}xa. To dishonor ) to con- 
temn. 

3 'Ariuog, ov, (a, not) and ti^utj, 
honor.) adj. Without honor. 

5 At/iU) idog, ?]. Smoke, vapor. 

ATQEidrjg, ov, o. Son of Atreus. 

Avktjtrig, ov, o, (avkog, a flute-) 
A flute-player, a musician. 

Avlixog, OV) 6, (aikrj, a court.) 
A courtier. 

Ai'$r,&Eig, sum, tv, 1st aor. 
part. uv$uvw. Increased) en- 
larged. 

Avioq, r h 6, pron. lie) she, it. 
Wit 1 1 the article, 6 aviog, 
the. same. 

1 Ayi\, »fa V, {ama, to touch.) 
Touch) the sense of touch. 

'AylrjfU, (ano, from, and WflUt, 
to send,) fut. cuptjoa), perf. 
(Aiftlxu. To remit) forgive. 



'Aqoobirn — Bovlofiai. 



173 



' Aq>QodlTTi,r}g,f},(aq)Q6g, foam.) 

Aphrodite j Venus. 
*AcpQo<Jvv7), rjg, v. (ucpgtov. sense- i 

less.) Want of reason, folly, 

imprudence. 
*A%aiol, (x)v, ol. The Greeks. 
^A/illsig, £o>s, 6. Achilles. 

B. 

Ba&og, eog, to, (^a&vg.) 
Depth, profundity. 

Ba&vg, ua, v, adj. Deep, pro- 
found. 

Bdxyog, ov, 6. Bacchus. 

Bulla, fut. fialto, perf. fitftlr}- 
xa. To throw, to cast. 

Banji(jp,a, axog, to. (^wtttcw.) 
Baptism. 

Banna, fut. yea, perf. fieftacpa. 
To immerse, to dip, to bap- 
tise. 

Bagfiagixog, r), 6v y (ftdg/jagog), 
adj. Barbaric, barbarous. 

Bagftagog, ov, adj. Barbarous, 
barbarian. 

Bagdog, ov, 6. A bard. . 
! Bdgog, tog, to, (fiagvg, heavy.) 
Weight, a load. 

Bagvg, ua, v, adj. Heavy, 
weighty. 
j Baallua, a?, r). (ftaoilsvg.) A 

queen, a kingdom. 
: BavLluov, ov, to. (fiaadsvg.) 
A palace. 



Baadsvg, iwg,o, (fidcrig, a base, 

and Itdjg, the people.) A 

king. 
Bacnlsva, (J$ct(jiktvQ, a king,) 

fut. svffto, perf. fispacrllevxa. 

To ride, to reign over. 
Baaillcraa, wg, r), (^aailsig.) 

A queen. 
Befiaiog, «, ov, (/5«tVo), to be 

faced.) Firm, immoveable. 
Bslog, tog, to, (pallw, to 

throw.) A dart, a javelin. 
Br h ua 9 arog, to'. (ftripi, to go.) 

A step, a pace. 
Bla, ag, r). Force, violence. 
Bifillov, ov, to, (j3l(3log, a 

book,) dim. A little book. 
Bixrwgla, ag, r). Victoria, 

queen of Great Britian. 
Blog, ov, 6. Life, a life. 
Biota, {ft Log,) fut. coaw, perf. 

fisftlwxa. To live. 
Bigylhog, ov, 6. Virgil. 
Bigyivia, ag, i\. Virginia. 
Bidacfrjpog, ov, (ftld$, inso- 
lent, and (pr^i, to speak.) 

Blasphemous, slandering. 
BleTua, fut. i//ft), perf. /fc'/SyUqpa. 

To see, behold. 
BoTQvg, vog, 6. A bunch of 

grapes. 
Bovlri, i\g, r). Will, counsel. 
Bovlo^ai. (fiovlr], will,) fut. 

TjGroiiai, prep. Pefiovlrjtiai. 

To wish. 



174 



B o t»b' — Fgd^uu. 



Bovg, fioog, o and r\. An ox or 

cow. 
Bga/vg, eia, v, adj. Short, 

small. 
Bghavvia, aq, r\. Britain. 
Bqovttj, r t g, 7]. Thunder, the 

noise of thunder. 
Bgoiog, ov, 6. A mortal. 
Bgvw, fut. yaw, perf. ftifigvxa. 

To be full, to bloom. 
Bgcopa, arog, to, (ftgwo-xcj, to 

eat.) Food, victuals. 
Bgojaxdo, fut. (3g aula), perf. 

fisftgwxa. To feed, to eat, 

to browse. 
Btofiog, ov, 6. An altar. 



Faiog, ov, o. Cains. 

Fahizai, wv, ol. The Gauls. 

rdkkog, ov, o. G alius. 

Tag, conj. For. Never used at 
the beginning of a sen- 
tence. 

Tea, contr. yr\. — /sag, yrjg, fj. 
The earth. 

Fshiw, fat. daw, perf. yeyelaxa. 
To laugh. 

rdXwg, yskwTog, 6. Laughter. 

Fsvia, ag, r\. (ysvog, a race.) 
Generation, birth, family. 

rivog, sog, to. A race, a birth, 
kind. 

Fegcov, oviog, 6. An old man. 



Fsvoig, eoog, ? c / 5 (ysvca, to taste.) 
Taste. 

Ftvc-j, fut. aw, perf. yeysvxtx. 
To taste, to serve up. 

Femgylog, ov, 6. George. 

Fewgyog, ov, 6, (yea, the earth, 
and egyov, work.) A hus- 
bandman, a farmer. 

Frjgag, arog, to. Old age. 

Fvodaxo), (yr^gag,) fut. ava), 
perf. ysytjoay.a. To grow 
old. 

Flyag. avrog, 6. A giant. 

Flyvo{i(H or ylvofuu, (fut. 
ysi'rjcrofxai, perf. yeyevrjiiai, 
2d aor. mid. eyivoptjv. To be* 
come, to be. 

I'lyiaHJKO), (vow, to think.) fut. 
yi'(x')<jo[xai, perf. tyvwxa. To 
know, to distinguish. 

Fklo/gog, a, ov, (yUa, glue.) 
adj. Glutinous, slippery. 

Flvxngog. a, or, (ylvxvg,) adj. 
Sweetish, sweet. 

Flvxvg, sla, v, adj. Sweet, 
pleasant. 

FXtiaaa, vg, ?/. The tongue. 

rvdjfin, vg, % Opinion, senti- 
ment, reason, 
rovevg, dug, 6, (yovog, progeny.) 

Afa.ther, a parent. 
Fgavg, aog, rj. An old woman. 
Fgd^a, axog, 16, (ygdifOi, to 
write.) A letter ; plur. Let- 
ters, literature* 



rqaqi] — Akly.ogioi. 



175 



rgucpr'i, ffc, r), (ygdyv).) A writ" 
ing. plur. The Scriptures. 

FQucfU), fut. ipw. perf. yeyga- 
(fa. To write, to describe, 
to accuse. 

Fifivog, % ov, adj. Naked, bare. 

Twi), cxixug, r r A woman* 



JalduXog, ov, o. Dcedalus. 
duy.ov, vog, to. A I- 
davaoi, ol, plur. T\ 

Au.7lU.V) i UH., OTTO?, to, {dunavvibiy 

to waste,) K. 

gality. 
Jaodog, ov,o. Dai . 
AL conj. But, yet, 

del, verb impers. It becomes, 
it is necessary. 

JiljUU, nro r \ to, (duxrvcj, to 

show.) A specimen, a sample. 
Aulog, ?;, ov, (deldo), to fear,) 

adj. Cowardly, fearful. 
Anvog, i). or, adj. Dreadful, 

terrible, fearful. 
Aelxrov, ov, to. A supper, a 

feast. 
Aiv.a, num. adj. Ten. 
dsxaiog, r t , ov, (fo'xot,) num. 

adj. Tenth. 
Aspixg, to, indec. A body, shape, 

form. 
Aivdoov, ov, to. A tree. 
AtSLu, ag, h. Tie right hand. 



ds£iog, a, ov, (dt^oaai, to take.) 
The right, dexterous, skilful, 
ingenious. 

JgiOTTjS, ?;toc, i], (de$i6g, dex- 
terous.) Dexterity, cunning, 
address. 

ALopai, fut. ^aouca, imperf. 
idtourp. To need, to want, 
to be destitute. 

<3*o), to bind.) 
■ irl. a bundle. 

JeoT[< o. (deano^u), to 

lately.) A despot, a 
mn 

JsvrtQos, a, oi\ adj. Second. 

J>' n adv. Now, truly, then. 

A^uoxqutiu, </.g, )], (d^uog, the 

KQtxtog, power. | 

Democrc 
dtlfioir&irrjg, ovg, o. Demos- 

the* 
Arpaiog, u. ov, (d>'iV, a long 

time.) Old, lasting, ever- 
lasting. 
Aiu, prep, with the gen. and 

ace. Through, throughout, 

during, apart. 
duxfiaivo), (diu and jSalvoj, to 

go.) fut. [jitcouai, perf. diafts- 

ftijxu. To go over, to pass 

through, 
Jiadijua, uTog, to, (diadea, to 

bind around.) A diadem. 
Aiaxovioi, ai, «, num. adj. 
Two hundred. 



176 



diaxqwco — z/oxeco. 



Aia%qlvia, (did, through^ and 
xqIvm, to judge.) To separ- 
ate, tG distinguish. 

Aiakvaig, stag, fj, (dialvw, to 
dissolve.) A dissolution, a 
reconciliation, treaty. 

Aialvw, (did, and kvw, to 
loose,) fut. vow. To abolish, 
to destroy. 

Aiafidvw, (did and ^svco, to 
stay,) fut. fievw. To remain, 
to await. ' 

Aianvqog, ov, (did, through, 
and nvQ, fire.) Red hot, 
glowing. 

didcTTaaig, tug, ij, (did, apart, 
and I'aTrjfii, to stand.) Dif- 
ference, disagreement. 

AiardxTw, (did, through, and 
TajTw, to arrange.) To dis- 
pose, to arrange. 

Aiacpeow, (did, through, and 
yigw, to bring,) fut. dioum, 
perf. dirjvsyxa. To differ, to 
be distinct. 

Aiddaxakog, ov, 6, (diddaxw, to 
teach.) A teacher, a pre- 
ceptor. 

Aiddaxw, fut. didd£(o, perf. 
dedlda/a. To teach, to in- 
struct. 

Aldvfiog, ov, (adj. from dig, 
twice.) Double, twofold. 

Aldtafii, fut. dooaw, perf. didawa. 
To give, to grant, to deliver. 



Alxaiog, a, ov, (dixy, justice,) 

adj. Just, upright, right. 
Aixaojr\g, ov, 6, (dixd£(», to 

judge.) A judge. 
Alxn, rig, ?). Justice, right % 

punishment. 
Aioyivng, ovg, o. Diogenes. 
Aiovvviog, ov, o. Dionysius. 
Aiovvaog, ov, 6. Bacchus, 
/flog, la, lov, (Alg, Jupiter,^ 

adj. Divine, godlike. 
Aioti, (did, oti,) adv. Why? 

wherefore? because. 
Alnovg, ovv, (dig, twice, and 

it ovg, a foot,) adj. Two- 
footed, biped. 
Alg, num. adv. Twice. 
Aicfivgioi, at, a, (dig, twice, 

fivgioi, ten thousand,) num. 

adj. Twenty thousand, 
Aiv/lkwi, ai, a, (dig, twice, 

and %lXioi, a thousand,) 

num. adj. Two thousand. 
Alipa, Tjg, r\. Thirst. 
Aiyjdco, (dlipa,) fut. r]aw. To 

thirst for, to desire. 
Aim, fut. dlcroo, perf. dedia. To 

flee, to dread, to frighten, to 

illumine. 
Aiooxw, fut. oiifw, perf. dedlw^a. 

To pursue, to prosecute. 
Aid)v, ovog, o. Dion, a man's 

name. 
Aoxioa, fut. rja(o, perf. dido/a* 

To appear, to seem, 



/Jo'Aog — Edox. 



177 



Jov.6g. ov, ?/. A beam. 

do'kog, ov, o, (<5tAw, to decoy.) 

Trick, artifice, treachery. 
Jofimurog, or, 6. Domitian* 
Ju-a, >,v, ?/. Opinion, repot:, 

fame, 
dovfoiu, ag, )] y (doi/.og, a 

since.) Slavery, set vitude. 
zlovkog, ov, o, {dew, to bind.) 

A slave, servant. 
zlyuxLu)', ocio?, o. A dragon, a 

serpent. 
Jgofiog, ov, 6, (dgifio, to run.) 

A race, a couise. 
/Joig, vog t v An oak-tree. 

' 'iai, fot dcri t uouui, perf. 

dedcriifiaL. To be able. 
Avvupig, (lag, /„ (diru/di/.i, to 

be able.) Power, force, an 

armed force, an army. 
zJvvuTog, ?'], ov, (dirupoa, to be 

able.) adj. Able, strong, 

mighty, robust, possible. 
Aw, num. adj. Two. 
zlu'idexu, num. adj. Ticelce. 
/iwpa, uiog, to, (dap to, to con- 
struct.) A house, a mansion. 
zJ(x)Qi]fiu, urog, to (dujQor.) A 

gift, a blessing, 
zlwgovy ov, to, (doco, to give.) 

A gift, a present. 



3 £av or av, Attic i]v, (comp. of 
el and ur.) If, provided. 



™Jmq, it'Qog, to, contr. r t Q, riqog, 

The spring. 
c 1mvtov, ?%\ ov. reflex, pron. 

His own. her own, of himself 

Earn, d), llit. w(7oj, perf. tlaxa. 

To j allow, to leave. 

i nt. 'I'.jdouo-, sev- 

'i.) num. adj. Seventy* 

* 'J u jdoui t y.oiTTog, f}, or } (t'3do t uog, 

| adj. Srrmtieth. 

num. adj. 

adv. 

/' ham I. 
$ t iia t r, adj. Xeai; third 

'jr/sioco, fut tytQM) perf. ijegxa. 

To arouse, to excite, to 

awaken. 

ieia : ag, r,, (eyxgaTrjc, 

continent.) Continence, ab- 

sti/r iterance. 

'EyxQun g, tg, (iv % in, and xgu- 

to.\ power.) Continent, ab- 
stinent. 
EyQyyoQog, ov, (iytiqw, to 

arouse,) adj. Watchful. 
*Ey(o, pers. pron. /. — l/w/f, 

1 for my part. 
c 'Ldoa, ag, r h (I'dog, a seat.) A 

seat. 
'Ldu, Tut. t^o^iai, less frequent- 

]\ tdtacj, perf. idifioxa. To 

eat. 

s* 



178 



3 EScodiuog—' Exxola77T(o. 



'Edridifiog, ov, (I'dw,) adj. Eat- \ 

able. 
^E&iXw, fut. i&zXrpw, 1st aor. 
rjxriXrjaa. To will, to wish. 
*E&vog, eog, to. A nation. 
El, conj. If. — si pj, unless. 
Eidog, eog, to> (sl'dw, to see.) 
A form, an appearance, as- 
pect. 
Eldta, fut. eldrjCFG), perf. syvtaxa. 

To see, to know. 
EldwXov, ov, to, (eidog, a form) 

An image, a statue. 
Elxd£w, (sl'xoo, to be like,) fut. 

aaw, 1st aor. yxaaa. To 

compare, to liken. 
Iffitoai, num. adj. Twenty. 
Elxoaxog, % ov, (sl'xocn, twen- 
ty,) num. adj. The twentieth. 
Ei'x(a, fut. a|w, perf. mid. soixa. 

To be like, to resemble, to 

seem. 
3 Etxu>v, ovog, i], (ei'xb), to be 

like.) An image, a likeness, 

a statue. 
Eifil, subst. verb, fut. scrotal. 

To be. 
Emu, or enw. To say ; 2d aor. 

indie, slnov, 2d aor. part. 

smdv. The present is not 

in use. 
Elgyvn, ng, r t . Peace. 
EignvoTtoiog, ov, (s\qr(vr\,peace, 

and Ttoiio), to make,) adj. 

Peace-making. 



Elowvsla, ag. fj, (tfgw, to speak,) 

Irony, dissimulation. 
Elg, prep, governing the ace. 

Into, against, with respect to, 

before. 
Elg, iila, sv, num. adj. One. 
Elacpigco, (slg, in, and (pigco, to 

bring.) fut. slcrolaco, perf. 

drrrjvoxa. To bring in, to 

produce. 
'Ex, or cj, prep, governing the 

gen. Out, out of, from, by 

means of, from the time that, 

since. It is written ix before 

a consonant, and i$ before a 

vowel. 
"Exaaxog, r\ y ov, adj. Each, 

every one. 
c Exutov, num. adj. A hundred. 
c Exaxoaxog, n, ov, (sxaxlv, a 

hundred,) adj. The hun- 
dredth, a cent. 
3 Ex^dXXw. {lx,from. and fiaXXa), 

to cast,) fut. ixftaXw, perf. 
ix^i§Xr i xa. To cast out, to 

cast off. 
*Exsi, adv. There, in that place, 
c Exslvog, n, o, pron. He, she, it, 

this, that. 
'ExxXrpia, ag, rj, (exxaXta, to 
call forth. ) An assem bly, 
a public meeting, a church. 
ExxoXdnxw, (ex, from and xo- 
Ximjb). to peck.) To peck 
open, to hatch. 



'ExxonrcQ — Eu7Zeiqoq. 



179 



'ExxoTtxa, (ix,from, and xon- 
tw, to cut.) To cut from, to 
cut down. 

'ExJiXaco, oj, fut. ixJiXewta, perf. 
iy.jtbnXevxa, (*x, forth, and 
7rA£co, to sai7.) Tb sail away, 
to sail forth or out. 

"jy.iog, r\, ov, (S, six,) num. 
adj. TTie 5?^//i. 

" Exrcag, ooog, 6. Hector, a cele- 
brated Trojan warrior. 

"Ex/wig, sag, rj, (ex from, and 
/ecu, to pour.) An outpour- 
ing. 

Exm>, ovaoc, or, adj. Volun- 
tary, willing, of free will, 
of one's own accord. 

'EXala, ng, 77. An olive tree. 

"EXuqog, ov, o. A stag. — fj 
tXuyog. A hind. 

*£X(ixicrTog, n, ov, superl. of 
iXa/ig, and irreg. superl. 
of fiixQog,) adj. Least, 
smallest, shortest. 

"EXsy/og, ov, o. A proof, con- 
viction, argument. 

'Ekby/b), (Xiyw, to speak.) fut. 
iXiysw, perf. ^Xeyxn. To in- 
vestigate. 

'Ekeia, (eXsog, mercy.) fut. ^crou. 
To pity. 

'EXerjuoavvrj, r\g, fj, (iXerjficav, 
compassionate.) Pity, mercy. 

'EXerifioJv, ovog. (eksog, mercy,) 
adj. Merciful. 



c EXsvrj, r\g,r\. Helen, a female 
name. 

"Eksog, ov, 6. Mercy, pity. 

*Eksv&sqla, ag, f), (sksv&sgog, 
free.) Freedom, indepen- 
dence. 

'EXsv&eoog, a, ov, (iksv&w, to 
come and go,) adj. Free, 
i. e. having the right of 
coming and going where 
one pleases. 

3 EXs v&sqooj, (sXsi&sgog, free.) 
fut. aicrw, perf. (axa. To 
free, to make free. 

EXeqxig, avxog, o and 77. An 
elephant, irory. 

"EXxw. fut. Fylifcu. To draw, to 
lead. 

c EXXdg, ixdog, r t . Greece, Hellas. 

"EXXtjv. tjvog, 6. A Greek. 

c EXXr ( vXxog, tj, ov, C'EXXyv, a 
Greek.) adj. Greek, Gre- 
cian, Hellenic. 

'EXXtjOTiovtog, ov, o, ( a EXXw, 
Helle, and novxog, the sea.) 
The Hellespont, now the 
Dardanelles. 

'EXTilg. tdog, f). Hope, expecta- 
tion. 

*EpavTov, rjg, reflex, pron. 
Of myself mine, my own. 

3 Euog, t), ov, pron. adj. Mine. 

"EfiTisigog, ov, (iv, in, and nnga, 
trial,) adj. Experienced, 
versed in, acquainted with. 



180 



°E$ — 'Emftov7*evG}. 



^EfiTtlfiTcg^pt, (iv, in, and ni\u- 

7iQ7]fXL y toburn,)fut. iuTioijact). 

To burn up. 
EpniTiTw, (iv, in, and ttltitcx), 

to fall.) flit. 7Tc<joi\ucu, perf. 

eunsiTToxa. To fall in. 
D EuTtlrj&o)< (iv, in. and nXrj&a), 

to fill.) fat ijtfco. To fill, to 

befall. 
"Epnooad-ev, (iv, and Jiovtrd-ev, 

before.) adv. Before. 
3 JSr, prep, governing dat. 7/2, 

among, on, with, by. 
^Evavjlog, la, lov, (iv, ??2, and 

ibr/, against.) Opposite, 

over against. 
^Evdo^og, ov, (iv, i?2, and tfoifa, 

glory,) adj. Renowned, 

glorious. 
"Evdvfioi, axog, to, (ivdvoy, to 

put on.) A garment, a 

dress. 
^Evdmi, (iv, in, and dica, to en- 
ter,) fut. vva, perf. irdsdvxa. 

To put on, mid. To do^ie 

ones self 
"Evsxa, adv. Ora account of, 

because of 
^Evxavd-a, adv. Here, there, 

then. 
*Evvttviov, ov, to, (iv, in, and 

vTivog, sleep.) A dream, a 

vision. 
^Ef, prep, same as (x, but used 

before a vowel. From, out of 



c fcf, num. adj. indecl. Si.v. 
°E*ayco, (i$, from, and a/bi, to 

lead,) fut. dqoj, perf. j^a. 

To lead out. 
°E*aiosco, w, (g| y from, and 

«^so), to take,) fut. tJcjo?, 

perf. iSjiQorjy.a, 2d aor 

fijaAo*'. To take. 
"E$£(jti, impers. v. 3d sing. 

indie, of I'^ei^c. It is lawful. 
c Lli]KovTa, num. adj. indecl. 

Sixty. 
°E$otiM&, (ef, completely, and 

07iU'C ) (xi ) to arm,) fut. /era?, 

perf. i^tanlixa. To arm 

completely. 
y E^oQKi^h), (f|, jfrowi, and co- 

ja'Jw, to swear,) fut. tW. 7b 

bind by an oath. 
'EoqttJ, iig, 7). A feast, a ban- 
quet. 
"Enaivog, ov, 6. Praise. 
D E7iauivm'8ag, ov, b. Epami- 

nondas. 
*Enu, conj. and adv. Since f 

when. 
*Eizudav, (ind, <5s and liv.) 

adv. Then because, since 

when. 
3 Enl, prep, with gen. dat. and 

ace. On, in, among, for, 

upon, against. 
E7tl(3ovXev(o, (in I, for, and 

fiovXevw, to counsel.) To 

contrive, to plot against. 






'Eo I no g — Et oTuog. 



181 



Emygdcpw, (£rZ, upon, and 
ygdcpb), to write,) fat vjw, 
perf. eTciysygcKpct. To xcrite 
upon, to inscribe. 

*£7il&i\us(x). (inl, for, and #r- 
/uo's, desire.) fut. r^o-w. Tb 
desire greatly, to love. 

'Emptlwc. (eirl, for, and fit- 
Xouai, to care.) adv. Care- 
fully, diligently. 

Bxtovmeg, ov. (7t/, and etui, 
to be,) adj. Sufficient for 
sustenance, daily. 

ETZlVToh). J%\ V r (eTl(TTs).hi), to 

send to.) An epistle, a 

letter. 
Eitovgdriog, a, ov, [fail for, 

and olguvog heaven.) adj. 

Heavenly. 
€ JEmti i num. adj. indecl. Seven. 
c E7ixax6ai6t, at, a, num. adj. 

Seven hundred. 
'EnTaxocriovTog, rj. ov, ord. adj. 

Seven hundredth. 
'EgyavTrjg, ov, o, (igydw.) 

A workman. 
'Egydw, (Jqyov, work,) Tjdb). 

To work, to labor. 
"Egyov, ov, to. Work, labor. 
'Eqstuov, ov, to, (igi&a, to 

move.) An oar. 
'Egevvda, w, fut. r^w, perf. 

ygevynxa. To search. 
'Egrifiog, rj, ov, adj. Barren, 

desert 



'Eoi*(o. (eoig,) fut. ha. To 
contend, to strive. 

*Egig, idocy r t . Strife, con- 
tention. 

"Eotqog, ov, o. A kid. 

c Eousag, iov, cont. 'Eofiijg, ov r 
o. Hermes, Mercury. 

'Egv&gog. gd. gov, (tgsv&og. 
redness.) adj. Bed. 

"Eoyoixui. fut. eXevaoficu, 2d 
aor. r t lv&ov. by syncope, 
i t lOov. To come, to arrive. 

* Egwg. cuto;. 6. Love, desire. 

'jfyttTcic*, w, fut. jJto), perf. 
r t Q{!>TtKct. To ask, to inquire. 

I Eaulag. ov, 6. Esaias. 

'ImotttoIZco, (tg, into, and 
oTTTcu, to see.) To behold 
one's self in a mirror. 

'Ecriwg. cjxog, perf. part. act. of 
umjpt, to stand. 

'Eaydga, ag, r\. Hearth, fire- 
place, home. 

"EaxuTog, r), ov, adj. Extreme, 
latest, last. 

c Eiougog, ov 9 6. A friend, a 
'companion. 

"Etsqoc, iga, sgov, adj. Other, 
different, opposite. 

"Eti, adv. Yet. as yet, still. 

c Exoiud^b), (srolfiog,) fut. aaca, 
perf. fjTolfiaxa. To ynake 
ready, prepare. 

c ETo?[iog, adj. Ready, pre~ 
pared. 



182 



*Etog — Zcoottjq. 



*Erog, tog, to. A year. 
Ev, adv. Well, 'properly. 
EvayyiXiov, ov, to, (sit, well, 

and ap'/cHco, to bring news.) 

Good news, the gospel. 
Evyewq, w, (ev, well, and yea, 

the earth,) adj. Fertile. 
Evdotlficov, ov, (ev, well, and 

dalfuav, a genius,) adj. 

Happy, fortunate. 
EveoyeTug, ov, 6, (ev,well, and 

i'oyov, a work.) A benefactor. 
Evr^eoog^ ov, (ev, well, and 

ypegog, gentle,) adj. M/d, 

gentle. * 

EvxlvrjToc, ov, (ev, easily, and 

xtveoj, to move,) adj. Easily 

moved, nimble. 
JSvXoyew, (ev well, and ta/co, 

£o speak.) rjooj. To extol, to 

bless. 
Evoaifioq, (ev, well, and o£w, 

to smell,) adj. Sweet-scented, 

agreeable. 
Evjiogeca, (sv, well, and nogog, 

revenue,) fut. ^crw. 7b 

abound, to be able. 
.Evouiidng, ov, 6. Euripides. 
Evgiaxb), fut. evqtj(J(o, perf. 

fto^xa, 2d aor. evooy. 7b 

j^/ic/j to invent. 
>Evgv£, elu, v, adj. Broad, 

wide. 
Evgva&evc, iog, b. Eurystheus. 
Evxvxla, ag, % (ev, well, and 



rv/rj, fortune.) Success, 

prosperity. 
Ev/agig, i, («t», we/Z, and x<xQig, 

grace,) adj. Graceful, 

agreeable. 
"Ecpevog, ov, fj. Ephesus. 
'E%&Qog, a, 6v,(%x&og, hatred,) 

adj. Hostile, hated. 
"E/w, fat. £ifco and o/rjob), perf. 

ea/nxa. To have, to hold. 
"Ecog, ea. The morning, Au- 
rora. Adv. Until. 



Zolm, c5. 7b live. 

Zsvyfia, ttTos, to, (Sevyvvpi.) 
A bridge, a yoke. 

Zevyvvpi, fut. ££i5|w, perf. 
e£ev%a. 7b i/o/ce, to join, to 
join by a bridge. 

Zevg, gen. Aiog, 6. Jupiter. 

Z7]Xcotr}g, ov, 6. A zealot, an 
envious or jealous person. 

Zyvcov, ojvog, o. Zeno. 

Zwyq&cpog, ov, (£wov, an ani- 
mal, and yqa(f>(a, to de- 
scribe.) One that paints 
animals. 

Zw), r\g, f), (?««, to live.) Life, 

Zcoyrj, ng, r h (^ojvvv^l, to gird.) 
A girdle, a zone. 

Z&ov, ov, to, (£ojoV, alive.) An 
animal. 

ZaxrtrjQ, r^og, b, (£ww fit, to 
gird.) A girdle. 



"H — Qslrjfia. 



1S3 



H. 

\ 

*M, conj. Or, than. 

'Hysfiwv, ovog, 6, («/&), to lead.) 
A leader, a commander. 

c Hdovrjj ijg, fj, (r t dvg, sweet.) 
Pleasure, enjoyment. 

l Hdvg, slot, v, adj. Sweety 
'pleasing. 

*H&og, sog, to. Custom, man- 
ner. 

a Hxa, fut. rfiw, perf. fact. To 
come. 

"Hfoog, ov, o, (tjlfii splendor.) 
The sun. 

c H(xiQa f etc, r\. A day. 

Hfihsgog, «, ov, (r^ug, we,) 
pron. Our. 

c II[ilovog, ov, fj , (fjfil, half, and 
ovog an ass.) A mule. 

v Hv, conj. If when. 

Hvio/og, ov, 6, (r { vla, reins, and 
£/(*, to have.) A charioteer. 
\ 'Hnaq, axog, to. The liver. 

Hq, fjgog, to', cont. eaq, eaqog. 
The spring. 
I "Hqct, «c, fj. Juno. 

HqaxXivg, cont. r\g, gen. tog, 
ovg, 6. Hercules. 

c Ho6doTog, ov, o. Herodotus. 

"Hqwg, wog, 6. A hero. 

c Havyla, ag, fj, (fov/og, tran- 
quil.) Tranquility, peace, 
quiet. 

'Hit dcaficti, (rjitow, inferior,) 



fut. rjaopou. To be inferior. 

3 H%cj, oog, cont. ovg, fj. An 
echo, a sound. 

°Hcag, oog, cont. ovg, fj. Au- 
rora, the dawn. 

"Hag, adv. Until. 

O. 

Guiana ct, r ( g, fj, (uXg, the sea.) 

The sea. 
OaXijQog, ov, 6. A dollar. 
Odljioj, fut. ddkyw, perf. T8- 

daliza. To warm, to heat, 

to nourish. 
Oavarog, ov, o, (d-v/jcwa, to 

die.) Death. 
OuTixoi, fut xp(o, perf. Ttxrana. 

To bury. 
OaqaaXeeog, (&dgcrog,) adv. 

Bravely, courageously. 
Odqaog, sog, to. Courage. 
OavfiacFTog, rj, ov, (&av[ia'£(o, 

to wonder,) adj. Wonderful. 
Osd, ag, fj. A goddess. 
OedoftaL, wpaL, fut. daofiou, 

perf. Tsd-iaficu. To see, to 

behold. 
Ostog, da, elov, (&sog, a god,) 

adj. Divine. 
OscoTTjg, tjTog, fj, (dslog.) Di- 
vine nature, divinity, god- 
liness. 
Odkrjpa, axog, to, (&&X(o.} A 

wish, desire. 



184 



QiXco — "innog. 



Oilca, fut. rjcr(o, perf. TSxrilyxa. 
To wish. 

Osog, ov, b. A god, a divinity. 

Oegeia, ag, fj y (&SQW, to heat.) 
Summer. 

Osgpalvw, (xregfiog, heat,) fut. 
avw y perf. T£&sopayxa. To 
heat, to warm. 

OsQfiog, r\, 6v, (xreow, to heat.) 
adj. Hot, warm. 

Qrftai, wv, at. Thebes. 

Otjq, -frrjoog, b. A wild beast. 

OrjoaTyg, ov, b. (&rjQ.) A hun- 
ter. 

Orjglov, ov, to, (&rjo.) A wild 
animal. 

QnaavQog, ov, b. A treasure. 

Srjcrsvgy swg, 0. Theseus. 

Ovrjoxo), fut. mid. ^avovfiai, 
perf. Te&vrixa, 2d aor. !'#a- 
vov. To die. 

Oovxidldyg, ov, 6. Thucydides. 

Ogrfc, rpog, 6. A Thracian. 

Oqi^y iqi'/og, r\. The hair. 

Ov/dayo, sgog, r). A daughter. 

Ovkaxog, ov y 0. A sack, a bag. 

Ovpog, ov, 0. The soul, cour- 
age, excitement. 

Ovpouiog, rj, ov, (&vfi6g<) adj. 
Angry, enraged, spirited. 

Qvqa, (xg f rj. A door. 

OvQvigy idog, rj. Thyrsis. 

OvGicty ag f 7], (xrvw.) Sacrifice. 

Qv(o y fut. vow, perf. Te&vy.a. 
To sacrifice. 



Oco fiag, ov, 6. Thomas. 
I. 

'icnqog, ov, by (laofiat, to cure.) 

A physician. 
^Ida&vQvog. ov, b. Idathyrsus. 
c IdocjQ, aiTog, b. Sweat, exsu- 

datum. 
"idiog, a, ov, adj. Proper, own. 
*ld(x)v, oiva, ov, 2d aor. part. 

act. of rid(0, to see. 
'itg&vg, ewe, by (Ugog, sacred.) 

A priest. 
*Isqov, ov, to, (Ugog.) A temple, 
'isgog, d, or, adj. Sacred, holy. 
Ivaovg, 01; 0, (iuopci, to save.) 

Jesus ; a Saviour. 
c Ixar6g, rj, ov, adj. Fit, suita- 
ble, 
"ikswg, gov, adj. Mild, merciful, 

auspicious. 
°Ihdg } ddoQyfj. The Iliad, a 

poem by Homer. 
c JpaTiov, ov, to, (s c Lfia, cloth- 
ing.) A garment, a coat. 
tr Ira, conj. That, in order that. 
^Iovkiog, ov, b. July, one of 

the months. 
c Iji7isvg, sog, b, (mTiog.) A 

knight, a horseman. 
c Iji7ioy.6fiog, ov, b, (XnTiog, a 

horse, and xopico, to tend.) 

A groom. 
"Xjinog, ov, b. A horse. 



*Iaog — KaTayoo£v(o. 



1S5 



"laog, t], ov, adj. Equal, like, 

resembling, 
"lovipi, fut. oiroo), perf. &ny- 

xa. To place, to stand. 
'Iotlov, ov, to, (lorc'c, a 5a//.) 

4 little sail. 
'IotoqIu, ug. *„ ft a two, one who 

knows.) History, 
'la/vgog. a, 6r,(i(Txi;, strength,) 

adj. Strong^ powerful. 
'fvxvw, (iV/iv, strength) fut 

ww, pert*. iqyvxa. To be 

strong. 
'fy&vg, vog, o. A fish. 
Imam^t ov, o. John. 
Icjv, arog, o. Ion, aft Ionian. 

K. 

Kadpog, ov, o. Cadmus. 

Ka&agl^co, (xa&agog, pure,) 
fut. loco. To purify, to 
cleanse, to forgive. 

Ka&agog, a, ov, adj. Pure, 
clean. 

Ka&l^co, (xctjct, dovm, and V&o, 
Jo ??;aA*e si/,) fut xafri^iijo). 
7*0 se/, to place, to seat. 

Kcc&l(TTr t fAi, (xutu, down, and 
unryu, to place.) fut x«ra- 
orrJ<ra), perf. xa&ioTjjxa. To 
place, to establish. 

Kai, conj. /JUd, a/so, eue??, 60/^. 

Kaigog, oi>, 6. A season, occa- 
sion^ time, opportunity. 



Kalaag, ugog, 0. Caesar. 

Kaxla, «g, i, (y.uxog, bad.) 
Badness, wickedness, evil. 

Kuxov. ov, to. Evil, wicked- 
ness. 

Kuxog, i\, ov, adj. Bad, wick- 
ed, cowardly. 

Katib), W, fut. ioo), perf. xi- 
xh]xa. To call, to summon. 

KaXlmto$, ov,b. Calippus. 

Kullog, to;, to, (xakog.) 
11 iinty. 

or, adj. Beautiful, 
■s, honorable. 

Kulmq, (x«)ak\) adv. Beauti- 
fully, well. 

Ki'tur^og, ov, 6. A camel. 

Kuuuvoug, una, vcv, 1st aor 
part oCxuuuvb), to shut the 
eyes. 

Kttfuvat, fut. xnpoj, perf. xtxpn- 
xtx. To labor. 

Kuv, for xul iuv conj. And if. 

KtxTiQog, ov, o. A wild boar. 

Kuodlitj ug, 77. A heart. 

Kttg^og, ov, 6. Emit. 

Kugq:og, tog, to. A mote. 

Kara, prep, with a gen. and 
ace. Against, down, accord- - 
ing to, as to. 

KonaPiSgdoxcti, {xoltol down, 
and fiiftgwoxco, to eat,) fut 
xaiaSgcocrto, perf. xcat(x($£(}- 
gwxu. To devour, to eat up. 

Kaiayogevw, (xoitoc, against, 



186 



KaTaSwd^co — Klmti^g. 



and ayogsvw, to speak.) To 
expose, to speak against, to 
accuse, 

Karadixd^w, (xctxa, against, 
and dixd£(o, to decide,) fut. 
daw, 1 aor. pass. xaTsdixd- 
v&wv. To condemn. 

KaxaxXvafiog, ov, b, (xaca- 
xXv£a>, to overflow.) A del- 
uge. 

KmaXuTiw, (xaxd, entirely, 
and Xdnw, to leave,)fut i//a>, 
perf. xcmxX&Xticpa, 2d aor. 
xaTsXmov. To abandon, to 
desert. 

KaTanavw, {y.axd ) completely, 
and nava, to cease,) fut. 
avcroj, perf. ninavxa. To 
cease, to make cease. 

KaTacrxsvd'Qw, (xaxd, com- 
pletely, and axevd'Qw, to ar- 
range,) fut. daw, perf. 
xctTevxevaxa. To prepare, 
to arrange. 

KctTOKJTQecpw, (xaxd, down, and 
GTQsqjb), to turn,) fut. i^w, 
perf. xctTecrrgocpa. To over- 
throw, to subjugate. 
.KaxaTl&ri^L, (xard, down, and 
Tl&rjjLii, to place,) fut. xcna- 
&rjcro), perf. xaTttTSxreixa. 
To put down, to deposit. 
.Kaxacpdyw, (xaxd, completely, 
and cpdyw, to eat,) fut. 
qtdyojiou. To eat up. 



KaiacpQoveoo, (xond, down, and 

cpgovico, to think,) fut. r\<j<o, 

perf. xaian&$gdvr\xa. To 

despise. 
KaiyyoQsoo, c5, (xard, against, 

and dyogico, to speak,) fut. 

Tjaca. To accuse, to speak 

against. 
KonlXiva, ac, b. Catiline. 
KdxoTiTQov, ov, to, {xaxd, at, 

and oTiTOficu, to look.) A 

mirror. 
Kara, adv. Beneath, below. 
KsXsvcj, fut. (70), perf. xexsXsvxot. 

To order, to command. 
Ksqocq, axog, cont. aog, cog, ro. 

A horn. 
KsqxxXrj, %, fj. A head. 
Kt/agiTcnfi&vog, rj 9 ov t perf. 

part, of yuoiiGoixm. Blessed, 

treated with grace. 
KtJQvS, vxog, 6. A herald. 

Kl]QVXU0V, OL', TO, (xrgvS.) 

The wand of a herald, a rod. 

Klvdvvog, ov, o. Danger, 
risk. 

Kiveia, fut. Tjirco, perf. xexLvyxa. 
To move, to arouse. 

Kiaaog, ov, 6. Ivy. 

KXenog, % ov, (xXeco, to cele- 
brate,) adj. Famous, re- 
nowned. 

KXsoTictTQOL, ag, ij. Cleopatra. 

KXijin]g, ov, 6, (xXsTiKa, tc 
steal.) A thief. 



Klimta — KooxodeiXog. 



187 



KXinxw, fut. ipw, perf. xtxXocpa. 

To steal, to rob. 
KXiyig, tw;. r h (x^.ttw.) A 

stealing, theft. 
KXsyvdou, ttg, if, (xXiyig and 

vdwo, water.) A water-clock. 
KX i t o or op. g'w, ( x I ), o o g , a pat/ i- 

mony. and Ji/vo>, Jo dtf- 

tribute,) fut. ijawt perf! 

mxii^oro/Atyxa. 7b inherit. 
KXirm IJS, 5j (*A£ c. to / tcline.) 

>'(ch. 
KXoru], r t g, y, (xJUVrra), /o I 

7V/f. 
A"A(«)r, ojj oV, o. (xA«o), fo fa 

-•i bough, a apiuut. 
KoiXuiro), (xolXog, hollow,) 

fut. «/( : /. perf! y.r/.ui/.tc/y.u. 

To hollow out 

Koiklu, a?, ^, (xo?AOj, hollow.) 
The belly, the womb. 

Koiuuopui, [xoipr h sleep y ) fut. 
rpopui. To lie in bed, to 
rest. 

Koivog, pj 3 or, adj. Common, 
public. 

Koka$, axog, 6. A flatterer, 

Kobzog, ov, 6. 77* e bosom, a 
bay. 

KoXvuSuw, fut. ?^o-cu. 7o swi?n. 

Kofid £w, fut «(7w. To bring. 

Koprj, ijc, ?;. //air, figurative- 
ly, Me Immi of trees. 

KoQa$, axog, 6. /I raven. 

Kootjj tjg, 7). A virgin, a maid. 



Koqv;, v&og, 7/. -4 helmet. 
Kovpog, ov, 0. Order, the 

7nii verse, the world. 
Koiog, ov, o. JE7/iry, a grudge. 
KoiqoQ, rj, or, adj. Light, 

Ko/Uag, ov, o. .4 s?iai7, a 
fata. 

KoHTbio, (xou'roc, power,) fut. 
tJo-cj, perC xfxofir^xa. 7b 
fan 

Kottn o, (y.tnurrvpi> 

to ////./•.) 1 c p in if/i/tVi 
ipfii€ ond //*</' ured. 

KoaxUrtoq, ?,. ov, adj. irreg. 
raperL ot* uyaOug. Best, 
'. bravest. 

Koaxoq, tog, 10. Strength, 
pan 

Koiag, uiog, contr. uog, wg, jo. 
of flesh, 

komuu), fut. 7,(J(o. To hang up. 

Koqnf, >,g, j]. A fountain, a 
spring. 

Kotdi), jjfc 7 t . Barley. 

ffolfia, atog, to, (xolrw, to 
judge.) A judgment, con- 
demnation, a cause. 

Koiyo), fut. cu, perf. xtxoixa. 
To separate, to judge y to 
decide. 

Koluig, so)g, 7], (xotVw.) Judg- 
ment, decision. 

KooxodeiXog, ov, 0. The Croc- 
odile. 



188 



Kq vog — Aurtco . 



Kgvog, sog, to. Frost, ice. 

KgvaidXXivog, % ov, (xouoraA- 
Xog, crystal,) adj. Crystal- 
line, of crystal 

Kislvw, fut. y.revb), perf. &- 
raxa, 2d aor. ixTavov. To 
slay, to kill. 

Kiipa, ixtoq, To, (xrdop,ai, I 
acquire.) A possession, 
property. 

KTrjvl^ca, {xislg, a comb,) fut. 
laoj. To comb, to curry. 

Krr t vog, eog, to. Cattle, prop- 
erty. 

Kxl£w, fut. zTiaoo, perf. sxxixa. 
To found, to establish. 

Kxlaig, eojg, rj, (xt/£o.) Crea- 
tion, creature, construction. 

KtIo-ttj;, ov, 6, (xtI£oj.) A 
Creator. 

KvXi$, xog, rj. A cup, a goblet. 

KvUdTQcty ag, fj, (xvXIoj, to 
twist.) A hunting spear. 

KvXXog, rj, ov, adj. Mutilated, 
maimed. 

Kvgiog, ov, o, (xvgog, power.) 
A lord, a master. 

Kitgog, ov, o. Cyrus. 

Kvcov, xv vog, 6 and r t . A dog. 

A. 

Aaftvgiv&og, ov, 6. A laby- 
rinth. 
Aayojgj qj, 6. A hare. 



Ad&ga, adv. By stealthy se- 
cretly. 
Aalcpog, sog, to. A cloak, a sail. 
Aaxz.haip.ov iog, a, ov, adj. 

Lacedaemonian. 
AaUo), fut. ^crw. To speak, to 

talk. 
Aapfiavbi, fut. X^ipopat,, perf. 

tefojcpa, 2d aor. eXafiov. To 

take, to receive. 
Aa\indg, adog, r\, (XdfiJiw, to 

shine.) A torch, a lamp. 
Aap,7ig6g, a, ov, (XapTioj,) adj. 

Shining. 
AaiinQOT^g, r\Tog, rj, (Xapirgog.) 

Brigh tness, brill ian cy. 
AdfiJia, fut. ipM, perf. XsXaficpu. 

To shine, to blaze. 
Aav&dvM, (Xd&oj, to lie hid.) 

fut. Xrjao.,, perf. XiXi]d-a. To 

be unknown, to lie hid. 
Aaog, ov, o. The people. 
AaTgtva. (Xdw, to observe,') 

fut. evaco. To worship. 
Aeftng, r t Tog, //, (Xdfia, to re- 
ceive.) A kettle, a cauldron. 
Aeyco, fut. Xs$m, perf. XdXs/a. 

To say, to tell. 
Ada, ag, i}. Plunder, booty. 
Asipojv, atvog, 6. A meadow. 
Auog, a, OV) adj. Polished 

smooth. 
Aunod, fut. \pw, perf. XsXsiqxx, 

2d aor. k'Xuiov. To leave, to 

resign. 



AzvxonTtQOi — Mav&dia>. 



189 



Aivxo^teoo;, ov,(hvx6;, white, 

and TiTioijv, a icing.) adj. 

White- in 
Atv/.oj. /, i\\ adj. White, 
AitaVy ortog, o. .1 / 
Asmyidag, ov, o. L 

-, fut A/'ijaj. Yu cm 

flop. 
Arfia, u?, /,. LedO) wife of 

Tyndtu u*. 
Ajfartg, of. o, (Xelu, boot y.) A 

robber. 
AfjTCJj Bog, rout. ou£ y, Latona. 
Ai&iro*, y, OP^U&og, a f 

ad | . 
- 
uh/uri 1 harbor. 

Alfa A lake. 

J, of, o. // inline. 

Aoyoz, ov, o, (/.*; t«». to f] 

.1 loorrf, a fp< 
AoyzV* ■& V A^tetfr, a /a/ice. 
Aor/u^ of. o. Destruction* 
yloidooico, fut. rjacu, perf. 

/, xu. 7l» slander, to abuse. 
AoifUOSt o&, "• -1 plague, a 

pestilence. 
Aotnos, >,, or, (foljToj, to leave,) 

adj. Remaining, what is 

left. ^ 
Aovdojixo*, ov, 6. Louis. 
Aovw, fut. Aot'aa^ perf. AiAovxcc. 

Tb mxuA, £o cleanse. 
dvdog, ov, 6. A Lydian. 
Avxovoyo:, ov, 6. Lycurgus. 



Avxoq, ov. o. .4 *ro[/! 

Aim% ),;. tj. Sorrow, grief. 
Jn> ( oii:. a, oV, (AiVir/, grief) 
adj. Sorrowfiu\ sad. 
BTCj /. -1 /i/re. 
Avomnoq^ ov, o. Lysippus. 
ti/iiu, ag, >,. ( /.t/iu ? % a lamp.) 
a candlestick. 
Ai'Xt 1 /<//»/;. 

Ji'o), tut. iiVoi. pert'. At'Arxa. 
H foatq fu destroy, to 
■ ase. 

M. 

Ma&ljTTfa ov, o, (par&tiyb), to 

lea/ n.)A learner^ a disciple. 

MaxaolQm, (uuxuo. happy.) 

fut iVw. 7 o deem happy, tc 

'ate. 

MaauxQioSi u, or, (//«'x«o, hap- 
py.) adj. Happy, blessed. 

Muxtdtor, WOQ % o. A Mace- 
donian. 

Muxoo*. ((, or, adj. Long. 

Muxou/ourtoj. ov, (puxQOQ, 
_\ and /noyoq. time,) adj. 
Lasting a lung time, long- 
lived. 

Mala, adv. Very, very much, 

MuXiwtu, adv. superl. of fidka 
Mostly, chiefly. 

Mdu.ov, adv. compar. of pdla 
More, rather. 

Muv&uvo), (^u«#co, to seek,) 



190 



Mavia — Mtrampnta. 



fut. padrjcropai, perf. pspd- 
xrnxa, 2d aor. epa&ov. To 
learn. 

Mavia, ag, r), (paivopai, to 
rave.) Madness, insanity . 

Magadwv, wvog, o. Mara- 
thon. 

Magalvco, fut. avw, perf! ayxa. 
To wither, to destroy. 

Magjvg, vgog, 6 and y. A 
witness. 

MagTVgicO, (paOTl'g,) fut. TjCTCO, 

perf. pspagivg^xa. To bear 

witness. 
Magxvgla, ag, r h (pdgjvg.) 

Testimony. 
Macrcrcov, or, adv. compar. of 

paxgog. Longer, larger. 
Maraiog, a, ov, (parrjv, in 

vain,) adj. Vain, unprofita- 
ble. 
Ma/aiga, ag, fj, (pd/rj, a bat- 
tle.) A sword. 
Ma/n, Kg, r). A fight, a battle. 
Ma/ipog, Ifirjy ipov, (pa/v, a 

fight,) adj. Warlike. 
Ma%opai, (pdco, to feel strong 

impulse,) fut. pa^icropat,. 

Tofight. 
Msya)Jrb)Q, oo, (piyag, great, 

and ryToo, a heart.) adj. 

Magnanimous, brave. 
Msydlcog, (piyag, great,) adv. 

Greatly, proudly. 
Miyac, ptydln, piya, compar. 



pel^cov, super!. piyiazog. 

adj. Great, powerful. 
Miyiaxog, rj,ov, superl.of piyag. 

adj. Greatest, most pow erf id. 
Mi&n, rjQ, r). Intoxication* 

drunkenness. 
Ms id dco, fut. rjcroo. To smile. 
Md£atv y ov } comp. of piyag. 

Greater, more powerful. 
Mdcov, ov, comp. of pixgog. 

adj. Smaller, less. 
MskdpTiovg, odog, 6. Melam- 

pus. 
Milug, aiva, av, adj. Black. 
Mih, nog, to. Honey. 
Mikiacra, ag, 1), (piXi, honey.) 

A bee. 
Milled, fut. rpcx), perf. pspiX- 

Xr^xa. To be about, to intend. 
Mipvcov, ovog, 6. Memnon. 
Mipcpopai, fut. pipyopai, perf. 

pass, pipsppat. To blame, 

to accuse. 
Miv, adv. Indeed. 
MiviXaog, ov, 6. Menelaus. 
Mivco, fut. <o, perf. pepivrjxa. 

To remain, to abide. 
Migog, sog, to. A part. 
Mexd, prep, with the gen., dat., 

and ace. With, together 

with, among, in, by, after, 

next. 
MiTanipnw, (psrd, with, and 

nipnto, to send,) fut. yco. 

To depute, to send to. 



Mstexo) — Mooaqg. 



191 



MsTsyco, (fisrdy with, and *#«, 
to have.) To partake of, to 
participate. 

Mi/Qh adv. Until, as long as. 

Mr\, adv. and conj. Not, lest. 
Conditional and dependant. 

Mvdi, adv. Not, neither. 

Mndelg, e^ila, ev, {prfii, not, 
and elg, one,) adj. No one, 
none. 

Mijxog, eog, to. Length, height. 

Mfjkov, ov, to. An apple. 

Mr t v, vog, 6. A month, 

Mr\v, conj. Truly, indeed. 

Mrpcg, iog y i\. Wrath, anger. 

Mr\xr\q y Tsgog, cont. tqoq, fj. A 
Mother. 

Ml/pa, oaog, to, (piyvvpi, to 
mix.) A mixture. 

Mixgog, d, ov, adj. Small, little. 

Mifivr)(Tx(x), (pvijaxo), to remem- 
ber,) fat. fivrj(j(o, 1 aor. ep- 
vrjaa. To remember, t& re- 
mind. 

Mwia, (plaog, hatred,) fat. 
r\GQ), perf. pspurrjxa. To 
hate, to dislike. 

Mw&og, ov, 6. Pay, hire, re- 
ward. 

MuTxrocpogog, ov, 6, (pw&og, 
hire, and <pbQ(o, to bear off.) 
A hired person, a mercen- 
ary. 

Mlcrog, tog, to. Hatred, enmity. 

Mvda, contr. a, dag, contr. ag, 



fj. A mina, a sum equal to 
$17 59. 

Mvdopai, ojfiui, fut. rjvoficu, 
perf. ^6^v7]iiaL. To remem" 
ber. 

Mvrjpnov, ov, to, (fivrifiv, 
memory.) A tomb. 

Mr^poorvrj, r\g, fj, (pvrjpw, 
mindful.) Mnemosyne, me- 
mory. 

Moixsva, (fioixog, an adul- 
terer,) fat. evaaj. To commit 
adultery. 

MoXo). To come, to go. 

JMorog, v, ov, adj. Alone, sole* 

Mogcpi, f/C, fj. A form. 

Moa/og, ov, 6. A calf 

Movaa, r t g, fj. A muse. 

Movaixog, r\, ov, (povaa, a 
muse.) adj. Musical. Subst. 
6 (xovaixoQ. A musician, 

Mvdgog, ov, 6. A mass of ig- 
nited iron. 

Mif&og, ov, 6. A word, a story, 
a fable. 

Mvla, ag, f\. A fly. 

Mvglog, a, ov, adj. Infinite, 
numberless. 

Mvg, vog, 6. A mouse. 

MvcrTTjgiov, ov, to, (pvarrjQ, a 
mystic.) A mystery. 

Mcogla, ag, fj. Folly, simplicity. 

Moogog, a, ov, adj. Foolish, 
silly. 

Mwvrig, ov, 6. Moses. 



192 



Na&avarjX — Eav&i7T7Ttj. 



N. 

Na&avarjl, 6, indecl. Nath- 
aniel. 

Na'i'ag, adog, r), (vdw, to flow.) 
A Naiad. 

Na^og, ov, rj. Najcus. 

Naog, ov, o. A temple. 

Nag&r]$, 77x0c, r}. Fennel-giant, 
a ferule. 

Navdysw, c5, (vavg, a ship, and 
ayco,to break,) fut. vavayr]- 
o*o>. To suffer shipwreck. 

NaictQX " oi», o, (vavg and 
aQtfw, to govern.) A captain 
of a ship. 

Navg, vewg, fj. A ship, a vessel. 

Navxng, ov, o, (vavg, a ship.) 
A seaman, a sailor. 

Neavlag, ov, 6, (yiog, young.} 
A youth, a young man. 

Nslxog, eog, to. Contention, 
strife. 

Nukog, ov, 6. The Nile. 

Nsxgog, a, ov, (yi, not, and 
Xgoa, color,) adj. Dead, 
pale, colorless. 

Ni(H(o, fut. vefiw, perf. vevi^inxa. 

. To distribute, to assign, to 
feed. 

Niog, a, ov, adj. New, young. 

NeoTrjg, TjTog, t), (veog.) Novel- 
ty, newness. 

NscpiXr), rjg, fj, (viopog, a cloud.) 
A cloud. 



Nrftrrjig, 'idog, r\. A Nereid. 
Nfjvog, ov, r\. An island. 
Nixaw, (ylxn, victory) fut, 

r)<TG), perf. vzvlxwxa. To con- 

quer. 
Nlxrj, rjg, fj. Victory. 
Nlo^v, rjg, rj. Niobe. 
NItctw, fut. yen, perf. viviyot. 

To wash. 
Nofisvg, sag, o, (vi^w, to feed.) 

A shepherd. 
No fir], rjg, r), (vsfuo, to feed.) 

Pasture. 
No[il£oo, (vopog, custom,) fut. 

ha. To establish, to think, 

to suppose. 
Nopog, ov, 6. Law, custom. 
Noog, oov, o, contr. vovg, vov, 

The mind, the intellect. 
Noaioj, w,(v6ffog, sickness,) fut. 

rjo-w. To be sick, to be dis- 
tressed. 
Notrifiog, r', ov, (vocrsco,) adj. 

Sick. 
Not tog, a, ov, (vorog, south.) 

adj. Southerly, south. 
Novfia, ag, o. Numa. 
Nvfxcpv, vg, r). A nymph, a 

bride. 
Nvv, and vwl, adv. Now. 
jVvf, wxtog, i). Night. 



AOtv&lnnr}, yc, r). Xantippe. 



cevSoynor — 'OreiStXco- 



193 



Zivoooxiiov, ov, to, (if«Voc, a 
guest, and di/ofiai, to re- 
ceive.) An inn. 

Isvog, r h ov. adj. Strange, 
foreign. Subst. A guest, a 
stranger. 

Zsvoqxar, wvTog, o. Xenophon. 

Zf'olTj;, ov, o. Xerxes. 

Zlqog, tog, to. A sword. 

Zvkov, ov, to. Wood, a log. 

' 0. 

c O, t, to, article, The. Some- 
times, this, that, his, her, 
etc., 6 per, the one; o oV, 
the other. 

'OfioXoc, ov,o. Anobolns, worth 
between two and three 
cents. 

*Oydor,xovTa, ov, al, id, num. 
adj. Eighty. 4 

"Oydoog, on, oov, (oxrw, eight.) 
adj. The eighth. 

'Ode, yds, iode, pron. This, 
this very. 

'Odsia), (odog,) fut. tiow. To 
travel, to go. 

'Odog, ov, 7j, A way, a road. 

'Oflot'c, ovxog, 6. A tooth. 

'Odvvatla, ag, fj. The Odyssey. 

'Oovaasig, icog, 6. Ulysses. 

Oixhyg, ov, o, (olxiw, to in- 
habit.) A domestic, a servant. 

Olxea, fut. raw, perf. wxnxa. 
To inhabit, to dwell in. 
9 



Olxr^og,^, ov, (olxicj,) adj. In- 
habited, habitable. 

Olxla, ag, r„ (oixog, a house.) 
A dwelling, a household. 

OlxodsonoT^g^ ov, 6, (olxog, and 
oionorrfi, a waster.) The 
waster of a family. 

Oixog, ov, 6. A house. 

0}fi(o£(o, fut. ojo-o). To bewail, 
to declare. 

Oivog, ov, o. Wine. 

Olbfuti, fut. ob'jcoficu, perf. 
on { ucu. To think. 

'OxTtu, num. adj. Eight. 

'Otiyog, r h ov, adj. Small, few. 

'Okiycooib), (hliyog and wga, 
care.) To despise, to con- 
temn. 

c OAo7ttw, fut. ipw. To peel, to 
skin. 

"OXog, 7), ov, adj. The whole. 

'OXvuTiidg, adog, rj. An Olym- 
piad, a space of four years. 

"OfiriQog, ov, 6. Homer. 

'Opdla, ag, rj, (opiXsoo, to be in 
company with.) Intercourse, 
communication. 

"Oppa, axog, to, (oitionai, to 
see.) An eye. 

c Opoiwpa, aTog, to, (opoiog, 
like.) A likeness. 

*Opov, adv. Together, at the 
same time. 

"O/uqpal, axog, adj. Unripe. 

3 Ovudl^w, (oveidog, reproach,) 



194 



"Oroua — Ovts. 



fut. laa). To blame, re- 
proach, to urge as a re- 
proach. 

*Ovo t ua, axog, to. A name. 

3 Ovo[i(i£(i), (ovo^ia, a name,) 
fut «(7a), perf. m'Ofiaxa. To 
name. 

"Ovo$, ov t 6. An ass. 

"Ovrwg, adv. Truly, verily. 

*0$vg, eia, v, adj. Sharp, acid, 
swift. 

3 OttI(tco, adv. Backwards, back. 
Ojih'j, rjg, 7] y (bnlov.) A hoof. 
OtiXItj^, ov, b, (buXov, a wea- 
pon.) A heavy armed 
soldier. 

"OtiXov, ov, to. A weapon, plur. 
arms. 

'Otiote, adv. When, whenever. 

^Onraco, (ena), to prepare by 
fire,) fut. t((tw. To roast. 

"Onxoiiaiy mid. fut., oipoucu. 
To see, to behold. 

"Ooavig, stag, tj, (oociw.) Sight, 
seeing. 

c Ooaw, fut «o(w, perf. aioaxa. 
To see. 

*Oqy% ijg, 7]. Anger, passion. 

3 Ogyl£(o (boyrj,) fut. tVw. To 
make angry. 

"Oqvig, L&og, 6 and rj. A bird. 

"Ogog, tog, to'. A mountain. 

Ooytvg, mg> o. Orpheus. 

u Og, ?, o, pron. Who, which, 
what. 



'Oo/arj, ijg, r\y (o£w, to emit per- 
fame.) A smell, perfume. 

"Oaog, tj, 0Vy pron. As much, 
as many. 

"OdJieg, J)t6o, ojrfo, (og and 
7T£o.) pron. Whoever, which- 
soever, whatsoever. 

'Oaieov, iov, to, contr. ogtovv, 
bcnov. A bone. 

" Optic, i]Tig, or i, (bg and Tig.) 
pron. Whoever. 

c 'Oiav, conj. When, whenever. 

"Ore, adj. When, at times. 

"Oiiy conj. That, because. 

Oby ovx, oi%, adv. Not. Ot- 
is used before consonants ; 
ovx before smooth vowels; 
ovx before aspirates. 

Oval, interj. Woe! alas! 
woe to ! 

OvctvoiyyTwnog, ov, 6. Wash- 
ington. 

Ovdiy (ov not, and di.) Not 
even, neither, nor. 

Oidslg, oidsfila, ovdiv, (ov, 
not, and tig, one,) adj. No 
one, none. 

Ovxovv, (ovx, not, and ovv, 
then,)a.o\v. Therefore, then. 

Ovvy adv. Therefore, hence. 

Oigdviog, a, ov, (ovoavog, 
Heaven,) adj. Heavenly. 

OvQocvog, ov, b. Heaven* 

Ovg, mog, to. An ear. 

Ovu, conj. Neither, nor. 






Ovtog — lluQig. 



195 



Oirog, avirj, tovto, pron. 

This, that. 
Oltw, or ovToog, when a vowel 

follows, adv. So, thus, in 

this case. 
'OcpslXw, (ocpeXXa, should,) fut. 

6qpaA>;cra), perf. cocptlhjxa. 

To owe, to be indebted. 
5 Ocpd-aX/.wg, ov, 6, (oinopai, 

to see.) An eye. 
"Ocpig, sag, 6. A serpent, a 

snake. 
"OxXog, ov, c. .4 crowd. 
"Oipig, scog, r b {oiuo^iai, to see.) 

Sight, appearance. 
'Oipm'iov, ov, to. Provision. 

n. 

IIcuyvi(jodr t g, eog, (nalyviov, 
sport, and eidog, appear- 
ance.) Playful, sportive. 

ITaidaycoyog, ov, 6, (nctig, a 
boy, and ay a, to bring.) A 

. teacher, an instructor of 
yauth. 

Tlaidela, ag, i], (jraidevw, to 
educate.) Education, in- 
struction. 

Ilcudevco, {noug, a boy.) fut. 
svffw, perf. TtsTTCJtldEvy.ci. To 
instruct, to teach. 

Ilaid laxr}, rjg, f, (natg, a child.) 
A damsel, a female slave. 

Ilatg, naidog, 6. A boy. a child. 



UaXatog, d, ov, (ndXai, for- 
merly,) adj. Ancient, old. 

ndv, avog, 6. Pan, the god 
of shepherds. 

Ilagd, prep, with a gen., dat, 
and ace. From, of, at, by, 
near, to, unto, during. 

IlagddsKJog, ov, 6. A park, 
paradise. 

ITagadldw^uai, (nagd, to, and 
dldwjic, to give,) fut. naga- 
dcovcx), perf. nagadidcoxa. 
To deliver up, to give to. 

IlrwcaivS-so i uai, oificu, (naqd, 
by, and pv&og, a word.) To 
console, to encourage, tu 
soothe. 

naganXrpiog, la, iov, (naga 
and nXrjdiog, near,) adj. 
Near, like, equal. 

IJagaaxsvaCo), {naqa and 
crxsvd^o), to prepare,) fut. 
dao). To prepare, to equip, 

TlagavxevacrTixog, rj, ov, 
(nagaaxsva^o},) adj. Ca- 
pable of providing, or fur- 
nishing. 

ndgei^i, (nagd, by, and slfil, 
to be,) fut. nagiaopai. To 
be present. 

TTagr/yogta, ag, f], (nagd, and 
dyogio), to speak.) Consola- 
tion, comfort. 

Ilag&evog, ov, r). A virgin. 

Jldgig, idog, 6. Paris. 



196 



Tldoodog — UeQiGaeia. 



Udgo8og, (nagd, by, and odog, 
a way.) A passage, a par- 
ade, a play. 

Uagoixtiv, pres. part, of nagoi- 
xib). Inhabiting, dwelling 
in. 

Jlag, nana, nav, adj. Every, all. 

Hdazco, fut. ndaopai, perf. 
mid. 7ie7iov&a. To bear, to 
suffer. 

JJaid^ag, 1st aor. part, of 
ncnd(J(j(x. Striking. 

HomjQ, Tsgog, contr. igog. A 
father. 

Harglg, idog, r„ (naTi]g.) Na- 
tive country. 

JIavco, fut. 7Tav(JG), ninavxa. 
To cause to cease. 

JJaxvg, ua, v, adj. Thick. 

Ilst&co, fut. Hsiao), perf. ninu- 
xa. To persuade. 

Heivdw,' m, fut. yaw. To be 
hungry. 

ITeigacFpog, ov, 6, (nsigdoj.) 
Temptation. 

Jlsigdo), w, fut. daw, perf. 
ntntigaxa. To try, to tempt, 
to endeavor. 

niXtxvg, £(**;. o. An axe. 

neXTOKTTTjg, ov, 6, (nelir), a 
target.) A targeteer. 

HiXxn, r\g, r t . A light shield. 

JliXwgog, ov, (neXwg, a mon- 
ster,) adj. Monstrous, pro- 
digious. 



nifXTtTog, n, ov, adj. Fifth 
nifiTKOf fut. ipw, perf. ninopya. 

To send, to throw. 
Ilev&ew, c5, (nevxrog, grief) 

fut. rjo-co. To mourn, to la- 
ment. 
Ilevla, ag, ?], (nsvcxt, to be poor,) 

Poverty, destitution. 
Jlsvi^gcg, a, ov, (nsvla, pover- 
ty,) adj. Poor, destitute. 
Uevjccxoo-Loi, at, a, num. adj. 

Five hundred. 
Havre, num. adj. Five. 
IlevTrjxovTa, num. adj. Fifty. 
ninsLQog, ov, (ninw, to be 

ripe,) adj. Ripe, mellow, 
nsnrj/wg, via, og, perf. part. 

o^nr^vvpi. Frozen. 
Uegdoj, aj, fut. aaco. To carry, 

to transport, to pass. 
JTIegl, prep, with a gen., dat., 

and ace. Above, about, 

around, concerning, of, near. 
Ileglavdgog, ov, 6. Periander, 

a philosopher. 
nsgiovala, ag, rj, (nsglsi^L 

to accrue.) Abundance, 

plenty. 
Ilsgiovtnog, on, (iregiovaia,) 

adj. Abundant, plentiful. 
IlfoiTzXs'Aw, (nfgl, and nXixco, 

to wind.) To embrace, to 

enfold, to involve, 
negiaaria, ac, fy (jisgio-aog, 

abundant.) Abundance. j 



Ihgiaciva — n).ovTt%co. 



197 



negia&cvh , (jitgicrcrog, abun- 
dant,) fut. siacj. To abound. 
IXsgicpsgoj, (nsgl, around, and 
opfow, to carryfi nzQiolaw. 
To carry about. 
Jlsgo-yg, ov, o; A Persian. 
IlegaLy.og, 7], ov, adj. Persian. 
Ilhga, «?, 7j. A rock, a stone. 
I IIsTQog, ov, 6. Peter, a man's 
name, a stone. 
IT)]/?], % 3 r). A fountain. 
HrfiuXiov, ov, to, (nrfiog, an 

oar.) A rudder, a guide, 
nr)^a, azog, to, (tit]&(x), to 
suffer.) An injury, a mis- 
fortune, a crime. 
nrtfvg, swg, 6. A cubit, an ell. 
llixgog, a, ov, adj. Bitter, 

pungent. 
IlLvddgog, ov, 6. Pindar. 
Hlvw, fut. 7ro5(7w, perf. nircama, 

2d. aor. I'mov. To drink. 
IhTrgdaao), fut. nsguvw, perf. 

ningaxa. To sell. 
nlnjca, fut. TTToIcra), perf. nsn- 
rcoKot, 2d aor. eneaov. To 
fall, to perish. 
IIkttevcx), (nldTig, belief) fut. 
sicrw, perf. ns7il(TTsvxa. To 
trust, to confide. 
nlaiig, sojg, r). Faith, trust, 

belief. 
Jliazog, 7], ov, (nfoxig,) adj. 

Credible, faithful. 
nkvg, vog, r). A pine tree. 



nXaauxog, i], ov, (nXdoao), to 

mould.) adj. Plastic, 
nlaxala, ag, t). Plataa. 
nlaxog, tog, to. Breadth. 
ILXuivg, hoc, v, adj. Broad, flat. 
JIXixtmv, ojrog, 6. Plato. 
IlXsidg, adog, t). A Pleiad. 
IlXixw, fut. nXilw. To knit, to 

weave, to wreathe. 
nXsov£$l(x, ag, r), (nXiov, more, 
and l/w, to have.) Avarice, 
desire of more. 
nXiog, a, ov, adj. Fidl. 
nXiw, fut. slow, perf. nertXevxa. 

To sail. 
IlXio), fut. yaw, perf. nsTiXrjxa. 

To fill. 
JlX^v, adv. Except, but, be- 
sides. 
IlXrjQTjQ, sg, (irXm, to fill,) adj. 

Full. 
IlXrjgoo), (nXygyg,) cooor, perf. 
TiinXrjgaxa. To fill, to fill up. 
IlXrpiov, adv. Near. 
nXrjao- ai, fut. 7iXt]$(o, perf. 
ninXy]xa, 2d aor. sttXv/ov. 
To strike, to wound. 
nXolov, ov, to, (nXiw, to sail.) 

A ship, a vessel. 
IlXovcnog, la, iov, adj. Rich, 

wealthy. 
JlXovidb), (nXovTog, wealth,) 
fut. r]o*b), perf. TisjiXovrnxa. 
To be rich. 
HXovtI£g), (nXovTog, wealth,) 



198 



IIXovTog — Tloayua. 



/(jo), perf. TiBTiXovTixa, 

enrich. 

JlXomog, oi/', b. Wealth, ?iches. 

JIvsvfia, aiog, to, (nvm, to 

breathe.) Breath, spirit, life. 

Zlvlyco, fut. £a>, perf. niTivi/a. 

To strangle, to drown. 
Iloxrev, &dv. Whence? how? 
HoiEoj, c5, fut. rjdco, perf. ns- 
noir t xa. To make, to do, to 
prepare. 
IIoirjTrjg, ov, b, (noiiio, to 
make.) A poet, a creator 
of imagery. 
UoixlXog, tj, ov, adj. Variega- 
ted. 
Iloifi?iV, ivog, 6. A shepherd. 
UoXspagxog, ov, o, (710^ oc, 
and vqxcv, to govern.) 
Polemarch, chief officer. 
IloXefiew, Cj, (Tioktfiog, war,) 
fut. rjaw, perf. 7i£7ioXsp,r]xot. 
To wage war, to carry on 
war. 
UoXsfiiog, a, ov, r 7i6Xs[iog, war.) 
adj. Warlike, hostile. Subst. 
An enemy. 
UoXtfiog, ov, 6, {noXvg, much, 
and aipa, blood.) War, 
battle. 
UoXiog, «, ov, adj. Gray, 

hoary. 
IZoXiotng, nrog, fj, (jioXiog.) 

Grayness, hoariness. 
JloXig, tug, r). A state, a city. 



To j rioXnelix, ag, i], (noXig.) Polity 
constitution, government. 
IloXUrjg, ov, 6, {no Xig, a city.) 

A citizen^ 
JJoXXaxig, adv. Often, fre- 
quently. 
IloXrvg, £G>c, 6. Pollys, a man's 

name. 
IJoXvfxa&^g, tg, (noXvg, much } 
and [lav&avM, to learn.) 
adj. Learned, knowing 
many things. 
JJoXvg^ TioXXr}, jtoXv, adj. 
Much, many. Com par. nXscov 
and nXslm', superl. nXua- 
jog. 
I7ofj.nrj, rig, rj. A pomp, a pro- 
cession, a show. 
Uovrjgog, a, ov, (novog, toil,) 

adj. Wicked, evil. 
Ilovog, ov, b, {nivo^ioa, to toil.) 

Labor, toil. 
Uooicmxog, r], 6v, (jiogog, in- 
come,) did]. Good at provid- 
ing, provident. 
Ii6q$oj&ev ; (noQfjb), far off)) 

adv. From afar. 
JJooog, r\, ov, adj. How much? 

how large ? 
IIoTafiog, ov, b. A river. 
Hots, adv. When? at what 

time ? 
Uov, adv. Where. 
Ilovg, nodog, b. Afoot. 
Uoo/fia, aiog, to, (Tioocvaco, to 



riga^ig — TIzoXefiaTog. 



199 



make.) A deed, an affair, 

a thing. 
I2gu$ig, ewg, fj, (tzquggw, to 

make.) An action, a deed, a 

doing. 
Jlgdaaw, fut. i-w, perf. ningaya, 

2d aor. zngctyov. To make. 

to do. 
Ilgaig, slot, v, adj. Soft, mild, 
nginti, impers. v. It becomes. 
Jlgeafievb), (ngeafivg, an am- 
bassador,) fut. evaoj. To 

send, to depute. 
Ilgsafivg, sag, 6. An old man, 

an ambassador. 
nglqp,ou, (negda, to convey.) 

To purchase, to buy. 
Jlgo, prep, with a gen. Before, 

for, on account of. 
Ugo^dlkco, (it go, before, and 

ftuAkw, to throw,) fut. fiakw, 

perf. ngo-jiSXrpa. To cast 

before, to present, as arms, 
ngoficaov, ov, to, (ngo, and 

fiulvb), to go.) A sheep. 
1 Ugodoaig, eojg, ?], (jigodldojiui, 

to betray.) Treachery. 
| Hqo$, prep, with the gen. dat. 

and ace. From, of, on ac- 
count of besides, with, to, 

against, towards. 
Ugocrayogsvcx), (jigog, to, and 

ayogtvoj, to speak,) fut. a'ua, 

To address, to accost, to 

salute. 



HgoGbQxoiicu, (ngog, to, and 
h'gyouai, to come,) fut. iXtu- 
(TO(itu. 2d aor. TTgoarjX&ov. 
To go or come to, to address. 

nooasi'/rj, ye, rj. Prayer. 

Ugoae^w, (ngog and e/co, to 
have.) fut. $w. To hold, to 
bring to, to attend, to direct 
to, to follow. 

Ugoai'ikviog, ov, 6 and f t . A 
new-comer, a proselyte, a 
stranger. 

IJgoay.vria), (ngog, to, and 
y.vi'tw, to kiss,) fut. t.vcj. To 
salute, to worship by pros- 
tration. 

UgoaTayfj-a, arog, to, (ngoG- 
Tawo), to order.) An order, 
a command. 

IlgoaTuTTa), (jigog and tclttcj, 
to order,) fut $co, perf. ttqov- 
TZTuya. To order, to enjoin. 

IJgocrcj^Tov, ov, to, (ngog, to- 
wards, and a!<//, the eye.) 
The countenance, the face. 

IlgoTSiPb), (ngo before, and 
tdva), to stretch,) fut. tcvoS, 
perf. TTgoTtTctY.ct. To extend, 
to hold out, to present. 

ngocfrjTrjg, ov, 6, (ngo, before, 
and qpiftul, to say.) A pro- 
phet. 

IJgwiog, i], ov, (ngo, before^) 
adj. First. 

Hiofafiociog, ov, 6. Ptolemy. 



200 



nrcoatg — Ei'ifta. 



JJitocng, scog, ?;, (niTiito, to fall.) 
A fall, a failure, a breach. 

nico^og, i), ov, (jit(xhj(J(j), to 
creep,) adj. Poor, wretched. 

nvln, i)q, r). A gate, a pass. 

Uvv&dvofiou, fut. nsiao^ca, 
2d aor. mid. ijiv&opnv. To 
ask, to inquire, 

IIvq, Tfvgog, to. Fire. 

IIvQocfilg, iSog, r). A pyramid. 

nig yog, ov,6. A tower, a tur- 
ret. 

JTldytov, bjvog, 6. A beard. 

IltoXeto, to, fut. Tjcrco. To sell. 

Iltog, adv. 1 How? in what 
way? iitog. Any how, any 
way. 



c Pdfidog, ov, r), A staff, wand. 
c Pqb > Log ) a, ov, adj. Easy. 

Compar. gdwv. Superl. 

(javiog. 
c Pr)p ) a, ctrog, to, (gsco, to speak.) 

A word, a discourse. 
c Pf]jlvrj, rjg, r). (otto, to flow.) 

Resin, turpentine. 
c Pr]jtoQ, ooog, 6, {$im f to speak.) 

An orator. 
'PnroQixq, r t g, r), (yrjTtoQ, an 

orator.) Oratory, rhetoric. 
c P/£a, rjg, r). A root. 
c Plg, glvog, r), (gito, to flow.) 

The nose. 



c PododdxTvXog, ov, (godov, a 
rose, and ddxTvXog, a fin- 
ger,) adj. Rosy-fingered. 

c Podov, ov, to. A rose. 

c Podtov, tovog, o. A rosebed. 

c Pv^n, r t g, r), (gvoj.) A street, a 
defence. 

c Pvto, fut. Qiato. To withdraw, 
to deliver. 

c Pto^iaiog i a, ov, adj. Roman. 

'PtojArj, r\g, r). Rome. 

c PtoftovXog, ov, 6. Romulus. 



ZdpSctTov, ov, to. The Sab- 
bath. 

Salafilg, Ivog, r). Salamis, an 
island. 

^dXniy*, iyyog, r). A trumpet. 

-5Vxo|, vagxog, r). Flesh. 

^argdmyg, ov, 6. A satrap, a 
Persian governor. 

Ssavtov,r)g, pron. reflex. Of 
thyself. 

2£{$to, fut. aityto, perf. (riascpa. 
To reverence, to worship. 

2dto y fut. oshto, perf. aiasMot. 
To move ) to shake, to agitate. 

2sXag, aog, to. Light, bright- 
ness. 

2eXivT], vg, r), (crtXag.) The 
moon. 

2r\iia, oLiog, to. A sign, a 
token. 



2!tjixeTov — Srsqioa. 



201 



2iftxsiov t ov, to, (ar h ua.) A 

sign, a proof. 
ZqQixog, r\, ov, (cr^g, a silk- 
worm,) adj. Silken, of silk. 
2iyaoi, c5, (aiyr\, silence.) fut. 

T/O-oj, perf. (jsalyijy.a. To be 

silent. 
2iyr\, r\g, r\. Silence. 
Sifmv, orog, 6. Sitno?i, a man's 

name. 
Zlvnni. tog, to. Mustard. 
Sivvyog, ov, o. Sisyphus. 
J&talxog, ov, 6. Sitalcus, a 

man's name. 
2~iTog, ov, o. Wheat. 
Hmnr^og, r\, oV, (ataTtrj, si- 
lence.) adj. Silent, taciturn. 
JZxevog, so?, to. ^4 £ooZ, aw im- 

plement, a preparation. 
2xnrr}, t\q, ^. A tent. 
Hxnvow, w, (o-y.rjvr], a tent,) fut. 

wow. To dwell in a tent, to 

tabernacle, to dwell. 
2xrjJtTQ0V, ov, to, (ay.rjTiTa), to 

lean on.) A sceptre, a staff. 
2yua, ag, fj. A shadow, a 

shade. 
Zxv&ng, ov, 6. A Scythian. 
JZxvviov, ov, to. The eye-brow. 
JZxvxtvoQ, r h ov, (axviog, a 

skin,) adj. Leathern, of 

leather. 
Zogog, ov, fj. A bier, a coffin. 
Zog, crr n gov, (vv, thou,) pron. 

Thine. 

9* 



2ocf)la, ag, f], (doqpoc.) Wisdom. 
2o<$6q, i], ov, adj. Wise. 
JfTrr/oTa, ag, tj. Sparta. 
2nH)8ta, fut. svcro). To hasten, 

to be in haste, 
^rjluiov, ov, to, (vTisog, a 

cave.) A cave, a cavern, a 

den. 
2iiov8aiog, a, ov, (criiovdn, 

zeal.) adj. Earnest, good, 

zealous. 
2novb*a£pi, (crjiovdrj,) fut. acrco. 

To be in haste, to be eager. 
2icr/wv, ovoq, tj, (or«£w, to 

drop.) A drop. 
^Ttxdiov, ov, io. A stadium, a 

measure of 625 feet. 
SkxQq, fut. aifw. To distil. 
2iaGia^od s (aTacrig, sedition,) 

fut. daw, perf. iaraalay.a. 

To quarrel, to excite discord. 
2iavoog, ov, 6,(ot«w, toplace.) 

A cross. 
2jiyr\, ijg, r h (ariyb), to cover.) 

A roof a house. 
2t£IX(x), fut. atskw, perf. i'oraA- 

xa. To send, to fit out, to 

repress. 
2iev6g, a, ov, (arrjvw, to con- 

tract.)s.d']. Narrow, straight. 
UTtcpavog, ov, 6, (oTf'opw, to 

crown.) A crown, a wreath. 

Stephen. 
2iecp(x>, fut o-ieipb). To crown, 

to adorn with wreaths. 



202 



-ZV o t^eTov — Zvpog, 



2toix&ov, ov, to. An element, 

a rudiment 
2ToXog, ov, o, (aTeXXto, to 

equip.) An expedition, an 

advance. 
2tgiluX) aTog, to. A mouth. 

SXQOLTIVIKX, OtTOg, TO, (OTOtf- 

tsvcj, to prepare for war.) 

An army. 
2xgaxsvco, (axgaxog, an army,) 

fut. svcro). To make war, to 

serve in war. 
2xgaxnyla, ag, r t , (axoaxrjyog.) 

Strategy, the art of war. 
2xqaxr\yog, ov, 6, (axqaxog, an 

army, and ay to, to lead.) A 

general, a commander. 
2xqaxid, ag, r\, (axqaxog, an 

army.) An army. 
2xqaxitoxng, ov, 6, (argaTog, an 

army.) A soldier. 
2xqov&Lov, ov, to, (crxgov&og, 

a sparrow.) An ostrich, a 

sparrow. 
2xv\og, ov, 6. A column, a 

pillar. 
2v, gov, pron. Thou. 
2vyytvtoaxto, (avv, with f and 

yivd)(JY.(ti, to know,) avy- 

yvatau), perf. avviyvtov.a. To 

pardon, to forgive. 
2vyxXdo), m, (avv, with, and 

xXdto to break.) fut. v.Xdato. 

To break, to dash in pieces. 
2vyxalqto, (avv, with, and 



/aiQw, to rejoice.) To re- 
joice with, to congratulate. 

^vyxcoQew, &, (avv, with, and 
Xtooito, to have room,) fut. 
ycTto. To resign, to pardon, 
to forgive. 

2v%stj, fjg, 7]. A fig tree. 

2vv.ov, ov i to. A fig. 

Zvfinlsto, to, (avv, with, and 
nlito, to sail,) fut. svvto. 
To sail with. 

2vucpiqu, impers. It is useful, 
it is profitable. 

2vfi(pood, ag, f} y (avpcpsgto, to 
bear with.) A misfortune. 

2vv, prep, with a dat. With, 
together with. 

2wavx8to, to, (avv, with, and 
avxuto, to meet,) fut. rjato. 
To meet with. 
j 2vvftdXXto, (avv and ftdXXto, to 
throw.) fut. jSaXto, perf. 
avv(tefiXr\y.a. To throw to- 
gether, to contribute. 

JZvreldriaic, eojg, t\, (avv, with, 
and el'dto, to know.) Con- 
sciousness. 

2vviaxr^iL, (avv, with, and 
Yaxyfii, to place,) fut. av- 
axrjato, perf. avviax7\v.a. To 
place with, to establish, to 
appoint. 

2v%vog, rj, 6v K (avv, with, and 
t/w, to have,) adj. Thick, 
crowded, frequent. 



m 1 



^ifiaXsQag — Ts'qtzg}. 



203 



^cpalsgwg, (dcpaXXa), to . de- 
ceive) adv. Treacherously, 
erroneously. 

Zcphsgog, a, ov, (o-qpsL*, they,) 
pron. His own, their own. 

Zq)Qctyl£(a, {vygaylg. a seal.) 
fut. /a-o). To seal) to affix a 
mark. 

2^o/.a'Ja), (cr/ok^, leisure) fut. 
da-Co. To be at leisure, to be 
idle. 

S/oXaaxixog, ov, 6, (070^7, 
leisure.) An idler, a simple- 
ton. 

2(a£o), (awog, safe) fut. aw, 
perf. via caxa. To save, to 
preserve. 

JZwxooiTrjg) eog, contr. ovg, 6. 
Socrates. 

2wfi<x, axog, to. A body. 

2£og, wov, adj. Safe, secure, 
sound. 

ZcSr^o, t}Qog, o, (crwjaj.) A 
Savior. 

^omjo/a, «s, 77, (o-dir^o.) Sal- 
vation. 

2(acpQovi<jKog, ov, 6. Sophron- 
iscus. 

Zftocpgovvvrj, rjg, r\, (awcpgcov, 
discreet.) Prudence, tem- 
perance. 

JSwygw, ov, (afiog, sound, and 
q>gnvj mind) adj. Prudent, 
temperate. 



T. 

Talag, aiva, av, (raXoua, to 
suffer) adj. Wretched, 
miserable. 

Tceplag, ov, 6. A steward. 

Tannvog, r h ov, adj. Humble, 
low. 

Tavgog, ov, 6. A bull. 

Tacpog, ov. 6, (damo), to bury) 
A tomb. 

Tfe'jConj. And; re — re. Both — 
and. 

Tei/lfa, (tuxoq) fut. law. To 
provide with walls, to fortify. 

Tet/og, eog, to. A wall. 

Tixvov, ov, to, (t/ktw, to beget) 
A child. 

Tefovidw, (jtXog, an end) fut. 
rjcro), perf. TsxElevTtjxa. To 
end, to die. 

Tsliw, c5, (rslog) fut. ^o-w, perf. 
TETeXtjxcc. To complete, to 
finish. 

Telog, eog, to. An end, death. 

Tdfivco, fut. TSfico, perf. ihfiTjxa. 
To cut, to cleave. 

Tigag, arog, to. A sign, apor- 
tent. 

Tegrjv, siva, ev, adj. Soft, ten- 
der, delicate. 

Tegnvog, r\, ov, (rignw, to de- 
light) adj. Delightful 
agreeable. 

Tiqn&i, fut. yw, perf. tfrsgya* 



204 



TicaaQBQ — Tgoia. 



To delight, to please, to 

captivate. 
Tsaaageg, a, num. adj. Four. 
Ttiagzog, rj, ov, num. adj. 

Fourth. 
TsrgaTiov?, ovv, (jivaaqfg, 

four , and novg, afoot.) adj. 

Fourfooted, a quadruped. 
Tervcpwg, via, og, perf. part, 
act. Thmcj. Having smitten, 
who has been striking. 
Tei%a), fut. tsi;$(x), perf. rh sv/cc. 
To prepare, to construct, 

to make, to happen. 
Te/vrj, vg. r). An art, skill, work. 
Tijgeco, c5, fut. rjoco, perf. tsts- 

gijxa. To observe, to keep. 
TrjQrjg, ewg, 6. Teres. 
Tivrilii, fat. xrrjaoo, perf.Tt^xa. 

To place, to lay, to reckon, 

to grant. 
Tc&iovog, ov, 6. Tithonus. 
Tificuo, uj, (jipvi, honor,) fut. 

r t (TO), perf. Tsxl^xa. To hon- 
or, to value. 
Tifir), rig, rj, (t/w, to honor.) 

Honor, esteem. 
Tig, ri, pron. interrog. Who? 

what? 
Tig, tI, pron. indef. Any, any 

one. 
Ttxav, avog, 6. Titan, the sun. 
Ti<a, fut. rlao), perf. xsuxa. 

To honor, to value. 
Toiyaoovv, adv. Therefore. 



Toiovjog, ccvtt), ovxo, adj. 
Stick. 

To$6tt)q, ov, o, (rolov, a bow.) 

An archer. 
Tots, adv. Then, at that time. 
TovlXog, ov, o. Tullus. 
Tgayixog, rj, ov, {tgdyog, a 

goat,) adj. Tragic, per- 
taining to tragedy. 
Tgdyog, ov, 6. A goat. 
Tgdne^a, r)g, rj, (xitgag and 

ni^a, afoot.) A table with 

four feet. 
Tga/vg, slot, v, adj. Rough, 

harsh, uneven. 
Toiig, rgla, num. adj. Three. 
Tgecpco, fut. S-gsipw, perf. ts- 

xgocpa.. To nourish, to bring 

up. 
Tgiaxovja, num. adj. indecl. 

Thirty. 
TgiaxoviovTog, rj, ov, (rgiaxo- 

cnoi, three hundred,) adj. 

Three hundredth. 
Tgiaxocnog, rj, ov, (jgtaxovia, 

thirty,) adj. Thirtieth. 
Tglftw, fut. yco, perf. Tijgiqxx. 

To rub, to wear. 
TqLr)qr]g, sog, contr. ovg, fj, 

(rgslg, three, and igtaaco, to 

row.) A trireme, a galley 

with three banks of oars. 
Tglxog, rj, ov, (tqu$, three,) 

adj. Third. 
Tgoitx, ag, r\. Troy. 



Tqonaiov — f Tno^vyiov. 



205 



Toonaiov, ov, to, (too7t^ 3 a 
flight.) A trophy. 

Tgocprj, rfi, fj, (Tofi'qDco, to nour- 
ish*) Food, nourishment. 

Tgv£w, fut. TQVffw. To hiss, to 
sputter, to murmur. 

Tgmg, av, ol. The Trojans. 

Tgcoixog, ?J, ov, adj. Trojan. 

Tvpfiog, ou, 6. A tomb, a se- 
pulchre, a mound. 

TvTtxw, fut. t//co, perf. TSTicpa. 
To strike, to smite. 

Timm>, ovva, ov, pres. part. 
twitw. Striking, smiting. 

Tvqawlq, idog, y, (rvqavvog.) 
Sovereign power, tyranny. 

T^vqavvog, oi', 6. A tyrant, a 
sovereign. 

Tvcp&slg, slaa, h>, 1 aor. part. 
pass. Smitten, struck, hav- 
ing been struck. 

T\jcplog, Tj y ov, adj. Blind, dark. 

Tvxn, rjc, r\> (rvyxdva, to 
chance.) Chance, misfor- 
tune. 



*Tylua, ag, fj. Hygeia, health. 
c Tyw t g, sog, adj. Healthy, sound, 

vigorous. 
"TdwQ, vdaTog, to, (i/oj, to make 

wet.) Water. 
*Tlog, ov, 6. A son. 
'Tin, fjg, *j. A wood, timber, 

a forest* 



c Tfihsgog, a, ov, (vfisig, you,) 
adj. pron. Your, your 
oum. 

c TfisTTog, ov, 6. Hymetus. 

'Tttcmovw, {yno, under, and 
ay.ovcj, to hear,) fut. ovaa). 
To listen, to obey. 

c Tnsio-eX&wv, 2d aor. part, of 
vnuvtQxonai. Approach- 
ing under. 

*Tn£g, prep, with a gen., and 
ace. Above, beyond, for, on 
account of over, against. 

c Tnsgricpavia, ag, f), (vjisq, 
above, and epeuvw, to ap- 
pear.) Pride, haughtiness. 

c TjTsgxofiui, {vno, under, and 
to/opou, to come,) fut 
vnetevaopcu, 2d aor. vnijl- 
-&ov. To go under, to creep 
under. 

c 'Tnvog, ov, 6. Sleep. 

3 Tno, prep, with a gen., dat., 
and ace. By, from, on. 
through, under, during. 

c Tjiodexofiai, {vno, under, and 
dexopcu, to receive,) fut. o*e- 
Sofiai. To receive, to enter- 
tain, to treat with kindness. 

c Tn6dy(icc, aTog, to, {yno, 071, 
and dew, to bind.) A sandal, 
a shoe. 

*Tno£vyiov, ov, to, {vno, under, 
and ivyov, a yoke.) A i 
of burden, an ox. 



206 



'TnoHarG) — tlklrjTog. 



Tnoxdrw, {vno, under, and 
k«tw, below,) adv. Beneath, 
c TnoKQiviq, sag,?], (vno, under, 
and tcqIvoi), to judge.) Hy- 
pocrisy, dissimulation, reply. 

TjlOXQlTTjg, ov, O, (vTIOTtQUTig, 

a play.) A player, a hypo- 
crite. 
Tnofievw, [vno, behind, and 
fxivw, to stay,) fut. e5, perf. 
v7io[is[jLsvT]7ta. To remain 
behind, to endure. 
c Tn6nviyw, {yno, under, and 
nvlyw, to drown,) fut. |w, 
perf. ninvtya. To strangle, 
to drown. 
TcpanXow, {yno, under, and 
anXoa, to unfold,) fut. ciaco. 
To unfold, to make plain. 
TyyXog, tj, ov, (vipog, height,) 

adj. High, lofty. 
Tyog,sog, to. Height, sublimity. 

<&dy(o, 2d aor. indie, tepayov, 
infin. pree. (pdyuv. To eat. 

0alv(o, fut. epavej, perf. nicpay- 
xa. To show, to appear. 

0aXaga, oav, xd. Caparisons 
of a horse. 

cpocvegog, d, ov, ((palvw, to ap- 
pear,) adj. Apparent, visi- 
ble, manifest. 

&av8Q(0(nQ, ewg, r), (cpavegog.) 
Manifestation, explanation. | 



0agvdx7]g f ov, o. Pharnaces. 
ftaaiavog, ov, o. A pheasant* 
(PavXog, 7), ov, adj. Bad, small, 

mean. 
®sidcog, 6og, r). Parsimony, 

penuriousness. 

&£Qb), fut. Ol(T(x), perf. rjVO%(X. 

To bear, to carry, to bring. 
&si>, interj. Oh I alas t 
fpsvyco, fut. <psv$ojj,ai, perf. 

necpsvya, 2d aor. eepvyov. 
To flee, to escape. 
&7]y6g, ov, fj. An oak, a beech 

tree. 
<Pr}(*t<, fut. yrjGco. To say, to 

utter. 
<P&syfiot, <XTog,TO, (<p&syyoficu 9 

to utter.) A voice, a sound. 
&&elg(ti, (qpth'co, to corrupt,) 

fut. egw, perf. zcp&agxa. To 

corrupt, to spoil, to destroy. 
<P&oyyrj, r)g, r), or q)&6yyog, 

ov,6. A sound, a noise, a cry 
0&6vog, ov, 6, (cp&ico, to cor- 
rupt.) Envy, jealousy. 
&dagyvola, ag, rj, (cpiXsm, to 

love, and agyvgog, silver.) 

Avarice, the love of money. 
&iXsoj, w, (cplXog, fond,) fut 

r)(T(o, perf. nscplXrjxa. To love. 
0d7]Tsog, 7], ov, (cpiXsco, to love,) 

adj. To be loved, that must 

be loved. 
(InXvrog, v, ov, {cpitia, to love*) 

adj. Amiable, lovely. 



<I>l).l7Z7TOQ X&QIV. 



207 



&lhmtoQ, ov, 6. Philip. 

tpdofxa^r^g. tog. (qptXso), to love, 
and iiiA&r t aig, learning.) 
adj. Fond of learning. 

flnKoTioroz. ov. (cfilib), to love, 
and norog, labor.) adj. 
Fond of labor, industrious. 

(In'/.o;. r h or. adj. Fond, loving. 

0//oc. ov. o. A friend. 

<I>ikoaoqli/., etc. /;, ((ft hoc, fond. 
and aoqiu, wisdom.) Phi- 
losophy. 

flu/.oaocfoc, ov. o, (qllog, fond, 
and aocplu. wisdom.) A phi- 
losopher. ' .• 

fpXiyo), (qpAfo), to flow,) fut. 
(f).t^o). To burn, to consume, 
to shine. 

ftoftfgog, a, oV, (qofttw, to 
fear,) adj. Terrible, fear- 
ful, frightful. 

fpoftog, ov, 6, (qpf'pw, to fear.) 
Fear, terror. 

<I>oirr/.r h tjg, i], (cpoiviS, a palm,) 
Phoenicia. 

&orsv(d, (cfero), to kill.) fut. 
svaoj. To kill, to murder. 

ftorog, ov, 6, (cpevw, to kill) 
Murder, slaughter. 

<Poot/£oj, (cpoQTog, a burden,) 
fut. law, perf. necpogjixa. 
To load, to burden. 

ffrgrp, ygsvog, r\. The mind, 
the intellect. 

^qovr^ia, wtoc, to, (cpgrjV.) 



Wisdom, prudence, thought 

flJQorr^ig, ewg, 7]. (ygovsw, to 
think.) Reflection, prudence. 

<I>vlu.y.i], r t g, fj, (yvXdvTw.) A 
guard, a watch, a prison. 

fyvhjTw, fut. |o>, perf. nscpv- 
hr/.u. To guard, to watch. 

(pvaig, nog. i], ((fib), to pro- 
duce.) Birth, nature. 

(I>viivb).{qvo). to ;. roduce, )£ut. 
tiaw. To plant or raise 
vegetables, to produce. 

(J>uni r rg. i). A sound, a voice. 

rl>b)fo(',g. ov. 6. A den, a cave, 
a lair. 

<I>o>g. qwTog^ to. Light. 

ftbm'Cb). ((fblg.) fut. law. To 
enlighten, to illumine. 

X. 

Xalow, fut. %t'Qb), perf. xt/agrj- 

y.a. To rejoice, to salute, to 

hail. 
XuXa^oc, r t g, }]. Hail. 
Xuhnog, % ov, adj. Hard, 

difficult, painful. 
XuXxeiog. y.tla, siov, (xaX^^g,) 

adj. Brazen, of brass. 
Xaga, ug. r h (/algw, to rejoice.) 

Joy. 
Xagleig, eaaa, sv, (xaQiq, joy,) 
adj. Graceful, pleasant, 
agreeable. 
Xagiv, adv. On account of for 
the sake of 



208 



Xdoig — Qxearog. 



XagLg, ijoQy i], (^a/ow, to re- 
joice.) Joy, grace, a Grace. 
Xelkog, sog, to', (#€(o,to gape,) 

A lip, a margin. 
Xsipwv, wvog, 6,(xufux, winter.) 

Winter, a storm. 
Xelg^tigog, h. The hand. 
Xsfodcuv, ovog, r\. A swallow. 
Xdidg, adog, fj, (%lhoi.) The 

number, a thousand. 
XifaoL, at, a, num. adj. A 

thousand. 
Xikiocnog, r\, ov, (/lfooi,) adj. 

The thousandth. 
Xnojp, wvog, 6. A tunic, a coat. 
Xogsvoj, (xogog, a band,) fut. 

evam. To dance, to celebrate 

with dances. 
XogjaQw, (/oojog, fodder,) fut. 

daco, perf. xexogiaxcc. To 

feed, to satiate, to fill. 
Xqtj, impers. v. It behoves, it 

is necessary. 
Xgijfia, arog, to, (/gdo{icu, to 

use.) A thing. PL riches. 
Xgyaxog, r\, ov, (/gaojucu, to 

use,) adj. Useful, valuable, 

good. 
Xgicnog, ov, o, (%glw, to 

anoint.) The anointed, 

Christ. 
Xgovi'Qw, (/oorog, time,) fut. 

Lao). To last, to endure. 
Xgovog, ov, 6. Time 
Xgvatog, ia, tov, (jcgvaog, 



gold,) adj. Golden, of gold. 
Xgvaivog, lvr\, ivov, (xgvoog,) 

adj. Golden, of gold. 
Xgvcrog, ov, o. Gold. 
Xvfiog, ov, 6, (xiw* to fiow.) 

Sap, juice, taste. 
Xvxga, ccg, % (%vw, to flow.) 

A dish, a pot, ajar. 
Xwga, ag ) fj. Space, region, 

a place. 
Xwgl£w, (/coo/c, separately,) 

fut. la oo. To separate, to di- 
vide. 

Waved, fut. o-ft). To touch, to 

attain. 
WaniitiLkog, ov, 6. Psammeti- 

cus. 
Wsvdrjg, eog.(ip£idw, to deceive,) 

adj. Deceitful, lying. 
WsvdofAagxvgiw, w, (ipevdrjg, 

and [MxgTvg, a witness,) fut. 

r'j(jb). To bear false witness. 
Wsvdog, eog, to. A falsehood. 
<F£vd(x), fut. iptvaw. To deceive, 

to belie, to calumniate. 
Woyog, ov, 6. Blame. 
Wv/rj, ^g, tj. The soul, life. 

Jl. 

la, interj. O! O! Alas! 
'Slxsavog, ov, 6. The ocean. 



'iivrwg — 'Qcpehuog. 



209 



'JlvTwg, adv. Verily, truly. 

3 J2oV, ovy to. An egg. 

"JIqoi, ag, fj. A season, an 

hour. 
c Jlg, adv. and conj. As, when, 

how, that. 



"Jlansg, adv. Just as, as. 
r, Jl(TT8 f adv. As, just as, hence. 
'SlcpeUo), w, fut. Tj<j(f). To profit) 

to be useful. 
'SlepeXifiog, r\, ov, (aqpsJUoo,) adj. 

Profitable, useful. 



BROOKS' SERIES 

OF 

GREEK AND LATIN CLASSICS, 

FOR SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 



The subscribers have engaged Professor Brooks, of Baltimore, a fine Class cal 
and Belles-Lettres' scholar, to edit a full series of Greek and Latin Classics, 
on an improved plan, and with peculiar adaptation to the wants of the Ameri- 
can student. A part of the series have already appeared ; some are in process 
of publication, and others will follow as soon as they can be prepared for the 
press. 

Great care will be taken to secure accuracy of text in the works that are to 
appear ; and for this purpose, the latest and most approved European editions 
of the different classical authors, will be consulted. Original illustrative and 
explanatory notes, prepared by the Editor, will accompany the text. These 
notes though copious will be intended, by proper indications, to direct and assist 
the student in his labors, rather than by rendering every thing too simple, to 
supersede the necessity of due exertion on his own part, and thus induce indo- 
lent habits of study and reflection, and feebleness of intellect. 

As it is often objected that in the study of the Classics sufficient attention is 
not paid toother important branches, care will betaken on all proper occasions, 
in the notes that accompany the text, to develope and promote in the mind of the 
student, sound principles of Criticism, Rhetoric, History, Political Science, 
Morals and general Religion — so that he may contemplate the subject of the 
author he is reading, not within the circumscribed limits of a mere rendering ol 
the text, but consider it in all its extended connexions and relations — and thua 
learn to think, as well as to translate 

In the former editions of the Classics it has been the custom of editors, in 
commenting upon the text, to derive all their illustrations and parallelisms 
from the ancient Classics alone, but in this series it is proposed to draw from 
the treasures of Modern History and Literature copious materials for compari- 
son and illustration, so as to insure on the part of the student an acquaintance 
with general Belles-Lettres. Especially is it intended to elucidate Grecian 
and Roman History and the Polities of antiquity by the history and institu- 
tions of our own country, and to sanctify the pages of heathen Poetry and 
Theology by apposite and parallel passages from the Bible, and thus foster our 
distinctive nationality by stamping early upon the minds of our youth, the im- 
press of Republicanism and Christianity. 

This featuie apparent in the First Latin Lessons already published, has 
elicited warm commendation and is one of the reasons that, under all the disad- 
vantages attending a new publication, it has passed through three editions in 
the space of six months. First Lessons in Greek on the same plan have also 
been issued, and the Greek Collectanea Ev angelica to be used with it. 

It is intended also in the order and manner in which the different authors are 
read to make some important changes that will facilitate the progress of the pupil, 
and promote vi^or of mind while they refine the taste. There are other features in 
the contemplated series that will be found peculiarly valuable and attractive, 
which we will permit the works themselves to announce. 

60RIN & BALL. 

JV<?. 452, vV. Fourth St., Philadelphia 



PROFESSOR BROOKS' 

SERIES OP 

GREEK AND LATIN CLASSICS, 



The following works have already appeared, or will appeal 
shortly : 

BROOKS' FIRST LATIN LESSONS. 

This is adapted to Brooks' Ross's Latin Grammar, but will suit any other Gram 
mar of the Language. It consists of a Grammar, Reader, and Dictionary combined, 
and will enable any one t<> acquire a knowledge of the elements of the Latin Lan- 
guage without an instructor. It has already passed through five editions. l8mo. 

BROOKS' OVID'S METAMORPHOSES. 

This edition of Ovid is elucidated by an analysis and explanation of the fables, 
together with original English notes, historical, mythological, and critical, and 
illustrated by pictorial embellishments ; with a Clavis giving the meaning of all the 
words with critical exactness. Each fable contains a plate from an original design. 
8vo. In press. 

BROOKS' ECLOGUES AND GEORGIC3 OF VIRGIL. 
This edition of Virgil is elucidated by copious original notes, and extracts from 
ancient and modern pastoral poetry. It is illustrated by plates from original designs, 
and contains a Clavis giving the meaning of all the words. 8vo. 

BROOKS' FIRST GREEK LESSONS. 
This Greek elementary is on the same plan as the Latin Lessons, and affords 
equal facilities to the student. It has reached a fourth edition. 18mo. 

BROOKS' GREEK GRAMMAR. 

This Grammar, besides a well-arranged digest of the recent labors of the best 
German grammarians, contains many new features calculated to facilitate a critical 
knowledge of the Greek tongue. It will soon appear. l"2mo. 

BROOKS' GREEK COLLECTANEA EVANGELICA. 

This consists of portions of the Four Gospels in Greek, arranged in chronological 
order; and forms a connected history of the principal events in the Saviour's life 
and ministry. It contains a Lexicon, and is illustrated and explained by notes. 
Second edition, just published. 18mo. 

BROOKS' GREEK PASTORAL POETS. 
This contains the Greek Idyls of Theocritus, Rion, and Moschus, elucidated by 
notes and copious extracts from ancient and modern pastoral poetry. Each Idyl is 
illustrated by beautiful plates from original designs. In preparation. 8vo 



RECOMMENDATIONS. 



From the Rev. J. P. K. Henshaw, D. D., Episcopal Bishop of Rhode Island, 
I am glad to perceive that Sorin & Ball, of Philadelphia, propose to issue a 
series of Classical works under the able editorial direction of Professor N. C. 
Brooks. 

While the latest and most accurate European editions will furnish the text 
of the proposed series, the well known literary taste and skill of the Editor will 
ensure all such illustrations and explanations as may be needed to aid the re- 
searches of the pupil without relieving him from the necessity and labor of 
careful study. The undersigned recommends the enterprise as deserving pat- 
ronage from the friends of education. J. P. K. HENSHAW. 
Providence. Jan. 6. 1846. 

From the Rev. W. R. Whittingliam, D. D , Episcopal Bishop of Maryland. 

My Dear Sir, — The subject of our last conversation has been often in my 
thoughts, and the result is a confirmaton of the opinion then expressed, that a 
Series of Classical school books prepared on the plan that you propose is highly 
desirable, and if competently executed, must He of great advantage to the 
schools and colleges of our country. I know that you will bring to the work 
many of th3 most important qualifications, and confidently trust the result of 
your undertaking will be a lasting benefit to the youth of our country, and a 
proportionate increase of the high reputation you already enjoy. 
Very faithfully, your friend and servant, 

Baltimore, Jan. 6 ; 184b. W. R. WHITTINGHAM. 

From Rev. Beverly Waugh, Bishop of the Methodist E. Church. 

From the acquaintance I have formed with N. C Brooks, he stands high in 
my esteem, both as a gentleman and a scholar. He is a man of great moral 
worth. His character and abilities have been long enough before the public to 
secure to him a reputation which seldom fall3 to the lot of one not older than he. 

The foregoing plan, in my opinion, is admirably adapted to facilitate the 
study of the Latin and Greek Classics, and promises great advantage to Aca- 
demical and Collegiate Students. B. W.AUGH. 

Baltimore, Jan. 6, 1846. 

From Rev. C. P. Krauth, D. D., President of Pennsylvania College. 

Dear Sir, — Your edition of Ross' Grammar appears to me to contain every 
thing that could be desired. Its great copiousness, in view of the small bulk of 
the volume, must bring it into extensive use. Your Latin Lessons are ad- 
mirable, and just the book needed by beginners, and it must command more 
extensive patronage than the Grammar, because it has not, so far as I know, 
any reputable competitor in U9e in our country. I hope your useful labors will 
beiewarded. Yours with respect, C. P. KRAUTH. 

From Rev. W. M. Reynolds, A. M. , President of Wittenberg College. 
Dear Sir, — lam very much pleased with the M Latin Lessons." It is just 
auch a book as I have long felt anxious to place in the hands of those commenc- 
ing the study of Latin. Many things in your First Lessons have struck me very 
favorably. Its brevity and plainness, its freshness and its American tone, all 
combine to make it the very book which our tyros need to initiate them into this 
science. I venture to prophesy your full success in this enterprise, and herewith 
offer you my congratulations upon it. Yours respectfully, 

W. M. REYNOLDS. 

From Edward Sparks, A. M., M. D., Professor of Ancient Languages. 

St. John's College, Annapolis, Md., January 'HAth, 1846. 
Dear Sir, — With your revised edition of Ross' Latin Grammar, I am much 
leased. As a practical proof of my favorable opinion of its merits, I have di- 



Ill RECCOMMENDATIONS. 

rected a class, recently transferred from the Grammar school to the Collegian 
department of St. John's, to furnish themselves with copies to be used as M text 
books" on their revision of Grammar. 

I am also much gratified with your " First Latin Lessons." This, I perceive, 
is the first of a full series to be edited by you. I wish you all the success 
which has attended the productions of your pen in another department, and 
which is confidently anticipated by your friends and those acquainted with your 
general knowledge, superadded to a long experience as a practical teacher. * 
Very respectfully yours, EDWARD SPARKS, M. D. 

From Rev. B. J. Wallace, A. M., Professor of Languages, Delaware College. 
Delaware College, Newark, 17th January, 1846. 

Dear Sir,— Ross' Latin Grammar has long appeared to me a valuable work. 
With your improvements in clearness and arrangement it will still be more 
acceptable. The additions you have made have greatly increased the value of 
the book. 

The Latin Lessons supply a want which teachers must have felt, particularly 
in regard to those who commence Latin when quite young. 

Wishing you all success inyour efforts to elevate the standard of classical 
learning, I remain, yours truly, B. J. WALLACE. 

From A. Freitag, LL. D., of the University of O'ottingen, now Professor of 
Languages, Baltimore. 

Dear Sir, — Having carefully examined Ross' Latin Grammar, as revised and 
amended by you, J find it every way equal, if not superior, to any used in our 
schools. After a thorough perusal of your Latin Lessons, I take pleasure in ac- 
knowledging that never, even in my " father-land, 1 ' have I seen a book better 
calculated to facilitate the study of the Latin language. It should be in the 
hands of every beginner. Moreover, the many sentences it contains, embracing 
facts in the history of my adopted country, must make it interesting, not only 
to the student, but dear to every patriotic heart. Yours, respectfully, 

A. FREITAG. 

From E. A. Poe, Esq., Editor of Broadway Journal. 

N. C. Brooks, A. M., of Baltimore, well known as a terse and vigorous 
writer, as well as a poet of much absolute power and refined taste, has lately 
been rendering substantial service to education, by preparing a series of works 
for the use of schools and colleges. Encouraged by the popularity of those al- 
ready prepared, his publishers have issued a prospectus, for a series of Greek 
and Latin classics. From our knowledge of Mr. Brooks' thorough classical ac- 
quirements and nice'y correct judgment, we have full confidence in the success 
of the undertaking, and its consequent popularity.— Broadway, (N. Y.J Journal. 

Brooks' First Lessons in L\tin. — Prof. Brooks, of Baltimore, has lately 
brought out a little work under the above title, which we most cordially com- 
mend to the notice of all our classical teachers. 

It contains all, and only those parts of the grammar, which the student ought 
to commit thoroughly to memory, in the first instance. 

It is & practical and not merely a theoretical grammar as most of such works 
now in use are. The learner at once applies what he has learned, and thus 
impresses it more deeply upon his memory, and becomes more interested in it. 

It compresses a great deal of matter into a very small space. 

It is a Christian and an American book. In the examples and exercises a 
large amount of the matter is drawn from the Bible and from American themes, 
and ii deeply imbued with the spirit of our institutions and of Christianity. 

Literary Record. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



003 037 641 9 



II 



